DCY

572, 582 and 592

Round Balers)
(Serial No. 70000-

OPERATOR’S MANUAL
572, 582 and 592 Round Balers
(From S.N. 70000)
OMCC58667 Issue J7 (ENGLISH)

CALIFORNIA
Proposition 65 Warning

Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are

known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth
defects, and other reproductive harm.

If this product contains a gasoline engine:

WARNING
The engine exhaust from this product contains chemicals
known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth
defects or other reproductive harm.

The State of California requires the above two warnings.

OMCC58667

John Deere Arc-lès-Gray

(This manual replaces OMCC58571 Issue A7)
European Version
Printed in U.S.A.
 Introduction
Foreword

READ THIS MANUAL carefully to learn how to operate BEFORE DELIVERING THIS MACHINE, your dealer
and service your machine correctly. Failure to do so performed a predelivery inspection. After operating for
could result in personal injury or equipment damage. the first 100 hours, schedule an after-sale inspection
This manual and safety signs on your machine may with your dealer to ensure best performance.
also be available in other languages (see your John
Deere dealer to order). THIS ROUND BALER IS DESIGNED SOLELY for use
in customary agricultural or similar operations
THIS MANUAL SHOULD BE CONSIDERED a (”INTENDED USE”). Use in any other way is
permanent part of your machine and should remain considered as contrary to the intended use. The
with the machine when you sell it. manufacturer accepts no liability for damage or injury
resulting from this misuse, and these risks must be
MEASUREMENTS in this manual are given in both borne solely by the user. Compliance with and strict
metric and customary U.S. unit equivalents. Use only adherence to the conditions of operation, service and
correct replacement parts and fasteners. Metric and repair as specified by the manufacturer also constitute
inch fasteners may require a specific metric or inch essential elements for the intended use.
wrench.
THIS ROUND BALER SHOULD BE OPERATED,
RIGHT-HAND AND LEFT-HAND sides are determined serviced and repaired only by persons familiar with all
by facing the direction the implement will travel when its particular characteristics and acquainted with the
going forward. relevant safety rules (accident prevention). The
accident prevention regulations, all other generally
WRITE PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS recognized regulations on safety and occupational
(P.I.N.) in the Specification or Identification Numbers medicine and the road traffic regulations must be
section. Accurately record all the numbers to help in observed at all times. Any arbitrary modifications
tracing the machine should it be stolen. Your dealer carried out on this round baler will relieve the
also needs these numbers when you order parts. File manufacturer of all liability for any resulting damage or
the identification numbers in a secure place off the injury.
machine.

CC03745,0000C3E –19–17JAN07–1/1

012808
PN=2
 Introduction

Predelivery Inspection

The following checks, adjustments and service 11. ❒ Talc to rubber coated net roll has been applied.
jobs were performed prior to delivery of the
machine: 12. ❒ Battery harness has been installed on baler
equipped with BaleTrak monitor.
1. ❒ All grease fittings lubricated.
13. ❒ Test run of the machine made.
2. ❒ Gear case oil level checked and topped up (if
necessary). 14. ❒ Gate opens and closes freely.

3. ❒ Slip clutch setting checked. 15. ❒ Gate roll No 8 centered correctly in its hole.

4. ❒ All bolts and nuts have been tightened to the 16. ❒ Net roll tensioning springs set to 20.5 mm (0.8
correct torque. in).

5. ❒ Hydraulic hoses and connections have been 17. ❒ Bale control or monitor is functioning properly.
checked and are free of leaks.
18. ❒ Hydraulic gate latch is functioning properly
6. ❒ Belt tracking checked. (592).

7. ❒ Tire pressure has been checked and adjusted (if 19. ❒ All controls and safety rules have been
necessary). explained to the customer.

8. ❒ Paint and decals are smooth and neat. 20. ❒ Chains are correctly tensioned and lubricated.

9. ❒ Operator’s manual has been given to customer. 21. ❒ Baler belts are in contact with lower gate roll.

10. ❒ The net knife has been wiped. 22. ❒ The precutter device is functioning properly.

Signature Dealer/Service Technician: Date:

OUCC006,0000376 –19–02APR01–1/1

012808
PN=3
Introduction

012808
PN=4
 Contents
Page Page

Identification Views Selecting Twine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-3

Identification Views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-1 Loading Twine Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-4
Tying Sheet Bend Knot (Plastic Twine) . . . . . . . 20-5
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1 Tying Modified Square Knot (Sisal Twine) . . . . . 20-5
Routing Twine out of Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-6
Safety Decals Routing Twine Through Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-7
Pictorial Safety Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 Selecting Net Roll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-8
Operator’s Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 Care of Net Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-9
Repair and Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 Care of Net Tying Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-9
Baler Drive Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 Loading Net Tying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-10
Raised Gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Setting the Baler for 1000 rpm PTO
Gate Safety Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Operation (Baler without Rotary Feeder
Gate Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Device) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-15
Pickup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Installing Orifice for Tractors With Low
Drive Chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Hydraulic Flow (592 Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-19
Tongue Frame Attaching Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Tire Inflation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-21
Hitch Plate Attaching Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Attaching and Detaching
Adjusting Tongue to Tractor Drawbar . . . . . . . . . 25-1
Preparing the Tractor Adjusting Tongue to Tractor Trailer Hitch . . . . . . 25-5
Adjusting Drawbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1 Connecting Telescoping Hook-Up to Tractor
Adjusting Tractor Front Tread. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1 PTO Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-9
Adjusting Tractor Rear Tire Spacing . . . . . . . . . . 15-1 Telescoping Hook-Up Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-9
Checking Tractor Ballast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2 Connecting Safety Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-10
Selecting Tractor PTO Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2 Storing Jackstand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-10
Setting Tractor Selective Control Valves. . . . . . . 15-3 Connecting to Tractor Hydraulic System. . . . . . 25-11
Round Baler Electrical Circuit and Connecting Hydraulic Brakes (If Equipped) . . . 25-14
Control Power Supply Requirement . . . . . . . . 15-3 Connecting Air Brakes (If Equipped). . . . . . . . . 25-15
Installing BaleTrak or ELC Monitor Connecting Seven-Terminal Trailer Socket . . . . 25-16
Support (6000, 7000 and 8000 Series Tractors Connecting Baler Wiring Harness to Control
Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4 Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-17
Install BaleTrak or ELC Monitor Support (All Detaching Telescoping Hook-Up from
Tractors Except 6000, 7000 and 8000 Series Tractor PTO Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-18
Tractors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4 Storing Telescoping Hook-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-18
Installing Battery Wiring Harness for Using Jackstand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-19
Connecting Control Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-5 Storing Hydraulic Hoses (Except
Installing ELC Plus Monitor on the Tractor . . . . . 15-6 Premium Baler) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-19
Installing BaleTrak Monitor on the Tractor . . . . . 15-7 Storing Hydraulic Hoses (Premium Baler
Using Drawbar Shield. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-7 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-20

Preparing the Baler Transporting

Connecting Telescoping Hook-Up to Towing Baler on Public Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1
Gear Case Input Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1
Installing Pickup Gauge Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-2 Continued on next page

All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on

the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is
reserved to make changes at any time without notice.
COPYRIGHT  2007
DEERE & COMPANY
European Office Mannheim
All rights reserved
A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION Manual
Previous Editions
Copyright  2005, 2003, 2002, 2001

i 012808
PN=1
 Contents

Page Page

Recommended Warning Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-2 Adjusting Lower Rear Gate Roll (NR 8)
Parking the Machine (Baler with Hydraulic Scraper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-28
Brakes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-2 Adjusting Lower Front Gate Roll (NR 9)
Parking the Machine (Baler with Air Brakes). . . . 30-2 Scraper (if Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-28
Adjusting Pickup Auger Scrapers . . . . . . . . . . . 35-29
Operating the Baler-General Purposes Setting Center Tension Arm Roll
Break-in Period. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-1 Position (NR 12) (572 and 592) . . . . . . . . . . 35-30
Rotating Baler by Hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-1 Adjusting Left-Hand 1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.)
Crop Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-2 Pickup Float Spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-31
Feeding the Material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-3 Adjusting Right-Hand 1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.)
Operating the Baler in Short, Dry, Slick Crops . . 35-5 Pickup Float Spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-31
Operating the Baler in Cornstalks . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-6 Adjusting 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m
Operating the Baler in Silage and Damp (7 ft 3 in.) HiFlow Pickup Float Spring. . . . . . 35-32
Crops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-6 Adjusting 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m
Gate Lock Device (572 Baler and 582 (7 ft 3 in.) Rotary Feeder Pickup Float
Baler up to S.N. 78999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-7 Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-32
Gate Lock Valve (582 Baler from S.N. Adjusting 1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.) Pickup Height . . . 35-33
80000 and 592 Baler) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-7 Adjusting 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) HiFlow
Unplugging Baler with BaleTrak Plus Pickup Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-33
and Rotary Feeder Pickup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-8 Adjusting 2.20 m (7 ft 3 in.) HiFlow
Unplugging Baler without Rotary Feeder Pickup Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-34
Pickup (572 and 582 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-8 Adjusting 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m
Unplugging Baler without Rotary Feeder (7 ft 3 in.) Rotary Feeder Pickup Height . . . . 35-34
Pickup (592 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-9 Adjusting 1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.) Pickup Gauge
Adjusting Twine Spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-9 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-35
Adjusting Bale Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10 Adjusting 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) HiFlow Pickup
Bale Density Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10 Gauge Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-35
Adjusting Net Wrap Stretch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-11 Adjusting 2.20 m (7 ft 3 in.) HiFlow Pickup
Adjusting Twine Guide (Baler with Rotary Gauge Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-36
Feeder Pickup) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-14 Moving 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m (7 ft
Adjusting Twine Guide (Baler without 3 in.) HiFlow Pickup Gauge Wheels in Transport
Rotary Feeder Pickup) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-15 Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-36
Adjusting Twine Clamper (Baler without Adjusting 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m
Rotary Feeder Pickup) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-16 (7 ft 3 in.) Rotary Feeder Pickup Gauge
Setting the 1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.) Pickup Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-37
Feeder Forks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-17 Moving 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m (7 ft
Removing Compressor Rack Assembly — 3 in.) Rotary Feeder Pickup Gauge
Baler With 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 Wheels in Transport Position . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-37
m (7 ft 3 in.) HiFlow Pickup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-17 Adjusting 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m (7
Adjusting Compressor Rack Assembly ft 3 in.) Rotary Feeder Pickup Caster Gauge
— Baler with 1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.) Pickup . . . . 35-18 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-38
Adjusting Wheel Spindles—Baler with Moving 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m (7 ft
1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.) Pickup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-19 3 in.) Rotary Feeder Pickup Caster
Adjusting Wheel Spindles—Baler with 2.00 Gauge Wheels in Transport Position. . . . . . . 35-39
m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m (7 ft 3 in.) HiFlow Positioning 2 m and 2.20 m (6 ft 7 in.
Pickup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-21 and 7 ft 3 in.) HiFlow Pickup Front Sheet . . . 35-40
Adjusting Wheel Spindles—Baler with Positioning 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20
2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) Rotary Feeder Device . . . . 35-23 m (7 ft 3 in.) Rotary Feeder Pickup Front
Adjusting Bale Discharging Ramp. . . . . . . . . . . 35-25 Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-41
Adjusting Starter Roll (NR 1) Scraper Adjusting Pickup Roll Compressor Height (if
(Baler without Rotary Feeder Pickup) . . . . . . 35-27 Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-42
Adjusting Starter Roll (NR 1) Scraper
(Baler with Rotary Feeder Pickup) . . . . . . . . 35-27 Continued on next page

ii 012808
PN=2
 Contents

Page Page

Resetting Mechanical Bale Counter . . . . . . . . . 35-42 Low Drive Belt Speed Bundle for 1.81 m
Operating Baler with Bale Push Bar (5 ft 11 in.) Pickup Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-2
(592 Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-43 Knife Slot Filler Kit (For Precutter Device
Engaging Bale Push Bar (592 Only). . . . . . . . . 35-44 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-2
Disengaging Bale Push Bar (592 Only) . . . . . . 35-45 Tension Arm Fingers Bundle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-2
Scraper Knives for Wet Silage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-3
Operating ELC Monitor Lubrication and Maintenance
ELC Plus Monitor Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-1 Observe Service Intervals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-1
Operating ELC Plus Monitor in Twine Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-1
Tying Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-2 Gear Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-2
Operating ELC Plus Monitor in Net Multiluber Chain Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-2
Tying Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-6 Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants. . . . . . . . . . 45-3
Adjusting Bale Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-7 Lubricant Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-3
Adjusting Soft Core Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-8 Mixing of Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-3
Forming a Bale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-9 Adjusting Chain Oiling System (if Equipped). . . . 45-4
Automatic Start of Tying Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-11 As Required - Refilling Multiluber Chain
Starting Manually an Automatic Tying. . . . . . . . 37-12 Oiling System Reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-7
Tying a Bale Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-13 As Required - Cleaning Oil Reservoir Filter . . . . 45-8
Discharging Bale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-14 As Required - Jackstand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8
Daily - Clean Twine Clamper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8
Operating BaleTrak Monitor Daily - Checking Precutter Knives . . . . . . . . . . . 45-9
BaleTrak Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-1 Daily - Checking Belt Wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-9
BaleTrak Plus Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-2 Every 10 Hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-10
BaleTrak Monitor Keyboard Description . . . . . . . 38-3 Every 10 Hours - Main Drive Chain
BaleTrak Plus Monitor Keyboard Description . . . 38-4 Tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-11
LCD Screen Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-5 Every 10 Hours - Baler without Rotary
Component Locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-6 Feeder Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-12
Switching the Monitor On or Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-7 Every 10 Hours - Baler with Rotary Feeder
Setting Bale Diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-8 Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-15
Selecting Tying System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-9 Every 10 Hours - Baler with Rotary Feeder
Selecting Tying Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-10 Device1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-16
Setting Net Tying Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-12 Every 10 Hours - Premium Baler Only . . . . . . . 45-17
Setting Twine Tying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-13 Every 30 Hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-18
Manual Start of an Automatic Tying Cycle . . . . 38-17 Every 30 Hours - Net Tying Device . . . . . . . . . 45-21
Automatic Start of Tying Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-18 Every 30 Hours - Tension Arm Fingers (if
Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-22
Manual Start of Tying Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-19
Every 30 Hours - Premium Baler Only . . . . . . . 45-22
Tying a Bale Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-20
Every 50 Hours - Premium Baler Only . . . . . . . 45-23
Raising/Lowering the Pickup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-20
Weekly - Checking and Draining Air
Retracting/Engaging Precutter Knives. . . . . . . . 38-21
Brake Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-24
Unplugging Pickup with Rotary Feeder. . . . . . . 38-23
Every 200 Hours - Brake Shafts (Baler
Operating Soft Core System1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-25
up to S.N. 78999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-25
Guideline to Form a Good Bale . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-26
Every 200 Hours - Brake Shafts (Baler from
Making a Bale with Bale Shape Indicators . . . . 38-27
S.N. 80000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-26
Using Bale Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-29
Every 250 Hours - Premium Baler Only . . . . . . 45-27
Warning Pictograms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-31
Every 2000 Bales - Changing Hydraulic
Diagnostic Trouble Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-32 Valve Filter (Baler with Rotary Feeder1
Pickup) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-28
Attachments Every 4000 Bales - Draining and Refilling
Silage Adapting Bundle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-1 Gear Case (Baler without Rotary Feeder
Top Idler Roll Drive Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-1 Pickup) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-28
Rubber Coated Starter Roll Shells . . . . . . . . . . . 40-1
Steel Semi-Shells with Straight Bars . . . . . . . . . 40-1 Continued on next page

iii 012808
PN=3
 Contents

Page Page

Every 4000 Bales - Draining and Adjusting Brushes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-18

Refilling Gear Case (Baler with Rotary Feeder Adjusting Brake Shoes (Baler up to S.N.
Pickup) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-29 78999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-19
Annually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-30 Adjusting Brake Shoes (Baler from S.N.
Every 6 Years - Hydraulic Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . 45-32 80000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-20
Adjusting Gate Latch (592 Only). . . . . . . . . . . . 55-20
Troubleshooting Adjusting Gate Latch Stop (592 Only) . . . . . . . 55-21
BaleTrak Control Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-1 Adjusting Gate Locking Hooks (572 with
Twine Tying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-2 Soft Core Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-22
Feeding Difficulties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-5 Adjusting Tension Cylinder Position (572
Pickup Difficulties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-7 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-23
Bale Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-9 Adjusting Belt Tracking (Baler without
General Baler Difficulties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-11 Net Tying) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-24
Silage Equipment Difficulties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-14 Adjusting Belt Tracking (Baler with Net
Net Tying Equipment Difficulties . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-15 Tying) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-25
Push Bar Difficulties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-19 Adjusting Twine Cutter Anvil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-26
Chain Oiling System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-21 Adjusting Twine Arm Travel (Baler
without BaleTrak Monitor Only) . . . . . . . . . . . 55-27
Service Adjusting Twine Arm Travel (Baler with
Metric Bolt and Screw Torque Values. . . . . . . . . 55-1 BaleTrak Monitor Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-28
Baler Roll Numbering (572 Baler without Adjusting Gate Latch Switch (592 Only) . . . . . . 55-29
Rotary Feeder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-2 Adjusting Gate Latch Switch (572 and
Baler Roll Numbering (582 and 592 582 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-29
Baler without Rotary Feeder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3 Adjusting Oversize Bale Switch (Baler
Baler Roll Numbering (Baler with Rotary with ELC or BaleTrak Monitor) . . . . . . . . . . . 55-30
Feeder Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-4 Adjusting Bale Shape Senders (Baler
Adjusting Main Drive Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-5 without BaleTrak Control Monitor) . . . . . . . . . 55-31
Adjusting Bottom Roll Drive Chain (Baler Adjusting Pulley Sensors1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-32
with Rotary Feeder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-5 Adjusting Baler Rotation Speed Sensor
Adjusting Upper Drive Roll Chain (572 Only) . . . 55-6 (Only with BaleTrak Monitor). . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-33
Adjusting Upper Drive Roll Chain (582 and Adjusting Precutter Knife Switches . . . . . . . . . . 55-34
592 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6 Adjusting Rotary Feeder Reverse Sensor. . . . . 55-34
Adjusting Upper Drive Roll Chain Guide Adjusting Cleaning Auger Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . 55-35
(582 and 592 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-7 Adjusting Bale Size Switch (Baler with ELC
Adjusting Top Idler Roll Drive Chain . . . . . . . . . . 55-8 Monitor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-36
Adjusting Rotary Feeder Drive Chain . . . . . . . . . 55-9 Adjusting Soft Core Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-37
Adjusting Pickup Drive Chains (Baler Adjusting Gear Case Hydraulic Cylinder
with Rotary Feeder Device). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-10 Stroke (Baler with Rotary Feeder Device
Adjusting 1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.) Pickup Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-38
Drive Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-11 Adjusting Slip Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-39
Adjusting 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) HiFlow Pickup Checking Slip Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-39
Drive Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-12 Adjusting Cam-Type Cut Out Clutch . . . . . . . . . 55-40
Adjusting 2.20 m (7 ft 3 in.) HiFlow Pickup Net Tying Device Check Procedure . . . . . . . . . 55-41
Drive Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-13 Checking Knife and Counterknife
Replacing Precutter Knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-14 Position (Test 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-41
Sharpening Precutter Knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-15 Checking Free Motion of Swinging Bar
Adjusting Upper Arm Spring (582 or 592 (Test 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-44
Baler without Rotary Feeder Device). . . . . . . 55-15 Checking Net Feed Roll Pressure (Test 3) . . . . 55-45
Adjusting Upper Arm Spring (592 Baler Checking NR 8 Roll Position (Test 4) . . . . . . . . 55-46
with Rotary Feeder Device Only) . . . . . . . . . 55-16 Checking Drive Belt Tension (Test 5) . . . . . . . . 55-47
Adjusting Upper Arm Cylinder (572 and 582 Checking Net Feed Roll Brake (Test 6) . . . . . . 55-48
Baler) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-17
Bleeding Chain Oiling System Pump . . . . . . . . 55-18 Continued on next page

iv 012808
PN=4
 Contents

Page Page

Checking Tension Arms (Test 7) . . . . . . . . . . . 55-50 Channel 020: Test of LCD Screen . . . . . . . . . . 56-26
Checking Net Cut Switch Adjustment Channel 021: Maximum Actuator Current
(Test 8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-51 Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-27
Checking Lower Net Guide Position (Test 9) . . 55-52 Channel 022: Test of Twine Pulley Sensor 1 . . 56-28
Removing and Installing Net Feed Roll Channel 023: Test of Twine Pulley Sensor 2 . . 56-29
Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-54 Channel 024: Test of Rotary Feeder
Removing and Installing Net Knife . . . . . . . . . . 55-55 Reverse Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-30
Removing Net Wrapped Around Feed Rolls . . . 55-56 Channel 025: Test of Precutter Knife
Replacing Powerline Shear Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-57 Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-31
Replacing Pickup Drive Shear Bolt Channel 026: Flax Twine Tying Program . . . . . 56-32
(Baler without Rotary Feeder Device) . . . . . . 55-57 Channel 027: Recording Lowest Position
Replacing Pickup Drive Shear Bolt of Belt Tension Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-33
(Baler with Rotary Feeder Device) . . . . . . . . 55-58 Channel 028: Fine Tuning Bale Size . . . . . . . . 56-34
Removing the Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-58 Channel 029: Calibration of Twine Actuator . . . 56-35
Repairing Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-59 Channel 030: Twine Actuator Stroke . . . . . . . . 56-37
Preparing Damaged Belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-59 Channel 031: Adjusting Tying End Distance . . . 56-38
Installing Mato Belt Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-61 Channel 032: Automatic Start of Tying Cycle . . 56-39
Installing Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-63
Routing Belts Through the 572 Baler . . . . . . . . 55-64 Storage
Routing Belts Through the 582 and 592 Preparing the Baler for Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1
Balers (without Rotary Feeder) . . . . . . . . . . . 55-65 Storing Baler at the End of Season . . . . . . . . . . 60-1
Routing Belts Through the 582 and 592 Preparing for Beginning of Season . . . . . . . . . . . 60-2
Balers (with Rotary Feeder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-66
Hook Belt Ends (Mato Type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-67 Specifications
Specifications for 572 Baler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1
BaleTrak Monitor Service Specifications for 582 Baler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-3
Diagnostic Trouble Code List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-1 Specifications for 592 Baler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-5
Diagnostic Mode: User Parameters . . . . . . . . . . 56-7 Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-6
Channel 001: Reset to Factory Default
Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-8 Serial Numbers
Channel 002: Dry Straw Twine Tying Serial Number Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-1
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-9 Serial Number Plate Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-1
Channel 003: Re-extension Twine Tying Baler Serial Number Record. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-1
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-10 Keep Proof of Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-2
Channel 004: Cinch Tying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-11 Keep Machines Secure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-2
Channel 005: Calibration of Bale Size
Potentiometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-12
Channels 006 and 007: Calibration of Bale
Shape Potentiometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-13
Channel 008: Measurement units . . . . . . . . . . . 56-15
Channel 009: Net Tying Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-16
Channel 010: Offset of Nearly Full Alarm . . . . . 56-17
Channel 011: Bale Shape Sensitivity . . . . . . . . 56-18
Channel 012: Test of Net Cut Switch . . . . . . . . 56-19
Channel 013: Test of Oversize Bale Switch . . . 56-20
Channel 014: Test of Right Gate Switch. . . . . . 56-21
Channel 015: Test of Left Gate Switch (592
Baler Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-22
Channel 017: Speed of Lower Drive Roll
(NR 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-23
Channel 018: Test of Actuator Current
Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-24
Channel 019: Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-25

v 012808
PN=5
Contents

vi 012808
PN=6
 Identification Views
Identification Views

–UN–17JUL01
CC1019847
572 Round Baler

–UN–17JUL01
CC1019848
582 Round Baler –UN–17JUL01
CC1019849

592 Round Baler

OUCC006,00006F5 –19–20JUN02–1/1

00-1 012808
PN=7
 Safety
Recognize Safety Information

This is a safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol

on your machine or in this manual, be alert to the
potential for personal injury.

–UN–07DEC88
Follow recommended precautions and safe operating
practices.

T81389
DX,ALERT –19–29SEP98–1/1

Follow Safety Instructions

Carefully read all safety messages in this manual and on

your machine safety signs. Keep safety signs in good
condition. Replace missing or damaged safety signs. Be
sure new equipment components and repair parts include
the current safety signs. Replacement safety signs are

–UN–23AUG88
available from your John Deere dealer.

Learn how to operate the machine and how to use

controls properly. Do not let anyone operate without

TS201
instruction.

Keep your machine in proper working condition.

Unauthorized modifications to the machine may impair the
function and/or safety and affect machine life.

If you do not understand any part of this manual and need

assistance, contact your John Deere dealer.

DX,READ –19–03MAR93–1/1

Understand Signal Words

A signal word—DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION—is

used with the safety-alert symbol. DANGER identifies the
most serious hazards.

DANGER or WARNING safety signs are located near

–19–30SEP88

specific hazards. General precautions are listed on

CAUTION safety signs. CAUTION also calls attention to
safety messages in this manual.
TS187

DX,SIGNAL –19–03MAR93–1/1

05-1 012808
PN=8
 Safety

Observe Road Traffic Regulations

Always observe local road traffic regulations when using

public roads.

–UN–30JUN89
H28930
FX,ROAD –19–01MAY91–1/1

Store Attachments Safely

Stored attachments such as dual wheels, cage wheels,

and loaders can fall and cause serious injury or death.

Securely store attachments and implements to prevent

falling. Keep playing children and bystanders away from

–UN–23AUG88
storage area.

TS219
DX,STORE –19–03MAR93–1/1

Prepare for Emergencies

Be prepared if a fire starts.

Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.

Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service,

–UN–23AUG88
hospital, and fire department near your telephone.
TS291

DX,FIRE2 –19–03MAR93–1/1

05-2 012808
PN=9
 Safety

Wear Protective Clothing

Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment

appropriate to the job.

Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment

or loss of hearing.

–UN–23AUG88
Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as
earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or
uncomfortable loud noises.

TS206
Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of
the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones
while operating machine.

DX,WEAR –19–10SEP90–1/1

Handling of Knives

Prevent personal injury by wearing safety gloves to handle

knives.

–UN–26JAN05
CC1026928
OUCC006,0000DB6 –19–04JAN05–1/1

Check Machine Safety

Always check the road and general operating safety of the

machine before using.

FX,READY –19–28FEB91–1/1

05-3 012808
PN=10
 Safety

Stay Clear of Rotating Drivelines

Entanglement in rotating driveline can cause serious injury

or death.

Keep tractor master shield and driveline shields in place

–UN–22AUG95
at all times. Make sure rotating shields turn freely.

Wear close fitting clothing. Stop the engine and be sure

PTO driveline is stopped before making adjustments,

TS1644
connections, or cleaning out PTO driven equipment.

DX,PTO –19–12SEP95–1/1

Use Safety Lights and Devices

Prevent collisions between other road users, slow moving

tractors with attachments or towed equipment, and
self-propelled machines on public roads. Frequently check
for traffic from the rear, especially in turns, and use turn
signal lights.

Use headlights, flashing warning lights, and turn signals

day and night. Follow local regulations for equipment
lighting and marking. Keep lighting and marking visible,
clean, and in good working order. Replace or repair

–UN–12APR90
lighting and marking that has been damaged or lost. An
implement safety lighting kit is available from your John
Deere dealer.

TS951
DX,FLASH –19–07JUL99–1/1

05-4 012808
PN=11
 Safety

Use a Safety Chain

A safety chain will help control drawn equipment should it

accidentally separate from the drawbar.

Using the appropriate adapter parts, attach the chain to

the tractor drawbar support or other specified anchor

–UN–23AUG88
location. Provide only enough slack in the chain to permit
turning.

See your John Deere dealer for a chain with a strength

TS217
rating equal to or greater than the gross weight of the
towed machine. Do not use safety chain for towing.

DX,CHAIN –19–03MAR93–1/1

05-5 012808
PN=12
 Safety

Observe Maximum Transport Speed

IMPORTANT: Maximum transport speed is determined

by local road traffic regulations and
speed capability of this implement.

Always observe local road traffic

–UN–23AUG88
regulations when driving on public
roads.

Do not exceed implement gross weight (PTAC) when

TS216
towing this implement at transport speed.

Some tractors are capable of operating at speeds that

exceed the maximum transport speed capability of this
implement. Regardless of the maximum speed capability
of the tractor being used to tow this implement, do not
exceed the implement’s maximum transport speed.

Exceeding the implement’s maximum transport speed can

result in:

• Loss of control of the tractor/implement combination

• Reduced or no braking ability
• Implement tire failure
• Damage to the implement structure or its components

Use additional caution and reduce speed when towing

under adverse surface conditions, when turning, and when
on inclines.

OUCC006,0000ED4 –19–04AUG05–1/1

05-6 012808
PN=13
 Safety

Operate Baler Safely

To avoid injury or death by being pulled into the machine:

DO NOT attempt to feed crop or twine into baler or unplug

feed area WHILE BALER IS RUNNING. The baler feeds
material faster than you can release it.

Disengage PTO and shut off engine.

–UN–12JUL05
Stand clear of baler at all times when machine is
operating.

CC1027480
OUCC006,0000EFB –19–23JUN05–1/1

Avoiding Injury or Death from Falling Round

Bales

CAUTION: To help prevent personal injury or

death caused by falling loads:

–UN–05APR95
DO NOT handle round bales unless loader is equipped
with an approved bale handling device. Otherwise, the
bale can fall on the operator when the loader is raised.

CC000828
For 6000 and 7000 series tractors, set detent selector
knobs on top of valves to “loader” position when using the
selective control valve levers to operate the loader (See
“Setting Tractor Selective Control Valve” in “Preparing the
Tractor” Section).

Handle raised loads with caution.

Carry loads low and drive slowly.

OUCC006,0000323 –19–14FEB01–1/1

05-7 012808
PN=14
 Safety

Extinguishing a Fire

1. Eject bale immediately.

2. Move tractor and baler as far as possible away from

flammable material, ensuring that the wind does not
blow the fire towards the machine.

–UN–23AUG88
3. Raise gate and engage locking device.

4. Use pressurized water fire extinguisher or other water

TS227
supply to put out fire.

CC03745,0000610 –19–01FEB04–1/1

05-8 012808
PN=15
 Safety

Secure Gate Safely

Position gate lock device lever (A) in locked position

before working on or around baler with gate in raised
position. Refer to ”Operating the Baler - General

–UN–12JUL05
Purposes” section for gate stop instructions.

To avoid injury stay clear of gate while it is being raised

and lowered.

CC1027504
Be sure bystanders are clear before operating gate.

Remove foreign objects from machine. Refer to 572 Baler and 582 Baler (up to S.N. 78999) Gate Lock Device
”Operating the Baler - General Purposes” section for
removal of foreign objects.

A—Gate lock device lever

B—Gate lock device

–UN–20SEP07
CC1030240
582 Baler (from S.N. 80000) Gate Lock Device

592 Baler Gate Lock Device –UN–19JUN01

CC1019850

OUCC006,000131F –19–27SEP07–1/1

Service Machine Safely

Use a spanner to turn hexagonal gear case output shaft

(A) to aid in servicing. Never use any type of tool or
spanner on shaft while tractor engine is running. Always
–UN–08NOV06

remove tool from shaft as soon as you have finished

using it.
CC1028762

OUCC006,00011A3 –19–18JAN07–1/1

05-9 012808
PN=16
 Safety

Practice Safe Maintenance

Understand service procedure before doing work. Keep

area clean and dry.

Never lubricate, service, or adjust machine while it is

moving. Keep hands, feet , and clothing from
power-driven parts. Disengage all power and operate
controls to relieve pressure. Lower equipment to the
ground. Stop the engine. Remove the key. Allow machine
to cool.

Securely support any machine elements that must be

raised for service work.

Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed. Fix

damage immediately. Replace worn or broken parts.
Remove any buildup of grease, oil, or debris.

On self-propelled equipment, disconnect battery ground

cable (-) before making adjustments on electrical systems

–UN–23AUG88
or welding on machine.

On towed implements, disconnect wiring harnesses from

tractor before servicing electrical system components or

TS218
welding on machine.

DX,SERV –19–17FEB99–1/1

Protect People and Animals

Never allow anyone to walk or work near a running

machine.

Be sure that people, livestock or pets are not standing in

the working area of the machine while operating.
–UN–12JUL05
CC1027480

OUCC006,0000EFE –19–23JUN05–1/1

05-10 012808
PN=17
 Safety

Avoid High-Pressure Fluids

Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin

causing serious injury.

Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before

–UN–23AUG88
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all
connections before applying pressure.

Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands

X9811
and body from high pressure fluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid

injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a
few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable
medical source. Such information is available from Deere
& Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

DX,FLUID –19–03MAR93–1/1

Service Machines Safely

Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie,

scarf, loose clothing, or necklace when you work near
machine tools or moving parts. If these items were to get
caught, severe injury could result.

–UN–23AUG88
Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent electrical
shorts and entanglement in moving parts.

TS228

DX,LOOSE –19–04JUN90–1/1

05-11 012808
PN=18
 Safety

Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating

Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.

Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated

by welding, soldering, or using a torch.

–UN–23AUG88
Remove paint before heating:

• Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from area

to be affected by heating. If paint cannot be removed,

TS220
wear an approved respirator before heating or welding.
• If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.
Wear an approved respirator.
• If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with
soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or
paint stripper containers and other flammable material
from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes
before welding or heating.

Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where welding

will take place.

Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxic

fumes and dust away.

Dispose of paint and solvent properly.

DX,PAINT –19–24JUL02–1/1

Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines

Flammable spray can be generated by heating near

pressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe burns to
yourself and bystanders. Do not heat by welding,
soldering, or using a torch near pressurized fluid lines or
other flammable materials. Pressurized lines can
–UN–15MAY90
accidentally burst when heat goes beyond the immediate
flame area.
TS953

DX,TORCH –19–10DEC04–1/1

05-12 012808
PN=19
 Safety

Avoid High-Pressure Jet on Safety Decals

Pressurized water can remove or damage safety decals.

Avoid to direct high-pressure jet on safety decals.

–UN–23APR02
Immediately replace missing or damaged safety decals.
Replacement safety decals are available from your John
Deere dealer.

CC1021545
CC1021545
CC03745,0000C2C –19–22NOV06–1/1

Avoid High-Pressure Jet on Cylinders

Pressurized water can damage cylinders. Avoid to direct

high-pressure jet on cylinders.

–UN–03DEC04
CC1026634
CC03745,0000CAB –19–24OCT07–1/1

Dispose of Waste Properly

Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the

environment and ecology. Potentially harmful waste used
with John Deere equipment include such items as oil, fuel,
coolant, brake fluid, filters, and batteries.

–UN–26NOV90
Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not use
food or beverage containers that may mislead someone
into drinking from them.
TS1133

Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into

any water source.

Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air can

damage the Earth’s atmosphere. Government regulations
may require a certified air conditioning service center to
recover and recycle used air conditioning refrigerants.

Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste

from your local environmental or recycling center, or from
your John Deere dealer.

DX,DRAIN –19–03MAR93–1/1

05-13 012808
PN=20
 Safety Decals
Pictorial Safety Signs

At several important places of this machine safety signs

are affixed intended to signify potential danger. The
hazard is identified by a pictorial in a warning triangle. An
adjacent pictorial provides information how to avoid
personal injury. These safety signs, their placement on the

–19–07OCT88
machine and a brief explanatory text are shown below.

TS231
FX,WBZ –19–19NOV91–1/1

Operator’s Manual

This operator’s manual contains all important information

necessary for safe machine operation. Carefully observe
all safety rules to avoid accidents.

–UN–16FEB96
CC001005
CC,570RB 001547 –19–20MAY94–1/1

Repair and Maintenance

Before carrying out repair and maintenance work, shut off

tractor engine and remove key.

–UN–16FEB96
CC001011
CC,570RB 001541 –19–20MAY94–1/1

Baler Drive Line

Stay clear of rotating drive line to avoid personal injury.

–UN–26NOV96
CC007925

CC,570RB 003446 –19–20SEP96–1/1

10-1 012808
PN=21
 Safety Decals

Raised Gate

Do not allow anyone to walk or work under a raised gate.

Stay clear of raised gate as it could close faster than you

can move away and may result in death or serious injury.

–UN–26NOV96
CC007926
CC,570RB 003447 –19–20SEP96–1/1

Gate Safety Lock

Always engage the gate safety lock before working under

or around the gate in raised position.

–UN–04AUG05
Stand clear before unlocking the gate safety lock.

CC1027501
OUCC006,0000F1B –19–07JUL05–1/1

Gate Opening

Do not allow anyone to walk or work at the rear of the

machine.

Stay clear of rear of the baler while the gate is raising.

–UN–26NOV96
The gate opens faster than you can move away which
may result in death or serious injury.

CC007928

CC03745,0000B50 –19–04AUG05–1/1

Pickup

Rotating pickup can catch you faster than you can move
away.

Stay clear of rotating pickup as it may result in death or

–UN–12DEC96

serious injury.
CC007958

CC,570RB 003476 –19–25SEP96–1/1

10-2 012808
PN=22
 Safety Decals

Drive Chains

Do not open or remove guard when the baler is running.

–UN–26NOV96
CC007929
CC,570RB 003450 –19–20SEP96–1/1

Tongue Frame Attaching Screws

Retighten tongue frame attaching screws at specified

intervals.

–UN–16FEB96
CC001172
CC,570RB 001694 –19–12AUG94–1/1

Hitch Plate Attaching Screw

Retighten hitch plate attaching screw at specified

intervals.

–UN–16FEB96
CC001173
CC,570RB 001695 –19–12AUG94–1/1

10-3 012808
PN=23
 Preparing the Tractor
Adjusting Drawbar

IMPORTANT: Before attaching baler, be sure to adjust

drawbar. Replace all shields.

Vertically align drawbar hitch pin hole with centerline of

–UN–11JUL05
tractor PTO shaft.

Set drawbar to the following specifications:

CC1027471
Specification
End of PTO shaft to drawbar
hitch pin hole axis (A)—Distance .................................................. 355 mm
(14 in.)
A—355 mm (14 in.)
PTO shaft centerline to drawbar
B—150 — 305 mm (6 — 12 in.)
upper face (B)—Distance .................................................. 150 — 305 mm
C—330 — 510 mm (13 — 20 in.)
(6 — 12 in.)
Ground to drawbar upper face
(C)—Distance .................................................................... 330 — 510 mm
(13 — 20 in.)

OUCC006,0000EF4 –19–19JUL05–1/1

Adjusting Tractor Front Tread

Adjust distance from tire inside to tire inside (A) to a

minimum of 1372 mm (4 ft 6 in.) or a maximum of 1524
mm (5 ft).

–UN–21SEP06
See your tractor operator’s manual to make adjustments.

CC1028410

OUCC006,00010D1 –19–22NOV06–1/1

Adjusting Tractor Rear Tire Spacing

Adjust rear tractor wheels to provide an outside tire

dimension (A) of 2591 to 2743 mm (8 ft 6 in. to 9 ft).
–UN–21SEP06

IMPORTANT: If converging wheels are installed, the

outside tire dimension should not
exceed 2286 mm (7 ft 6 in.).
CC1028411

See your tractor operator’s manual to make adjustments.

OUCC006,0001163 –19–18JAN07–1/1

15-1 012808
PN=24
 Preparing the Tractor

Checking Tractor Ballast

Provide sufficient weight to stabilize tractor when

operating on hilly ground or other adverse conditions.
(See your tractor operator’s manual).

–UN–27JAN05
CC1026957
OUCC006,0000DEF –19–19JAN05–1/1

Selecting Tractor PTO Speed

CAUTION: Under no circumstances should a

baler equipped for 540 rpm PTO drive be
operated with a tractor at 750 or 1000 rpm PTO

–UN–09JUL01
speed.

Under no circumstances should a baler

equipped for 1000 rpm PTO drive be operated

CC1020007
with a tractor at 540 or 750 rpm PTO speed.

IMPORTANT: Always run tractor at rated PTO speed.

Overspeed will damage baler.

The tractor PTO shaft size must be 1-3/8 in.

Follow the tractor Operator’s Manual to install the

appropriate PTO shaft.

–UN–02OCT96
Refer to tag on baler gear case to select tractor PTO
speed.

CC007602
Follow the tractor Operator’s Manual to properly set the
PTO speed at 540 or 1000 rpm.

OUCC006,0000EAC –19–19JUL05–1/1

15-2 012808
PN=25
 Preparing the Tractor

Setting Tractor Selective Control Valves

Set tractor selective control valves to approximately 40

L/min (10.55 US gal/min) flow. This flow should provide
approximately 5 seconds gate opening time. See your
tractor operator’s manual to make adjustments.

–UN–05APR95
For 3000 Series tractors, make sure the SCV lever is in
neutral position when SCV is not used.

CC000833
For 5000 Series tractors, do not push SCV lever fully
forward to allow lever to return to neutral when released.

For 6000 and 7000 Series tractors, adjust SCV lever for
no detent, so lever returns to neutral when released.

For 8000 Series tractors, set detent time at “0”.

On 592 Baler Only:

For tractors with low hydraulic flow (less than 25 L/min;

6.5 US gal/min), install orifice in bale density control valve
to prevent pinching belts when closing gate. See
“Installing Orifice In Tractor With Low Hydraulic Flow” in
“Preparing the Baler” Section.

OUCC006,0000379 –19–02APR01–1/1

Round Baler Electrical Circuit and Control

Power Supply Requirement

The round baler electrical circuit and control are designed

for use on 12 V electrical systems with negative ground.
–UN–23AUG01
CC1020363

CC03745,0000288 –19–23AUG01–1/1

15-3 012808
PN=26
 Preparing the Tractor

Installing BaleTrak or ELC Monitor Support

(6000, 7000 and 8000 Series Tractors Only)

1. Remove the top two plugs from the lower right-hand

cab post.

–UN–11JUL05
2. Install angle (A) to cab post. Fasten with two M10x20
flange screws.

CC1027476
3. Install monitor strap (B) to angle (A). Fasten with
M10x35 cap screw (C), washer and flange nut (D).

4. Install monitor to monitor strap (B).

A—Angle
B—Monitor strap
C—Cap screw
D—Flange nut

–UN–11JUL05
CC1027474
OUCC006,0000EED –19–19JUL05–1/1

Install BaleTrak or ELC Monitor Support (All

Tractors Except 6000, 7000 and 8000 Series
Tractors)

NOTE: If the tractor is not equipped with an operator’s

cab, install monitor bracket on cowling, fender or

–UN–15SEP88
any convenient area. Be sure to check mounting
hardware clearance before drilling.

On tractors with operator’s cab: assemble

E21705
mounting brackets and secure to window ledge
with three cap screws (A).
A—Cap screw
Place washer (B) over hole. B—Washer

Secure support to bracket.

OUCC006,000066C –19–29APR02–1/1

15-4 012808
PN=27
 Preparing the Tractor

Installing Battery Wiring Harness for

Connecting Control Monitor

It is a MUST to connect the control monitor to the

convenience outlet (A) and special battery harness (B)

–UN–05APR95
furnished with the monitor. This will avoid any electrical
interferences that could be generated by the convenience
outlet provided by the tractor. The special harness (B)
must be directly connected to the battery straps.

CC000942
Proceed as follows:

1. Drill a hole into the side wall of the tractor cab, at any
convenient place, to install convenience outlet (A).

2. Connect the wires (C)-(D)-(E) to the outlet (A) as

shown opposite.

3. Route wiring harness (B) through the cab up to the

battery.

4. Clamp relevant pins (F)-(G)-(H) to the wires. Connect

red wire (H) to the positive strap of the battery, red
wire (F) to the ”ON” position of the dashboard main
switch and black wire (G) to the negative strap of the
battery.

IMPORTANT: Do not connect the positive wires (F)

and (H) (RED) to the starter motor
solenoid!

NOTE: The special harness (B) is also available as an

option for further tractor installation.

NOTE: Disconnect battery harness and BaleTrak wiring

harness connector when welding on machine.
A—Convenience outlet
B—Battery harness
C—Red (1.5 mm2)
D—Black (6.0 mm2)
E—Red (6.0 mm2)
–UN–23OCT00

F—Red (Positive) wire (1.5 mm2)

G—Black (Negative) wire (6.0 mm2)
H—Red (Positive) wire (6.0 mm2)
CC1018542

OUCC006,0000F26 –19–19JUL05–1/1

15-5 012808
PN=28
 Preparing the Tractor

Installing ELC Plus Monitor on the Tractor

Install ELC Plus monitor on the provided support.

The power supply must be 12 Volt, 30 A with fully

charged battery. A minimum of 20 A is required during

–UN–21JUL05
electrical cylinder retract cycle.

IMPORTANT: Over voltage should not be higher than

CC1027522
19 V.

Under voltage should not be below 9 V

as under this value circuit breaker will
trip. This can occur when battery is flat
or if battery connections are not good.
Always check battery voltage and
connections by actuating the actuators
before operating the baler.

NOTE: Due to the high level of ripple current (over

voltage), do not perform any ELC Plus monitor
test with the battery connected to a battery
charger.

ELC Plus monitor is reverse voltage protected.

OUCC006,0000F29 –19–22JUL05–1/1

15-6 012808
PN=29
 Preparing the Tractor

Installing BaleTrak Monitor on the Tractor

Install BaleTrak control monitor on the provided support.

The power supply must be 12 Volt, 30 A with fully

–UN–05FEB01
charged battery. A minimum of 20 A is required during
electrical cylinder retract cycle.

IMPORTANT: Over voltage should not be higher than

CC1019095
16 V.

Under voltage should not be below 11.2

V as under this value the BaleTrak
control will not work correctly and a
diagnostic trouble code will be
displayed. This can occur when battery
is flat or if battery connections are not
good. Always check battery voltage and
connections by actuating the actuators
before operating the baler.

NOTE: Due to the high level of ripple current (over

voltage), do not perform any BaleTrak test with
the battery connected to a battery charger.

The BaleTrak control monitor is reverse voltage protected.

OUCC006,0000F2A –19–22JUL05–1/1

Using Drawbar Shield

If a tractor drawbar (A) catches and disturbs the windrow

under the tractor, a drawbar shield (B) can be used.
–UN–12DEC96
CC007918

Continued on next page CC,570RB 003439 –19–15SEP98–1/2

15-7 012808
PN=30
 Preparing the Tractor

Use the sketch opposite as an example to make a shield

(B) using 2 or 4 ply belting.

–UN–25NOV96
CC007919
CC,570RB 003439 –19–15SEP98–2/2

15-8 012808
PN=31
 Preparing the Baler
Connecting Telescoping Hook-Up to Gear
Case Input Shaft

CAUTION: Never attach telescoping hook-up

while the tractor is running. Never use a steel

–UN–08NOV06
hammer to connect or disconnect the hook-up
on gear case input shaft.

IMPORTANT: Keep hook-up and gear case input shaft

CC1028837
splines free from paint, dirt, chaff and
burrs.
Shear bolt clutch
Shear bolt clutch and slip clutch:

Press locking device.

Push telescoping hook-up on gear case input shaft until

the lock engages.

–UN–08NOV06
Cam-type cut out clutch:

Unscrew the clamping cone.

CC1028838
Engage telescoping hook-up to the gear case input shaft,
until the hole is positioned over the gear case input shaft Slip clutch
annular groove.

Tighten clamping cone to specified torque.

Specification
Clamping cone—Torque............................................................... 100 N•m
(74 lb-ft)

–UN–08NOV06
CAUTION: Before starting work, make sure all
locks are securely engaged and safety chains

CC1028839
are attached (if equipped).

Reinstall all shields which have been removed to attach

the hook-up. Cam-type cut out clutch

Immediately replace any damaged plastic hook-up shields.

OUCC006,00011E2 –19–25OCT06–1/1

20-1 012808
PN=32
 Preparing the Baler

Installing Pickup Gauge Wheels

1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.) Pickup Gauge Wheels

On each side:

–UN–12JUL05
Install wheel assembly (B) on arm (A) using washers (D)
and lock nut (C).

CC1027206
A—Gauge wheel arm
B—Wheel assembly
C—Lock nut
D—Washers 1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.) Pickup Gauge Wheels

OUCC006,0000EB5 –19–19JUL05–1/2

2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m (7 ft 3 in.) Pickup Gauge

Wheels

On each side:

–UN–04OCT04
Install wheel assembly (B) on arm (A) using pin (E),
washer (D) and quick lock pin (C).

A—Gauge wheel arm

CC1026508
B—Wheel assembly
C—Quick lock pin
D—Washer
E—Fastener pin 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m (7 ft 3 in.) Pickup Gauge Wheels

OUCC006,0000EB5 –19–19JUL05–2/2

20-2 012808
PN=33
 Preparing the Baler

Selecting Twine

John Deere twine is recommended to achieve optimum

performance.

A good quality twine plays a very important part in proper

baler operation.

Twine of good tensile strength and uniformity in size

should be selected for proper baling operation. This will

–UN–12JUL05
also help prevent twine from breaking during handling and
transporting of bales.

CC1027482
OUCC006,0000EFF –19–19JUL05–1/1

20-3 012808
PN=34
 Preparing the Baler

Loading Twine Boxes

Place one ball of good quality twine in each compartment

of the twine box. Be sure twine is pulled from end of the
ball marked ’’top.’’

–UN–19JUN02
Join twine by tying the inside end of one ball to the
outside of the other ball. In joining twine, use a modified
square knot with sisal twine and a sheet bend knot with

CC1021580
plastic twine.

Trim loose ends of twine as close to knot as possible.

A—582 - 592 right-hand twine box
B—582 - 592 left-hand twine box
C—572 right-hand twine box
D—572 left-hand twine box

–UN–19JUN02
CC1021581
–UN–19JUN02
CC1021582
–UN–19JUN02
CC1021590

OUCC006,00006C8 –19–29MAY02–1/1

20-4 012808
PN=35
 Preparing the Baler

Tying Sheet Bend Knot (Plastic Twine)

IMPORTANT: The knot must be small enough to pass

through the guides and twine arm.

–UN–05OCT00
Tie twine balls together with a sheet bend knot as shown.

A—Flow direction of twine

CC1018311
OUCC006,000020B –19–04SEP00–1/1

Tying Modified Square Knot (Sisal Twine)

IMPORTANT: The knot must be small enough to pass

through the guides and twine arm.

Tie twine balls together with a square or modified square

knot as shown.

–UN–16SEP88
E7986
OUCC006,000026B –19–26OCT00–1/1

20-5 012808
PN=36
 Preparing the Baler

Routing Twine out of Boxes

Right-hand side twine box

Pull twine through guide (B), twine tension plate and

–UN–19JUN02
opening (A) located above right-hand side twine box.

Left-hand side twine box

CC1021583
Pull twine through guide (B), twine tension plate and
opening (A) located above left-hand side twine box.

Additional front twine box

Pull twine through twine tension plate and opening (A)

located on right-hand side of additional front twine box.

A—Twine Tension Plate and Opening

–UN–19JUN02
B—Guide

CC1021584
–UN–17JUL01
CC1019872
OUCC006,00006C9 –19–29MAY02–1/1

20-6 012808
PN=37
 Preparing the Baler

Routing Twine Through Guides

Loop twine (A) from right-hand side twine box around

pulley (B) and twine (C) from left-hand or front twine box
around pulley (D).

–UN–19JUN01
IMPORTANT: If only one twine is used on balers
equipped with BaleTrak control monitor
and twine sensors installed, loop this

CC1019873
twine around both pulleys (B) and (D)
so that the monitor can detect the
presence of two twines and then react
properly (monitor is set for the use of
two twines).

If this is not done, one of the pulleys is

not rotating which the monitor will
interpret as a twine not being caught

–UN–19JUN02
during tying cycle and thus will display
warning messages on LCD screen.

Route twines through guides (E) and (F).

CC1021585
Loop twines between guide pins (G) and place twines
under tension plate (H) as shown.

Thread twines through twine arm (I). There must be 300

mm (12 in.) of twine exposed from end of twine arm.
A—Twine from right-hand twine box
B—Pulley
C—Twine from left-hand or front twine box
D—Pulley

–UN–09FEB96
E—Guides
F—Guide
G—Guide pin
H—Tension plate

CC000954
I—Twine arm

–UN–09FEB96
CC000955

OUCC006,000066E –19–29APR02–1/1

20-7 012808
PN=38
 Preparing the Baler

Selecting Net Roll

In order to achieve optimum performance, we recommend

the use of John Deere net roll which meets the following
specifications:

• Material: High density polyethylene.

• Density: Minimum 10 g/m2 ±10% (0.033 oz/sq.ft. ±10%).
• Strength (Tying direction): 900 N/500 mm (662 lb/20
in.).
• Elongation: 9% ± 1%.

–UN–12JUL05
• Length: 2000 or 3000 m (6562 or 9842 ft)
• Material width for standard net tying device: 1222 +16
-11 mm (3 ft 11.7 in. to 4 ft 0.7 in.).

CC1027482
• Material width for CoverEdge net tying device: 1300 mm
(4 ft 3.2 in.).
• Core width for standard net tying device: Maximum
1255 mm (4 ft 1.4 in.).
• Core width for CoverEdge net tying device: Maximum
1320 mm (4 ft 4 in.).
• Material/core offset (A): 2 to 16 mm (0.08 to 0.63 in.) on
both sides.

–UN–26NOV96
IMPORTANT: Net roll types with higher density can
be used. In this case, make sure that
net device is well adjusted and knife
well sharpened. Refer to ”Service”

CC009708
Section.

Net roll diameter must not exceed

29 cm (11.4 in.) A—Material/core offset

OUCC006,0001164 –19–21SEP06–1/1

20-8 012808
PN=39
 Preparing the Baler

Care of Net Roll

IMPORTANT: Protect net roll material from moisture

and damage. Do not remove protective
covering until ready for use. Snags can
cause erratic performance and affect
bale weatherability. Do not use sticky
tape directly on net.

Store in a cool, dry place, away from

direct sunlight.

CC,570RB 001466 –19–15SEP98–1/1

Care of Net Tying Device

Before operating the baler proceed as follows:

Wipe off feed rolls and check for any sticky material.
NEVER use aggressive cleaning agents such as petrol,
benzine, turpentine oil or similar cleaning solvents to clean
rubber feed roll.

It is recommended to use the following:

• A cloth dipped in liquid ammonia

• Soap water
• A 1:10 mixture of glycerine and spirits

Apply talcum powder to rubber feed roll.

OUCC006,0000670 –19–29APR02–1/1

20-9 012808
PN=40
 Preparing the Baler

Loading Net Tying

CAUTION: Disengage PTO, engage parking

brake and/or place transmission in “PARK”,
shut off tractor engine and remove key before
opening cover.

CAUTION: Cover is spring loaded and will move

up quickly when released.

1. Open net tying cover (A) by using special tool (B) or a

suitable tool (13 mm across flats).

Hold cover (A) in position then unlock it by inserting

tool (B) in latch slot as shown.

2. Remove all package material (staples, tape, etc.) from

net roll before installing.

–UN–05OCT99
A—Net tying cover
B—Special tool

CC016185
OUCC006,0000676 –19–29APR02–1/7

3. Install net roll

a. Net roll for standard net tying device:

Remove stops (A) from their bracket.

–UN–19JUN01
Install stops (A) on each sides of roll to position roll
in the CoverEdge net tying unit.

CC1019555
b. CoverEdge net roll:

Specific CoverEdge net roll does not need stops

(A).

A—Stops –UN–09FEB01
CC1019100

Continued on next page OUCC006,0000676 –19–29APR02–2/7

20-10 012808
PN=41
 Preparing the Baler

4. Swing lower tension arm out and place net roll to

loading position (A) so material will be pulled from the
top of the roll.

NOTE: John Deere nets have two large colored stripes

–UN–20JUN02
which must be toward the right-hand side of
machine.

A—Loading position

CC1021591
OUCC006,0000676 –19–29APR02–3/7

5. Release net feed roll brake to allow to rotate feed rolls.

Pull lever (B) down and out, then raise it to disengage

brake pad (A).

–UN–19JUN02
NOTE: Once unlocked, lever (B) should be kept in upper
position as shown.

A—Brake pad

CC1021586
B—Brake release lever

Continued on next page OUCC006,0000676 –19–29APR02–4/7

20-11 012808
PN=42
 Preparing the Baler

6. Unroll net and gather the loose ends of net together

7. Fold net (C) back on itself to form a loop. Thread loop

of net between rubber roll (A) and steel roll (B) as
illustrated. Rotate feed rolls slightly by hand to feed

–UN–09FEB01
material between rolls.

IMPORTANT: Do not thread more than 25 mm (1 in.)

of loop (D) between the two rolls as it

CC1019102
may cause material to wrap around the
rolls.

A—Rubber roll
B—Steel roll
C—Net
D—25 mm (1 in.)
A

B
C

–UN–20JUN02
CC1021588
CC1021588
D

Continued on next page OUCC006,0000676 –19–29APR02–5/7

20-12 012808
PN=43
 Preparing the Baler

8. Engage net feed roll brake. Pull lever (B) down and in.
Feed rolls should not be able to rotate.

IMPORTANT: If feed rolls can still be rotated with

brake engaged, readjust or replace
brake pad (A). See “Checking Net Feed
Roll Brake (Test 6)” in “Service”
section.

A—Brake Pad
B—Brake lever

–UN–19JUN02
CC1021587
Continued on next page OUCC006,0000676 –19–29APR02–6/7

20-13 012808
PN=44
 Preparing the Baler

9. Swing lower tension arm up and lift the net roll on the
rubber roll, against the stainless steel plates

10. Rotate net roll to remove slack.

11. Cut excessive material off.

–UN–20JUN02
12. Rear net box can contain two net rolls. One for the
net tying process (B) and an additional net roll (A)
stored on the top.

CC1021589
13. To close cover, pull it down until latch is engaged.
CC1021589
IMPORTANT: It is advisable to take net material off
feed rolls at the end of each day! This
will avoid net material rubber feed roll
incrustation thus avoiding start-up
problems.

Take net material off feed rolls each

–UN–19JUN01
time baler is used for twine tying mode.

A—Additional net roll

B—Net for tying process

CC1019875
OUCC006,0000676 –19–29APR02–7/7

20-14 012808
PN=45
 Preparing the Baler

Setting the Baler for 1000 rpm PTO

Operation (Baler without Rotary Feeder
Device)

IMPORTANT: All balers without rotary feeder and

–UN–08NOV06
equipped with a slip clutch can be
driven at 1000 rpm PTO rated speed
after having reversed the main gear
case position.

CC1028763
Do not set the baler for 1000 rpm
operation if it is equipped with shear
bolt hook-up or with cam-type cut out
clutch. Failure to do so will result in
baler damage as the machine will be no
longer overload protected.

Proceed as follows to switch gear case from 540 rpm to

–UN–16FEB96
1000 rpm position:

1. Remove Drive Shaft:

CC001257
a. Remove the tongue shield.

b. Disconnect hook-up from gear case input shaft.

A—Upper drive roll chain
c. Remove connector links from upper drive roll chain B—Main drive chain
(A) and main drive chain (B). C—Cotter pin
D—Bushing
E—Sprocket
d. Remove cotter pin (C), then bushing (D), washers F—Cap screw
and sprocket (E). G—Plate
H—Shaft
NOTE: Record place and number of washers behind
sprocket (E).

e. Remove three cap screws (F) from plate (G) and

remove shaft (H).

Continued on next page OUCC006,0001280 –19–18SEP07–1/6

20-15 012808
PN=46
 Preparing the Baler

2. Reverse Gear Case:

a. Remove two cap screws (A) from density valve (B).

b. Rotate density valve and remove four cap screws

(C) securing gear case, then remove gear case.

–UN–09FEB96
c. Remove universal joint (D) from output shaft (E) and
install it onto input shaft (F).

CC001258
d. Remove dipstick (G) and drain plug (H).

e. Invert gear case and insert dipstick (G) into drain

plug location and insert drain plug into dipstick
location.

A—Cap screws
B—Density valve

–UN–16FEB96
C—Cap screws
D—Universal joint
E—Output shaft
F—Input shaft
G—Dipstick

CC001259
H—Drain plug

–UN–16FEB96
CC001260
Continued on next page OUCC006,0001280 –19–18SEP07–2/6

20-16 012808
PN=47
 Preparing the Baler

3. Reset Stop Clamp Position:

a. Loosen stop clamp fixing screw (A), then slide stop

clamp (B) until specified length (C) is achieved:

Specification

–UN–16FEB96
For 1000 rpm—Length ............................................................ 133 ± 2 mm
(5.23 ± 0.08 in.)
For 540 rpm—Length .............................................................. 173 ± 2 mm
(6.81 ± 0.08 in.)

CC001261
b. Tighten screw (A).
A—Screw
B—Stop clamp
NOTE: If the baler needs to be driven at 540 rpm once C—Length
again, specified dimension (C) is given as a
reminder for 540 rpm clamp position.

OUCC006,0001280 –19–18SEP07–3/6

4. Install Drive Shaft:

a. Install plate, washers, sprocket and cotter pin on

shaft (A) as shown.

–UN–23SEP04
b. Install the not used bushing (B) and washers on the
opposite side of the shaft (A).

c. Secure the assembly on baler frame with three cap

CC1026422
screws (C).

d. Measure clearance (D) between inner surface of

sprocket (E) and head of cap screw (C). Clearance
should be within specification: A—Shaft
B—Bushing
C—Cap screw
Specification
D—Clearance
Inner surface of sprocket to head
E—Sprocket
of cap screw—Clearance ................................................................ 10 mm
(0.39 in.)

Continued on next page OUCC006,0001280 –19–18SEP07–4/6

20-17 012808
PN=48
 Preparing the Baler

5. Reinstall Gear Case:

a. Slide gear case universal joint (A) onto drive shaft

(B).

b. Secure gear case with four cap screws. Tighten

–UN–16FEB96
these screws to specified torque:

Specification
Gear case cap screws—Torque................................................... 120 N•m

CC001263
(88.5 lb-ft)

c. Secure bale density valve with two cap screws.

d. Check oil level in gear case. Refill with oil specified

in ”Gear Oil” in ”Lubrication and Maintenance”
section, if necessary.

–UN–16FEB96
e. Reset slip clutch for 1000 rpm operation by inserting
lugs (C) in the first row of slots (D), with notches (E)
positioned towards outside of slip clutch.

CC001265
A—Universal joint
B—Drive shaft
C—Lugs
D—Slots
E—Notches

OUCC006,0001280 –19–18SEP07–5/6

6. Apply 1000 rpm Decal:

a. Reinstall hook-up on gear case input shaft.

b. Reinstall tongue shield and apply the new 1000 rpm

decal on it as shown.

–UN–09FEB96
CC001264

OUCC006,0001280 –19–18SEP07–6/6

20-18 012808
PN=49
 Preparing the Baler

Installing Orifice for Tractors With Low

Hydraulic Flow (592 Only)

For tractors with hydraulic flow less than 25 L/min (6.5 US

gal/min), the gate may close before the belt tension arm
returns. This may result in belts being pinched between

–UN–11JAN96
the lower gate roller and axle tube. To correct this
situation, install orifice which is available through your
John Deere dealer.

E39652
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid
under pressure, stop engine and relieve the
pressure in the system before disconnecting or
connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all
connections before applying pressure.

Clean fittings and valve area before disconnecting

hydraulic hoses.

Remove cap screws (A). Bale density control valve can

then be lifted for access to lower hydraulic fitting.

OUCC006,0000352 –19–02APR01–1/4

Disconnect Hydraulic Hose

NOTE: Shield removed for illustration purposes.

Disconnect hydraulic hose (A).

–UN–11JAN96
E39650

OUCC006,0000352 –19–02APR01–2/4

Remove Fitting

Disconnect bottom hydraulic line (A) and remove fitting

(B).
–UN–12JAN96
E39651

Continued on next page OUCC006,0000352 –19–02APR01–3/4

20-19 012808
PN=50
 Preparing the Baler

Install Orifice

Install orifice in valve with smooth face towards fitting.

Tighten fitting.

IMPORTANT: Be sure orifice is installed flush with

–UN–13SEP88
valve. It must not be tilted.

Connect and tighten hydraulic lines.

E21788
Install cap screws in bale density control valve.

OUCC006,0000352 –19–02APR01–4/4

20-20 012808
PN=51
 Preparing the Baler

Tire Inflation

Refer to the serial number plate and following tables, to

obtain the correct tire pressure according to model
designation (A) and maximum permissible total weight (B).

–UN–27SEP07
CC1030245
–UN–25SEP07
CC1030244
A—Model designation
B—Maximum permissible total weight

Tire pressure with maximum transport speed of 30 km/h (19 mph)

Tire type and pressure
Maximum
Model designation 11.5/80 - 15.3 15/55 - 17 19/45 - 17 500/50 - 17 500/45 - 22.5
permissible total
(A) (10 PR) (10 PR) (10 PR) (10 PR) (12 PR)
weight (B)
572 / — / —
2900 kg 200 kPa 150 kPa 150 kPa
572 / NB / — not compatible not compatible
(6393 lb) (2 bar; 29 psi) (1.5 bar; 22 psi) (1.5 bar; 22 psi)
572.2 / — / —
582 / NB / — 2950 / 2990 kg 200 kPa 150 kPa 150 kPa 150 kPa 150 kPa
592 / NB / — (6504 / 6592 lb) (2 bar; 29 psi) (1.5 bar; 22 psi) (1.5 bar; 22 psi) (1.5 bar; 22 psi) (1.5 bar; 22 psi)
582.2 / — / — 3950 / 3990 kg 280 kPa 200 kPa 150 kPa 150 kPa 150 kPa
592.2 / — / — (8708 / 8796 lb) (2.8 bar; 41 psi) (2 bar; 29 psi) (1.5 bar; 22 psi) (1.5 bar; 22 psi) (1.5 bar; 22 psi)
582 / HB / —
582 / PB / — 3950 / 4000 kg 150 kPa 150 kPa 150 kPa
not compatible not compatible
592 / HB / — (8708 / 8818 lb) (1.5 bar; 22 psi) (1.5 bar; 22 psi) (1.5 bar; 22 psi)
592 / PB / —

Continued on next page OUCC006,000132A –19–23OCT07–1/3

20-21 012808
PN=52
 Preparing the Baler

Tire pressure with maximum transport speed of 40 km/h (25 mph)

Tire type and pressure
Maximum
Model designation 11.5/80 - 15.3 15/55 - 17 19/45 - 17 500/50 - 17 500/45 - 22.5
permissible total
(A) (10 PR) (10 PR) (10 PR) (10 PR) (12 PR)
weight (B)
572 / — / — 2900 kg 150 kPa
not compatible not compatible not compatible not compatible
572 / NB / — (6393 lb) (1.5 bar; 22 psi)
2900 kg 260 kPa 200 kPa 150 kPa
572.2 / — / — not compatible not compatible
(6393 lb) (2.6 bar; 38 psi) (2 bar; 29 psi) (1.5 bar; 22 psi)
582 / NB / — 2950 / 2990 kg 150 kPa 150 kPa 150 kPa
not compatible not compatible
592 / NB / — (6504 / 6592 lb) (1.5 bar; 22 psi) (1.5 bar; 22 psi) (1.5 bar; 22 psi)
582.2 / — / — 3950 / 3990 kg 260 kPa 200 kPa 150 kPa 150 kPa
not compatible
592.2 / — / — (8708 / 8796 lb) (2.6 bar; 38 psi) (2 bar; 29 psi) (1.5 bar; 22 psi) (1.5 bar; 22 psi)
582 / HB / —
582 / PB / — 3950 / 4000 kg 200 kPa 150 kPa 150 kPa
not compatible not compatible
592 / HB / — (8708 / 8818 lb) (2 bar; 29 psi) (1.5 bar; 22 psi) (1.5 bar; 22 psi)
592 / PB / —

OUCC006,000132A –19–23OCT07–2/3

Inflate pickup gauge wheels to specified pressure:

Pressure
140 kPa
Pickup Gauge Wheels
(1.4 bar; 20 psi)

–UN–01OCT07
CC1030246
OUCC006,000132A –19–23OCT07–3/3

20-22 012808
PN=53
 Attaching and Detaching
Adjusting Tongue to Tractor Drawbar

To meet all tractor drawbar hitch configurations the tongue

is adjustable.

IMPORTANT: Before adjusting the tongue, be sure

that:

• the wheel spindles are in the correct

position (except baler from S.N. 80000

–UN–21JUN05
and Premium baler).
• the tire inflation is correct.
• the gate is completely closed.

CC1027397
1. Park tractor and baler on a level ground.

2. Detach baler from tractor.

3. Install a spirit level (A) on gate reinforcement (B).

4. Adjust baler in horizontal position using the spirit level

and the jackstand.

5. Measure distance (C).

6. Measure distance (D).

7. Calculate and record the value ”H”:

–UN–21JUN05
H = (D) - (E) - (C)

A—Spirit level

CC1027394
B—Gate reinforcement
C—Drawbar height
D—Hitch screw height
E—Hitch height correction
H—Distance

Continued on next page OUCC006,00012F0 –19–27SEP07–1/4

25-1 012808
PN=54
 Attaching and Detaching

NOTE: (E) is the correction for the hitch height.

Select the value (E) according the hitch type:

Specification
Hitch (F) height correction (E)—
Height ............................................................................................ 122 mm
(4.8 in.)
Hitch (G) height correction (E)—
Height ............................................................................................ 122 mm
(4.8 in.)

–UN–21JUN05
Hitch (H) height correction (E)—
Height .............................................................................................. 26 mm
(1 in.)
Hitch (I) height correction (E)—
Height .............................................................................................. 22 mm

CC1027393
(0.86 in.)

• If H <= 80 mm (3.15 in.), go to step 19.

• If H > 80 mm (3.15 in.), continue.
E—Hitch height correction
F—Angled hitch without ball joint
8. Calculate and record the value ”T”: G—Angled hitch with ball joint
H—Straight hitch without ball joint
T = H / 140 mm (5.5 in.) I—Straight hitch with ball joint

T is the number of tongue frame teeth to jump. T must

be rounded to the closer unit.

Continued on next page OUCC006,00012F0 –19–27SEP07–2/4

25-2 012808
PN=55
 Attaching and Detaching

9. Remove shield (A) screws.

10. Remove hitch (D).

11. Scribe a mark between the frame and each tongue

–UN–21JUN05
frame.

12. Remove lock nut (F) of left tongue frame (B).

CC1027472
13. Loosen nut (E).

14. Raise or lower tongue frame by ”T” teeth, using the

mark as a start point.

15. Tighten nut (E).

16. Repeat step 12 to 15 to adjust the right-hand tongue

frame.

–UN–23SEP04
17. Check that the two tongue frames are at the same
level.

CC1026420
18. Install hitch (D).

19. Set hitch (D) as horizontal as possible with baler

attached to the tractor.
A—Shield
B—Tongue frame
20. Tighten tongue frame fixing nuts (E), lock nuts (F) C—Hitch fixing screw
and hitch fixing screw (C) to specified torque: D—Hitch
E—Nut
Specification F—Lock nut
Tongue frame fixing nut—Torque ................................................ 700 N•m
(516 lb-ft)
Tongue frame lock nut—Torque .................................................. 300 N•m
(221 lb-ft)
Hitch fixing screw—Torque .......................................................... 620 N•m
(450 lb-ft)

NOTE: Make sure that all rings are engaged (not

standing tip to tip) when tightening screw (C) and
nuts (E)-(F).

IMPORTANT: Slowly and carefully perform a short

test with baler attached to the tractor
and check that there is absolutely no
interference between tongue frame (B)
and hookup in short turns, as otherwise
major damage on hookup will occur.

Continued on next page OUCC006,00012F0 –19–27SEP07–3/4

25-3 012808
PN=56
 Attaching and Detaching

IMPORTANT: Maximum allowed offset (B) between

tongue base articulation and hitch (A)
should meet specification.

Specification
Hitch to tongue base articulation

–UN–21JUN05
(baler without brake)—Maximum
offset .............................................................................................. 700 mm
(2 ft 3.5 in.)
Hitch to tongue base articulation

CC1027473
(baler with brake)—Maximum
offset .............................................................................................. 580 mm
(1 ft 10.8 in.)

21. If necessary, modify the wheel spindle position A—Hitch

(except baler from S.N. 80000 and Premium baler). B—Offset

22. Adjust bale discharging ramp. See ”Adjusting Bale

Discharging Ramp” in ”Operating the Baler - General
Purposes” section.

OUCC006,00012F0 –19–27SEP07–4/4

25-4 012808
PN=57
 Attaching and Detaching

Adjusting Tongue to Tractor Trailer Hitch

Clearance between ground and baler tongue can be

increased by this hitching method. This is particularly
convenient when baling very thick windrows.

To meet all tractor trailer hitch configurations the tongue

can be adjusted either at the articulation of the hitch plate
or at the tongue base articulation.

–UN–21JUN05
IMPORTANT: Before adjusting the tongue, be sure
that:

• the wheel spindles are in the correct

CC1027397
position (except baler from S.N. 80000
and Premium baler).
• the tire inflation is correct.
• the gate is completely closed.

1. Park tractor and baler on a level ground.

2. Detach baler from tractor.

3. Install a spirit level (A) on gate reinforcement (B).

4. Adjust baler in horizontal position using the spirit level

and the jackstand.

5. Measure distance (C).

–UN–11JUL05
6. Measure distance (D).

7. Calculate and record the value ”H”:

CC1027484
H = (D) - (E) - (C)

A—Spirit level
B—Gate reinforcement
C—Trailer hitch height
D—Hitch screw height
E—Hitch height correction
H—Distance

Continued on next page OUCC006,00012F1 –19–27SEP07–1/4

25-5 012808
PN=58
 Attaching and Detaching

NOTE: (E) is the correction for the hitch height.

Select the value (E) according the hitch type:

Specification
Hitch (F) height correction (E)—
Height ............................................................................................ 122 mm
(4.8 in.)
Hitch (G) height correction (E)—
Height ............................................................................................ 122 mm
(4.8 in.)

–UN–21JUN05
Hitch (H) height correction (E)—
Height .............................................................................................. 26 mm
(1 in.)
Hitch (I) height correction (E)—
Height .............................................................................................. 22 mm

CC1027393
(0.86 in.)

• If H <= 80 mm (3.15 in.), go to step 19.

• If H > 80 mm (3.15 in.), continue.
E—Hitch height correction
F—Angled hitch without ball joint
8. Calculate and record the value ”T”: G—Angled hitch with ball joint
H—Straight hitch without ball joint
T = H / 140 mm (5.5 in.) I—Straight hitch with ball joint

T is the number of tongue frame teeth to jump. T must

be rounded to the closer unit.

Continued on next page OUCC006,00012F1 –19–27SEP07–2/4

25-6 012808
PN=59
 Attaching and Detaching

9. Remove shield (A) screws.

10. Remove hitch (D).

11. Scribe a mark between the frame and each tongue

frame.

–UN–11JUL05
12. Remove lock nut (F) of left tongue frame (B).

CC1027485
13. Loosen nut (E).

14. Raise or lower tongue frame by ”T” teeth, using the

mark as a start point.

15. Tighten nut (E).

16. Repeat step 12 to 15 to adjust the right-hand tongue

frame.

–UN–23SEP04
17. Check that the two tongue frames are at the same
level.

CC1026420
18. Install hitch (D).

19. Set hitch (D) as horizontal as possible with baler

attached to the tractor.
A—Shield
B—Tongue frame
20. Tighten tongue frame fixing nuts (E), lock nuts (F) C—Hitch fixing screw
and hitch fixing screw (C) to specified torque: D—Hitch
E—Nut
Specification F—Lock nut
Tongue frame fixing nut—Torque ................................................ 700 N•m
(516 lb-ft)
Tongue frame lock nut—Torque .................................................. 300 N•m
(221 lb-ft)
Hitch fixing screw—Torque .......................................................... 620 N•m
(450 lb-ft)

Continued on next page OUCC006,00012F1 –19–27SEP07–3/4

25-7 012808
PN=60
 Attaching and Detaching

NOTE: Make sure that all rings are engaged (not

standing tip to tip) when tightening screw (C) and
nuts (E)-(F).

IMPORTANT: Slowly and carefully perform a short

test with baler attached to the tractor
and check that there is absolutely no
interference between tongue frame (B)
and hookup in short turns, as otherwise
major damage on hookup will occur.

21. If necessary, modify the wheel spindle position

(except baler from S.N. 80000 and Premium baler).

22. Adjust bale discharging ramp. See ”Adjusting Bale

Discharging Ramp” in ”Operating the Baler - General
Purposes” section.

OUCC006,00012F1 –19–27SEP07–4/4

25-8 012808
PN=61
 Attaching and Detaching

Connecting Telescoping Hook-Up to Tractor

PTO Shaft

CAUTION: Never operate 540 rpm baler with

1000 rpm PTO.

–UN–09JUL01
Never attach telescoping hook-up while the
tractor is running.

CC1020007
Never use a steel hammer to connect or
disconnect the hook-up on PTO shaft.

IMPORTANT: Keep hook-up and PTO shaft splines

free from paint, dirt, chaff and burrs.

The baler can be attached to any tractor equipped with a

drawbar or trailer hitch and a 540 rpm PTO.

IMPORTANT: If the baler must be run with a 1000 rpm

PTO tractor refer to ”Setting Baler For
1000 rpm Operation” in ”Preparing the
Baler” Section.

Refer to the basic telescoping hook-up Operator’s Manual

to properly connect telescoping hook-up to the tractor
PTO shaft.

–UN–23FEB95
CC006613

OUCC006,0000F04 –19–03AUG05–1/1

Telescoping Hook-Up Support

During baler operation store support (A) along the side

tongue frame as shown.
–UN–21SEP06

A—Support
CC1028268

OUCC006,000126D –19–08FEB07–1/1

25-9 012808
PN=62
 Attaching and Detaching

Connecting Safety Chain

If machine is equipped with a safety chain (A), connect

and fasten safety chain (A) to tractor. Leave only slack
needed for turns.

–UN–04AUG03
CAUTION: The chain must prevent the tongue
from hitting the ground in case the baler
accidentally detaches from the tractor.

CC1023332
IMPORTANT: Always observe local road traffic
regulations when driving on public
roads. A—Safety chain

OUCC006,0000DB0 –19–31JAN05–1/1

Storing Jackstand

After hitching to tractor, secure jackstand (A) in its storage

position as shown.

Secure jackstand (A) with pin (B) as follows:

1. Insert pin (B) as shown in step (I).

2. Turn pin (B) as shown in step (II) to secure jackstand

in storing position.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that cotter pin (C) is

–UN–08NOV06
correctly inserted.

3. If equipped, insert quick-lock pin (D) in pin (B) as

shown in step (II).

CC1028723
A—Jackstand
B—Pin
C—Cotter pin Storage position
D—Quick-lock pin
–UN–05SEP07
CC1029665

OUCC006,000126E –19–05SEP07–1/1

25-10 012808
PN=63
 Attaching and Detaching

Connecting to Tractor Hydraulic System

CAUTION: Maximum working pressure of baler

hydraulic hoses is about 20000 kPa (200 bar;
2900 psi). To avoid injury from escaping fluid

–UN–15AUG94
under pressure, stop engine and relieve the
pressure in the system before disconnecting or
connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all
connections before applying pressure.

LX006613
IMPORTANT: All hydraulic couplers must be clear of
debris, dust and sand. Use protective
caps on fluid openings until ready to A—Diameter
make connection. Foreign material can B—Length
damage the hydraulic system.

NOTE: ISO hydraulic couplers are standard with the

baler. If they do not fit the tractor, see your John
Deere dealer for correct coupler.

Specification

–UN–04MAY01
A—Diameter ................................................................ 23.66 — 23.74 mm
(0.931 — 0.934 in.)
B—Length ........................................................................................ 24 mm
(0.945 in.)

LX1026123
1. If equipped, push tractor SCV (Selective Control Valve)
lever lockouts (A) to the right (transport lock) before
attaching implements to prevent implement movement
A—SCV lever lockouts
and possible personal injury.

Continued on next page OUCC006,0001168 –19–17OCT06–1/4

25-11 012808
PN=64
 Attaching and Detaching

–UN–11JUL05
–UN–11JUL05

CC1027486
CC1027488
2. Connecting Gate Lift Hydraulic Hoses

Connect gate hydraulic hoses (A) to a double-acting

SCV to operate the gate.

–UN–03DEC04
Check to be sure symbols (B) on covers, indicating
cylinder movement, match symbols (C) on hose
identification plate (D).

CC1026711
Push hoses firmly into tractor receptacles.

A—Gate hydraulic hoses

B—SCV symbols
C—Identification plate symbols
D—Hose identification plate

OUCC006,0001168 –19–17OCT06–2/4

3. Connecting Pickup Lift Hydraulic Hoses (baler

equipped with hydraulic pickup lift device only)

a. Baler with Single-Acting Pickup Lift Device and

Baler with Rotary Feeder.

–UN–11JUL05
Connect pickup lift hydraulic hose (A) to a
single-acting SCV.
CC1027489

Push hoses firmly into tractor receptacles.

NOTE: Refer to your tractor Operator’s Manual to connect

pickup hydraulic hose to the recommended outlet.

A—Pickup hydraulic hose

Continued on next page OUCC006,0001168 –19–17OCT06–3/4

25-12 012808
PN=65
 Attaching and Detaching

–UN–11JUL05

–UN–11JUL05
CC1027490

CC1027486
b. Baler with Double-Acting Pickup Lift Device

Connect pickup lift hydraulic hoses (A) to a

double-acting SCV to operate the pickup lift.

–UN–03DEC04
Check to be sure symbols (B) on covers, indicating
cylinder movement, match symbols (C) on hose
identification plate (D).

CC1026711
Push hoses firmly into tractor receptacles.

A—Pickup hydraulic hoses

B—SCV symbols
C—Identification plate symbols
D—Hose identification plate

OUCC006,0001168 –19–17OCT06–4/4

25-13 012808
PN=66
 Attaching and Detaching

Connecting Hydraulic Brakes (If Equipped)

Remove cap from trailer brake coupler (A) and connect

pressure hose, making sure connections are absolutely
clean.

–UN–03APR03
Press down on brake pedals to operate hydraulic trailer
brake. The braking effect depends on pressure applied to
the brake pedals.

LX1031684
IMPORTANT: To prevent undue wear on the brakes,
observe the following points:

Make sure that the pressure hose is

connected.

When driving downhill, select the same

gear you would for driving uphill.

–UN–28NOV02
Check the hydraulic trailer brake
regularly to make sure that it is
functioning correctly.

CC1022443
Connect safety rope (B) to tractor. The safety rope
engages the parking brake in case the machine
accidentally detaches from the tractor.
A—Trailer brake coupler
B—Safety Rope

OUCC006,0000E90 –19–19JUL05–1/1

25-14 012808
PN=67
 Attaching and Detaching

Connecting Air Brakes (If Equipped)

IMPORTANT: Follow the colors of the couplers.

NOTE: Couplers and colors comply with 1728 ISO

–UN–13AUG03
standard.

Ensure that the connections are clean before joining the

compressed air hoses. Seal the connections with the dust

LX1031730
caps whenever the hoses are disconnected.

Connect yellow hose at connection (A) then red hose at

connection (C). Disconnect in reverse order.

IMPORTANT: To prevent undue wear on the brakes,

observe the following points:

• Make sure that the pressure hoses

–UN–21JUN05
are connected.
• When driving downhill, select the
same gear you would for driving
uphill.

CC1027384
• Check the air brake on the trailer
regularly to make sure that it is
functioning correctly.
A—Yellow (dual-line brake)
NOTE: When the brake hoses are disconnected from the B—Black (single-line brake)
tractor brake system, the brakes of the machine C—Red (dual-line brake, supply)
are automatically engaged. (See ”Parking the D—Safety rope
Machine” in ”Transporting” Section.)

Connect safety rope (D) to tractor. The safety rope

engages the parking brake in case the machine
accidentally detaches from the tractor.

OUCC006,0000E91 –19–19JUL05–1/1

25-15 012808
PN=68
 Attaching and Detaching

Connecting Seven-Terminal Trailer Socket

Connect road light plug to seven terminal socket of the

tractor.

–UN–17SEP99
The road light wiring harness of this machine complies
with 1724 ISO standard.

Terminal Function Reference

LX1019444
1 Left-Hand Turn L
Signal Light
2 — 54G
Tractor seven-terminal socket
3 Ground 31
4 Right-Hand Turn R
Signal Light
5 Right-hand rear 58R
position and marker
lights
6 Brake Lights 54

–UN–25FEB00
7 Left-hand rear 58L
position and marker
lights

CC017032
OUCC006,00010BA –19–22SEP06–1/1

25-16 012808
PN=69
 Attaching and Detaching

Connecting Baler Wiring Harness to Control

Monitors

Line up timing marks on connector (A) and monitor then

tighten locking ring.

–UN–22JUL05
IMPORTANT: Be sure timing marks on connector and
monitor are lined up before tightening
locking ring.

CC1027524
Connect the power supply plug (B) to the convenience
outlet (C) on the tractor.
ELC Plus Monitor

CAUTION: For ELC Plus monitor, disconnect

power supply plug (B) after baler operation,
even though monitor is switched OFF.

A—Connector

–UN–23AUG01
B—Power supply plug
C—Outlet

CC1020347
BaleTrak Monitor

–UN–22JUL05
CC1027507

OUCC006,000127E –19–06SEP07–1/1

25-17 012808
PN=70
 Attaching and Detaching

Detaching Telescoping Hook-Up from Tractor

PTO Shaft

Disengage the PTO, place transmission in ”PARK”, apply

handbrake, shut off engine and remove ignition key.

–UN–26JAN05
Refer to the telescoping hook-up basic Operator’s Manual
to properly detach telescoping hook-up from the tractor
PTO shaft.

CC1026937
Reinstall all shields, if removed.

OUCC006,0000DC6 –19–06JAN05–1/1

Storing Telescoping Hook-Up

When baler tongue is adjusted for the use of the tractor

trailer hitch, position support (A) as shown so that hook-up
can be stored on it.

–UN–21SEP06
A—Support

CC1028273
OUCC006,000126F –19–08FEB07–1/2

When baler tongue is adjusted for the use of the tractor

drawbar, position support (A) as shown so that hook-up
(B) can be stored on it.

A—Support

–UN–21SEP06
B—Hook-up

CC1028274

OUCC006,000126F –19–08FEB07–2/2

25-18 012808
PN=71
 Attaching and Detaching

Using Jackstand

Before detaching baler from tractor, remove jackstand (A)

from storage position and place it in position as shown.

Secure jackstand (A) with pin (B) as follow:

1. Insert pin (B) as shown in step (I).

2. Turn pin (B) as shown in step (II) to secure jackstand.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that cotter pin (C) is

correctly inserted.

–UN–08NOV06
3. If equipped, insert quick-lock pin (D) in pin (B) as
shown in step (II).

A—Jackstand

CC1028724
B—Pin
C—Cotter pin
D—Quick-lock pin

–UN–05SEP07
CC1029666
OUCC006,0001270 –19–05SEP07–1/1

Storing Hydraulic Hoses (Except Premium

Baler)

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
–UN–08NOV06

the hazard by relieving pressure before

disconnecting hydraulic or other lines.

Disconnect hydraulic hoses and install protective caps on

CC1028768

couplers.

Store hydraulic hoses in the provided support (A) to keep

them clean by avoiding contact with the ground. A—Support

OUCC006,00011AD –19–05OCT06–1/1

25-19 012808
PN=72
 Attaching and Detaching

Storing Hydraulic Hoses (Premium Baler

Only)

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid

–UN–03OCT06
the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines.

Disconnect hydraulic hoses and install protective caps on

CC1028579
couplers.

Store hydraulic hoses in the provided support (A) to keep

them clean by avoiding contact with the ground. A—Support

OUCC006,0001220 –19–21NOV06–1/1

25-20 012808
PN=73
 Transporting
Towing Baler on Public Roads

CAUTION: Use of flashing warning lights and

turn signals are recommended when towing this
equipment on public roads. An implement
safety lighting kit is available from your John
Deere dealer.

Before towing the baler at transport speed close gate and

raise pickup.

–UN–30JUN89
CAUTION: Use care when towing baler at
transport speeds. Reduce speed if the weight of

H28930
baler exceeds weight of tractor. Baler must be
empty when towing it on roads.

IMPORTANT: Do not make sharp turns when towing

baler. Damage could result if tongue
strikes tractor tire.

IMPORTANT: Maximum transport speed is determined

by local road traffic regulations and

–UN–23AUG88
depends on tire size. See ”Tire
Inflation” in ”Preparing the Baler”
section, to determine the maximum
speed capability of each tire and baler.

TS216
Always observe local road traffic regulations when
driving on public roads.

When transporting baler at high speeds, a rocking motion

may occur. Reduce speed until rocking stops.

OUCC006,000127F –19–28SEP07–1/1

30-1 012808
PN=74
 Transporting

Recommended Warning Lights

CAUTION: Use of flashing warning lights and

turn signals are recommended when towing this
equipment on public roads.

NOTE: A safety lighting kit is available from your John

Deere dealer.

–UN–11JUL05
CC1027491
OUCC006,0000F0B –19–01AUG05–1/1

Parking the Machine (Baler with Hydraulic

Brakes)

Pull lever (B) to engage parking brake. A

–UN–14FEB02
To disengage parking brake, pull lever (B), push button
(A) then release lever.

A—Button
B

CC1021153
B—Lever
CC1021153

OUCC006,0000E93 –19–23MAY05–1/1

Parking the Machine (Baler with Air Brakes)

Parking Brake
A
Pull lever (B) to engage parking brake.

–UN–14FEB02
To disengage parking brake, pull lever (B), push button
(A) then release lever.
B
CC1021153

A—Button
B—Lever CC1021153

Continued on next page OUCC006,0000E94 –19–19JUL05–1/2

30-2 012808
PN=75
 Transporting

Air Brake Valve

When the air brake hoses are not connected or

accidentally disconnected from the tractor, the round baler
brakes are automatically engaged.

–UN–30JUL03
To release round baler brakes manually, press on button
(A).

CC1023178
The round baler brakes are automatically released when
the air brake hoses are reconnected to the tractor brake
system.

A—Button

OUCC006,0000E94 –19–19JUL05–2/2

30-3 012808
PN=76
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes
Break-in Period

IMPORTANT: Belt and drive loads increase as the

bale size approaches maximum
diameter. Frequent forming of oversize
bales can lead to premature failures.

Consider period of approximately first fifty bales as the

break-in period, i.e. until paint inside bale chamber has
worn off.

Before operation, lubricate telescoping members of PTO

hook-up liberally.

IMPORTANT: On baler equipped with slip clutch, if

slippage occurs during operation,
always allow the slip clutch to cool
down sufficiently before recommencing
baling operations. Cooling time should
be approximately 1 minute for 1 second
of slippage.

On baler equipped with cam clutch, if

slippage occurs during operation,
disengage PTO and re-engage at low
idle until cam clutch re-engages, then
operate again at rated PTO speed.

CC03745,00001C0 –19–08NOV00–1/1

Rotating Baler by Hand

CAUTION: DO NOT TAKE CHANCES! Never use

any type of tool or spanner on shaft while
tractor engine is running. Shut off tractor

–UN–08NOV06
engine, remove key and wait for moving parts
to come to a standstill. Always remove tool
from shaft as soon as you have finished using
it.
CC1028762

A spanner can be positioned on gear case output shaft

(A) of baler if it is necessary to rotate baler by hand.

OUCC006,00011A6 –19–02OCT06–1/1

35-1 012808
PN=77
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Crop Preparation

Windrow Size Overconditioning will cause the leaves to dry too

quickly and break off where they are damaged,
Good, uniform bales are made by feeding either full resulting in losses. If the bales are to be stored
pickup width windrows or narrow windrows having a outside, excessive shattering of stems will invite
width of half or less than half of the pickup width. moisture absorption.

Avoid medium-sized windrows. As the operator Underconditioning can also cause spoilage, particularly
crosses this size windrow to crowd material into the when baling cane-type crops and other
ends of the pickup, material is continuously being fed heavy-stemmed materials.
to the center. As a result, more material will be fed into
the center of the bale than in the ends. This results in NOTE: Excessively dry, slippery material sometimes
barrel-shaped bales with low density at the ends and encountered in maize stalks, certain grasses,
high density in the center. and various type of grain straws can be
successfully baled provided the material is of
Preparing the Hay Crops for Baling sufficient length to hold the bale together.

The crop to be baled can be prepared in a number of NOTE: Difficulties can be experienced, especially
ways, depending on your preference and equipment when forming the core, if the material is
available. The most desirable bales are produced excessively dry and the fibres too short. If
when the crop is cut, conditioned and then raked into baling this type material, best results can be
windrows of the proper size. This allows the operator obtained by reducing the PTO speed to
to weave and properly position the material in the approximately 1/2 while the core is being
baler, producing compact, uniform bales. See formed and then increasing the speed as the
“Windrow Size” in this Section. bale grows.

Moisture content requirements for the round bale Preparing the Silage Crops for Baling
technique is up to 18% maximum.
The crop can be cut and prepared with the usual
If moisture content is too high, spoilage can be equipment such as mower or a mower-conditioner and
expected. a tedder rake.

If moisture content is too low, excessive leaf loss and Produce uniform windrows. A flat, full windrow is
shatter will occur. desirable. The best results for conservation are
obtained when the crop is baled at a dry matter
Cut the crop as long as possible. In most crops, longer content between 40 and 50%.
material is easier to bale and results in smoother
finished, more weather-resistant bales.

Do not overcondition the material, particularly

legume-type crops such as alfalfa and clover.

AG,OUCC006,514 –19–01SEP00–1/1

35-2 012808
PN=78
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Feeding the Material

Full Pickup Width Windrows

This is the ideal windrow width.

This windrow should be even with little or no crown. Too

much crown will result in barrel-shaped bales.

Full-width windrows are desirable since no weaving or

crossing the windrow is necessary.

Continued on next page OUCC006,000032D –19–15FEB01–1/2

35-3 012808
PN=79
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Narrow Windrows

Due to their self-cleaning tread, belts grip material and

ensure a quick compact core formation. This design saves
the operator to weave at the start of baling procedure.

–UN–05APR95
Once the core is formed (after 2 to 3 m; 8 to 10 ft of
forward travel), start the weaving pattern to feed material
alternately into the sides of the pickup.

CC000869
In case of baler operated without BaleTrak control
monitor, crowd the material into one side of the pickup for
6 to 8 seconds. Then cross over the windrow and crowd
material into the opposite side for the same period.
Reduce the “hold” period (A) in heavy windrows and
increase it in lighter windrows.

NOTE: Another method is to watch the bale shape

indicators until they start to move, then cross over
to the opposite side.

In case of baler operated with BaleTrak control monitor,

refer to the information given in “Guideline to Form a
Good Bale” in “Operating BaleTrak Monitor” section to
correctly feed the material.

Bales formed in this way will be more uniform than bales

formed by continuously driving the tractor in a weaving
pattern as shown. Continuous weaving results in
excessive material being placed in the center of the bale,
and may cause belt tracking problems.

Medium-Sized Windrows

Whenever possible, avoid medium-sized windrows.

When the operator will cross this type of windrow to feed

the ends of the pickup, material will continue to be fed into
the center. As a result, more material will be fed into the
center of the bale than at the ends. This results in
barrel-shaped bales.

OUCC006,000032D –19–15FEB01–2/2

35-4 012808
PN=80
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Operating the Baler in Short, Dry, Slick

Crops

In Case of Plugging:

Try one or more of the following methods:

• Raise pickup as high as practical.

• Reduce engine speed to 1500 rpm and shift to higher
gear.
• Reduce bale density as necessary.
• Make larger windrows (rake together as necessary).

In Case of Difficult Conditions (Short or brittle straw):

Install the rubber covered shells available as an

attachment. In these conditions, always shut off PTO
when no material is picked up (see ”Attachments”
Section).

In Case of Extreme Conditions (Very brittle straw):

It can be necessary to install the low drive belt speed

bundle to reduce the belt speed from 2.4 to 1.3 m/s (7 ft
10.5 in./sec. to 4 ft 3 in./sec.). This kit will help to start the
bale (see ”Attachments” Section).

In Case of Baling Extremely Short Dry Hay:

It may be necessary to lower the baler as much as

possible.

In Case of Baler with Rotary Feeder Device:

• Replace 22/22 teeth double drive sprocket (if installed)

by the 17/17 teeth.
• Reducing number of knives (if equipped) can improve
the bale shape.
• In case of bale start difficulties in dry conditions, soft
core function can be used during the first 80 cm (2 ft
7.5 in.) of bale diameter to help in bale core formation.
• Reinstall belt tension arm fingers, if removed.

OUCC006,00011D8 –19–19JAN07–1/1

35-5 012808
PN=81
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Operating the Baler in Cornstalks

Cut stalks prior to baling to improve pickup tooth life.

Raise machine and lower the pickup (teeth do not have to

touch the ground) to increase the feed opening.

Do not rake more than six rows together or plugging may

occur at the pickup area. Higher productivity can be
obtained by baling smaller windrows at faster ground
speeds.

Be sure to maintain rated PTO speed.

In Case Of Baler With Precutter Device:

If stalks have not been cut prior to baling, put precutter

knives in cutting position and slowly drive over the
windrow to improve pickup tooth life.

CC,570RB 003464 –19–15SEP98–1/1

Operating the Baler in Silage and Damp Crops

IMPORTANT: When baling silage with a 582 or 592 Do not stop forward travel for at least 2 to 3 m (8 to 10
baler, the bale diameter must not ft) once you have entered the crop, as more material is
exceed 1.20 to 1.30 m (3 ft 11 in. to 4 needed to force the bale to start.
ft 3 in.), otherwise belt damage will
occur due to the bale weight. To ensure smooth feeding, make sure tractor drawbar
does not catch or disturb windrow.
Baler must be equipped with silage bundle (cleaning
auger). See ”Attachments” Section. In very wet conditions and when using the soft core
option, it can be necessary to install the upper roll
If baler is equipped with the 1.81 m (5 ft 11 in) pickup drive bundle if belt slippage occurs (see ”Attachments”
option, set the feeder forks to the silage position. See Section).
”Setting The 1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.) Pickup Feeder Forks”
in this Section. In Case of Baler with Rotary Feeder Device:

Always start the bale with pickup centered on the In 1st cut or in case of long crop, soft core function
windrow. can be used during the first 80 cm (2 ft 7.5 in.) of bale
diameter to help in bale core formation.
Reduce tractor engine speed to low idle before
entering the windrow. Select a gear ratio which will In 2nd or 3rd cut, replace 22/22 teeth double drive
give 6 to 10 km/h (4 to 6 mph) at rated PTO speed. sprocket (if installed) by the 17/17 teeth.

OUCC006,00011DA –19–18JAN07–1/1

35-6 012808
PN=82
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Gate Lock Device (572 Baler and 582 Baler

up to S.N. 78999)

CAUTION: When working inside or around baler

with an open gate, the gate lock device (A)

–UN–19JUN01
must be moved to the locked position. Use this
safety feature any time gate is open. Close gate
when leaving the baler unattended.

CC1019851
The gate lock device (A) prevents any accidental lowering
of gate when servicing inside the baler.

IMPORTANT: Fully engage locking device until it A—Gate lock device in locked position
rests on the cylinder rod to avoid any B—Lock device control lever
risks of side load on the cylinder.

OUCC006,0001321 –19–27SEP07–1/1

Gate Lock Valve (582 Baler from S.N. 80000

and 592 Baler)

CAUTION: Before working inside or around

baler with an open gate, gate lock lever (A)

–UN–20SEP07
must be moved to locked position. Use this
safety feature any time gate is open. Close gate
when leaving baler unattended.

CC1030240
This valve locks each gate lift cylinder independently with
the gate in any position. If the hydraulic system fails on
one side of the machine, the gate will still be held open. 582 baler shown

A—Gate lock lever

–UN–19JUN01
CC1019850

592 baler shown

OUCC006,0001320 –19–21SEP07–1/1

35-7 012808
PN=83
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Unplugging Baler with BaleTrak Plus and

Rotary Feeder Pickup

See ”Unplugging Pickup with Rotary Feeder” in ”Operating

BaleTrak Monitor” section to safely unplug the baler.

–UN–12JUL05
CC1027483
OUCC006,000116D –19–22SEP06–1/1

Unplugging Baler without Rotary Feeder

Pickup (572 and 582 Only)

1. Open the gate.

–UN–12JUL05
2. Place gate lock device lever (A) in ”Lock” position as
shown.

CAUTION: Never unplug baler before shutting

CC1027504
off tractor.

3. Remove bale core from bale chamber. 572 Baler and 582 Baler up to S.N. 78999 Gate Lock Device

4. Unplug pickup manually.

5. Make a new windrow with bale core removed and bale

it. –UN–20SEP07

A—Gate lock device lever

B—Gate lock device
CC1030240

582 Baler from S.N. 80000 Gate Lock Device

OUCC006,0001322 –19–27SEP07–1/1

35-8 012808
PN=84
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Unplugging Baler without Rotary Feeder

Pickup (592 Only)

CAUTION: Never unplug baler manually before

shutting off tractor.

–UN–19JUN01
1. Place gate lock lever (A) in ”Lock” position.

2. Raise belt tension arm by means of tractor selective

CC1019850
control valve until upper arm just starts to move.

3. Engage PTO.
A—Gate Lock Lever
IMPORTANT: If belts slip, lower belt tension arm.
Prolonged belt slippage may cause
baler damage.

If this does not clear the baler, discharge bale and shut off
tractor.

Place gate lock lever (A) in ”Lock” position and unplug

manually.

OUCC006,000116E –19–26SEP06–1/1

Adjusting Twine Spacing

The double twine arm (A) can be adjusted to allow more

or less space between twines around bale.

Loosen nut (B) and push arm (C) forward or backward to

–UN–09FEB96
allow more or less space. Tighten nut (B).

IMPORTANT: In case of baler equipped with the

BaleTrak control monitor, the spacing

CC001027
chosen must be the same as the one
set with the monitor. (See ”Setting
Twine Tying” in ”Operating BaleTrak
Monitor” section.)

OUCC006,0000F22 –19–19JUL05–1/1

35-9 012808
PN=85
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Adjusting Bale Density

NOTE: To adjust bale density, close gate and lower belt

tension arm. This will allow bale density knob (A)
to be turned more easily.

–UN–09FEB96
To obtain maximum bale density, loosen locking ring (B)
and turn knob (A) clockwise until seated. If less compact
bales are required, turn knob counterclockwise (maximum
four turns from seated position). Tighten locking ring (B).

CC8609
For initial adjustment on a new baler:

Loosen locking ring (B) and turn knob (A) clockwise until
seated. Turn knob (A) counterclockwise 11/2 turns and
tighten locking ring (B).

CC,570RB 001511 –19–15SEP98–1/1

Bale Density Gauge

The gauge indicates the relative pressure within the

hydraulic bale tensioning system while forming a bale.

–UN–19JUN01
NOTE: The gauge will not register a higher setting until
more hay is fed into the baler.

The green band (A) represents normal baler operating

CC1019878
pressure range.

If the needle reaches the red band (B):

• Reduce bale density. A—Green band

B—Red band
• Check for faulty gauge.

OUCC006,0001281 –19–09FEB07–1/1

35-10 012808
PN=86
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Adjusting Net Wrap Stretch

To adjust net wrap stretch, proceed as follows:

1. Loosen cap screws (A) and (B).

–UN–26OCT04
A—Cap screw
B—Cap screws

CC1026248
CC03745,0000AC4 –19–25FEB05–1/5

2. Remove cap screw (C) with washers (D).

3. Release net feed roll brake lever (B).

Push lever (B) down and out, then raise it to disengage

–UN–26OCT04
brake pad (A).

NOTE: Once unlocked, lever (B) should be kept in upper

position as shown.

CC1026247
4. Remove sheave (E) and belt (F).

A—Brake pad
B—Brake lever
C—Cap screw
D—Washers
E—Sheave
F—Belt

Continued on next page CC03745,0000AC4 –19–25FEB05–2/5

35-11 012808
PN=87
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

5. Loosen cap screws (B) and separate sheave (A).

Transfer shims (C) to storage position (E) from

adjustment position (D).

–UN–26OCT04
The chart below gives net wrap stretch values
according to the number of shims (C) in adjustment
position (D).

CC1026260
Number of shims (C) in Approximate net wrap stretcha
adjustment position (D)
2b 8%
1 9%
A—Sheave
0 10%
B—Cap screws
a
Net wrap stretch depends on net wrap specifications and crop C—Shims
pressed. D—Adjustment position
b
Factory adjustment. E—Storage position

Once the number of shims is adjusted, reassemble the

sheave.

CC03745,0000AC4 –19–25FEB05–3/5

6. Reinstall sheave (E) and belt (F).

7. Apply net feed roll brake lever (B).

Pull lever (B) up and out, then lower it to engage brake

–UN–26OCT04
pad (A).

8. Install cap screw (C) with washers (D).

CC1026250
A—Brake pad
B—Brake lever
C—Cap screw
D—Washers
E—Sheave
F—Belt

Continued on next page CC03745,0000AC4 –19–25FEB05–4/5

35-12 012808
PN=88
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

9. Tighten cap screws (A) and (B).

A—Cap screw
B—Cap screws

–UN–26OCT04
CC1026248
CC03745,0000AC4 –19–25FEB05–5/5

35-13 012808
PN=89
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Adjusting Twine Guide (Baler with Rotary

Feeder Pickup)

The twine guide (C) allows the operator to adjust the

distance (E) of the twine from the left end of the bale from
90 to 200 mm (3.54 to 7.87 in.) or 50 to 220 mm (1.89 to
8.66 in.) depending on pickup type.

IMPORTANT: Check that the twine guide position

matches the BaleTrak Control Monitor
setting. See ”Setting Twine Tying” in
”Operating BaleTrak Monitor” section.

Loosen lock nut (D).

Remove twine guide (C).

Install twine guide (C) in one of holes (1-2-3-4-5-6 or

–UN–21JUN02
7-8-9-10-11-12) and tighten lock nut (D).

NOTE: When using the baler for dry, slick crops such as
straw or flax, use one of holes (4-5-6 or

CC1020072
10-11-12).

In this case, twine knife must be relocated in

position (B) as shown.

When using the baler in normal operating

conditions, use one of holes (1-2-3 or 7-8-9) and
the position (A) for twine knife.
A—Knife position for holes 1, 2 or 3 and 7, 8 or 9
B—Knife position for holes 4, 5 or 6 and 10, 11 or 12
C—Twine guide
D—Lock nut
E—Distance
1—E = 90 mm (3.54 in.)
2—E = 105 mm (4.13 in.)
3—E = 125 mm (4.92 in.)
4—E = 160 mm (6.3 in.)
5—E = 180 mm (7 in.)
6—E = 200 mm (7.87 in.)
7—E = 50 mm (1.96 in.)
8—E = 80 mm (3.15 in.)
9—E = 115 mm (4.53 in.)
10—E = 150 mm (5.9 in.)
11—E = 185 mm (7.28 in.)
–UN–11JUL01

12—E = 220 mm (8.66 in.)

CC1019549

OUCC006,0001171 –19–26SEP06–1/1

35-14 012808
PN=90
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Adjusting Twine Guide (Baler without Rotary

Feeder Pickup)

Depending on the crop type, the twine guide (B) allows

the operator to adjust the distance of the twine from the
left end of the bale from 85 to 220 mm (3.34 to 8.66 in.).

IMPORTANT: On balers with BaleTrak Control

Monitor, check that the twine guide
position matches the monitor setting.
See ”Setting Twine Tying” in ”Operating
BaleTrak Monitor” section.

On baler with ELC Monitor, check that

the twine guide position matches the
re-extension point setting. See
”Operating ELC Monitor in Twine Tying
Mode” in ”Operating ELC Monitor”
section.

–UN–05OCT99
Adjust twine guide as follows:

Remove spring-locking pin (A).

CC016186
Slide twine guide rod (B) to align its hole with one of the
twine guide tube (C) positioning holes (1-2-3-4-5-6).

Install spring-locking pin (A). A—Spring-locking pin

B—Twine guide
C—Twine guide tube
NOTE: When using the baler for dry, slick crops such as
D—Twine knife
straw or flax, align hole in twine guide rod (B) with 1—85 mm (3.34 in.)
inside hole (6) of twine guide tube (C). 2—112 mm (4.40 in.)
3—139 mm (5.47 in.)
In this case, twine knife (D) must be relocated as 4—166 mm (6.53 in.)
5—193 mm (7.59 in.)
shown.
6—220 mm (8.66 in.)

When using the baler in normal operating

conditions, align hole in twine guide rod (B) with
outside hole (1) of twine guide tube (C).

OUCC006,0001172 –19–25SEP06–1/1

35-15 012808
PN=91
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Adjusting Twine Clamper (Baler without

Rotary Feeder Pickup)

The twine clamper (A) increases twine tension at the end

of tying cycle. D
Adjust twine clamper as follows:

• Make a bale.
C
• Stop tying cycle when the twine arm is at end tying 6
position.
5
B
CAUTION: Disengage PTO, engage parking 4
brake and/or place transmission in ”PARK”, 3
shut off tractor engine and remove key. Wait for
all moving parts to come to a standstill. 2
1
• Remove spring-locking pin (E). A
• Slide twine clamper (A) and select one of the

–UN–26JUN02
positioning holes (1 to 6) so that the twine is caught by
the highest coil of the twine clamper (A) as shown. E
• Install spring-locking pin (E).

CC1021592
Adjust knife position as follows:
CC1021592
• When using the positioning holes (1), (2) or (3), install
the knife in position (D).
A—Twine clamper
• When using the positioning holes (4), (5) or (6), install B—Twine
the knife in position (C). C—Knife position for holes 4, 5 and 6
D—Knife position for holes 1, 2 and 3
NOTE: Material accumulation in twine clamper coils may E—Spring-locking pin
reduce twine clamper effectiveness. For this
reason, it is needed to clean twine clamper coils
daily or more often. See ”Daily - Clean Twine
Clamper” in ”Lubrication and Maintenance”
section.

OUCC006,0001173 –19–26SEP06–1/1

35-16 012808
PN=92
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Setting the 1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.) Pickup Feeder

Forks

The 1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.) pickup feeder forks can be set

into two working positions:

–UN–09FEB96
Position 1 (factory adjusted):

This position will be used when baling silage or using net

CC000992
tying system, with small bales below 1.2 m (3 ft 11 in.).

Position 2:

This position will be used when baling short, dry, slick

crops. This position maximizes the feeder fork stroke into
bale chamber.

IMPORTANT: When changing from one position to

the other, always check that all feeder
forks are set to the same position.

OUCC006,00006C0 –19–28MAY02–1/1

Removing Compressor Rack Assembly —

Baler With 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m
(7 ft 3 in.) HiFlow Pickup

Remove compressor rack assembly as follows:

–UN–05OCT99
Pull strap (A) as shown.

Disengage compressor rack assembly (B) and remove it.

CC016283
A—Strap
B—Compressor rack assembly

OUCC006,00003DC –19–10MAY01–1/1

35-17 012808
PN=93
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Adjusting Compressor Rack Assembly —

Baler with 1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.) Pickup

The compressor rack assembly (B) position cannot be

adjusted. Nevertheless the assembly is floating.

–UN–17JUL01
IMPORTANT: Never remove compressor rack on
balers equipped with the silage kit
(cleaning auger).

CC1019879
If compressor rack has been removed, do not tighten bolt
(A) when reinstalling so that assembly is still floating.

A—Bolt
B—Compressor rack assembly

OUCC006,0001284 –19–28SEP07–1/1

35-18 012808
PN=94
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Adjusting Wheel Spindles—Baler with 1.81 m

(5 ft 11 in.) Pickup

CAUTION: Always make sure that baler is

securely supported by the jackstand before
adjusting wheel spindles. Do not forget to block
up wheel on opposite side.

Feeding difficulties may occur in extreme conditions such

as brittle dry crops or large windrows. This problem can
be solved by adjusting clearance between ground and
machine according to crop conditions. Three wheel
spindle positions are usable:

Position 1 must not be used.

Position 2 is the shipping position, factory adjusted. This

position can also be used in 3rd cut.

–UN–26NOV96
Position 3 allows the baler equipped with 11.5/80 x 15.3
or 19/45 - 17 tires to be raised when baling large straw
windrows.

CC007967
Position 4 allows the baler equipped with 15/55 - 17 or
10.0/75 x 15.3 tires to be raised when baling large straw
windrows.

For baler equipped with wheel nuts, tighten the wheel

spindle bolts to the following specifications:

Specification
Wheel Spindle Bolts (Baler with
Wheel Nuts)—Torque ................................................................... 235 N•m
(173 lb-ft)

For baler equipped with wheel bolts, tighten the wheel

spindle bolts to the following specifications:

Specification
Wheel Spindle Bolts (Baler with
Wheel Bolts)—Torque .................................................................. 350 N•m
(258 lb-ft)

Make sure bolt heads face outward.

Continued on next page OUCC006,0000EE3 –19–21JUL05–1/2

35-19 012808
PN=95
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

IMPORTANT: After adjusting wheel spindles, always

adjust tongue to tractor drawbar or to
tractor trailer hitch and bale discharging
ramp. (See ”Adjusting Tongue to
Tractor Drawbar” or ”Adjusting Tongue
to Tractor Trailer Hitch” in ”Attaching
and Detaching” Section and see
”Adjusting Bale Discharging Ramp” in
this Section.)

OUCC006,0000EE3 –19–21JUL05–2/2

35-20 012808
PN=96
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Adjusting Wheel Spindles—Baler with 2.00 m

(6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m (7 ft 3 in.) HiFlow
Pickup

CAUTION: Always make sure that baler is

securely supported by the jackstand before
adjusting wheel spindles. Do not forget to block
up wheel on opposite side.

Feeding difficulties may occur in extreme conditions such

as brittle dry crops or large windrows. This problem can
be solved by adjusting clearance between ground and
machine according to crop conditions. Two wheel spindle
positions are usable:

Positions 1 and 2 should not be used as this will result in

too low pickup position.

Position 3 allows the machine to be lowered. This

–UN–12JAN96
position is recommended when baling hay, alfalfa and
silage.

Position 4 allows the machine to be raised. This position

CC007162
is recommended when baling straw.

For baler equipped with wheel nuts, tighten the wheel

spindle bolts to the following specifications:

Specification
Wheel Spindle Bolts (Baler with
Wheel Nuts)—Torque ................................................................... 235 N•m
(173 lb-ft)

For baler equipped with wheel bolts, tighten the wheel

spindle bolts to the following specifications:

Specification
Wheel Spindle Bolts (Baler with
Wheel Bolts)—Torque .................................................................. 350 N•m
(258 lb-ft)

Make sure bolt heads face outward.

Continued on next page OUCC006,0000EE4 –19–21JUL05–1/2

35-21 012808
PN=97
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

IMPORTANT: After adjusting wheel spindles, always

adjust tongue to tractor drawbar or to
tractor trailer hitch and bale discharging
ramp. (See ”Adjusting Tongue to
Tractor Drawbar” or ”Adjusting Tongue
to Tractor Trailer Hitch” in ”Attaching
and Detaching” Section and see
”Adjusting Bale Discharging Ramp” in
this Section.)

OUCC006,0000EE4 –19–21JUL05–2/2

35-22 012808
PN=98
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Adjusting Wheel Spindles—Baler with 2.00 m

(6 ft 7 in.) Rotary Feeder Device

CAUTION: Always make sure that baler is

securely supported by the jackstand before
adjusting wheel spindles. Do not forget to block
up wheel on opposite side.

Feeding difficulties may occur in extreme conditions such

as brittle dry crops or large windrows. This problem can
be solved by adjusting clearance between ground and
machine according to crop conditions. Two wheel spindle
positions are usable:

Positions 1 and 2 should not be used as this will result in

too low pickup position.

Position 3 allows the machine to be lowered. This

position is recommended whenever feeding difficulties

–UN–12JAN96
occur in short, dry, slick crops.

When baler is equipped with 500/45 - 22.5 tires, only this

position must be used.

CC007162
Position 4 is the normal position, factory adjusted.

When baler is equipped with 500/50 - 17 tires, only this

position must be used.

For baler equipped with wheel nuts, tighten the wheel

spindle bolts to the following specifications:

Specification
Wheel Spindle Bolts (Baler with
Wheel Nuts)—Torque ................................................................... 235 N•m
(173 lb-ft)

For baler equipped with wheel bolts, tighten the wheel

spindle bolts to the following specifications:

Specification
Wheel Spindle Bolts (Baler with
Wheel Bolts)—Torque .................................................................. 350 N•m
(258 lb-ft)

Make sure bolt heads face outward.

Continued on next page OUCC006,00011D7 –19–17OCT06–1/2

35-23 012808
PN=99
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

IMPORTANT: After adjusting wheel spindles, always

adjust tongue to tractor drawbar or to
tractor trailer hitch and bale discharging
ramp. (See ”Adjusting Tongue to
Tractor Drawbar” or ”Adjusting Tongue
to Tractor Trailer Hitch” in ”Attaching
and Detaching” Section and see
”Adjusting Bale Discharging Ramp” in
this Section.)

OUCC006,00011D7 –19–17OCT06–2/2

35-24 012808
PN=100
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Adjusting Bale Discharging Ramp

Except baler from S.N. 80000 and Premium baler:

1. Park baler on level ground.

–UN–19JUN02
2. Open the gate and secure it with safety lock device.
Engage tractor parking lock, shut off tractor engine and
remove key.

CC1021593
3. Adjust nuts (B) so that bale discharging ramp (A)
touches the ground when there is a load on the ramp
and the baler is attached to the tractor. 572 and 582 Discharging Ramp

IMPORTANT: Bale discharging ramp (A) should touch

the ground when loaded. Failure to do
so can result in discharging ramp
damage.

–UN–19JUN02
If bale discharging ramp can not touch the ground,
lower the machine by adjusting wheel spindles. See
”Adjusting Wheel Spindles” in this section.

CC1021595
A—Bale discharging ramp
B—Nut

572 and 582 Adjusting Nut

–UN–21JUL05
CC1027470
592 Discharging Ramp

–UN–21JUN05
CC1027469

592 Adjusting Nut

Continued on next page OUCC006,000131E –19–28SEP07–1/2

35-25 012808
PN=101
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Baler from S.N. 80000 and Premium baler:

1. Park baler on level ground.

2. Open the gate and secure it with safety lock device.

–UN–08NOV06
Engage tractor parking lock, shut off tractor engine and
remove key.

3. Adjust nuts (B) to obtain specified distance (C):

CC1028764
Specification
C—Distance............................................................................... 55 ± 5 mm
(2.16 ± 0.2 in.)

IMPORTANT: Bale discharging ramp (A) should touch

the ground when there is a load on the
ramp and the baler is attached to the
tractor. Failure to do so can result in
discharging ramp damage.

–UN–21SEP07
If bale discharging ramp can not touch the ground, lower
the machine by adjusting spacers1 for axle. See your John
Deere dealer.

CC1030241
A—Bale discharging ramp
B—Nuts
C—Distance

1
only available with rotary feeder pickup
OUCC006,000131E –19–28SEP07–2/2

35-26 012808
PN=102
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Adjusting Starter Roll (NR 1) Scraper (Baler

without Rotary Feeder Pickup)

In very damp conditions or when baling silage adjust

scraper (B) as close as possible to starter roll (A), leaving

–UN–16FEB01
enough space (D) to avoid any contact with starter roll.

1. Loosen screws (C) then adjust space (D).

CC1019231
2. Tighten screws (C) to 140 N•m (103 lb-ft).

NOTE: When using rubber covered bars or shells, move

scraper (B) away from starter roll (A).
A—Starter roll
B—Scraper
C—Mounting screws
D—Space

OUCC006,0001175 –19–26SEP06–1/1

Adjusting Starter Roll (NR 1) Scraper (Baler

with Rotary Feeder Pickup)

1. Adjust scraper (C) as close as possible to bottom roll

(B), leaving enough space (A) to avoid any contact

–UN–16FEB01
with bottom roll.

2. Adjust scraper (C) as follows:

CC1019230
a. Loosen screws (D) then adjust space (A).

b. Manually rotate baler to check distance at all bars.

See ”Rotating Baler by Hand” in ”Operating the
A—Space
Baler-General Purposes” section.
B—Starter roll
C—Scraper
3. Tighten fixing screws (D) to following torque: D—Screws

Specification
Starter Roll Scraper Fixing
Screws—Torque ........................................................................... 140 N•m
(103 lb-ft)

OUCC006,0001315 –19–07SEP07–1/1

35-27 012808
PN=103
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Adjusting Lower Rear Gate Roll (NR 8)

Scraper

1. Unscrew fixing screws (C) to adjust scraper (A).

2. Scraper (A) must be adjusted as close as possible to

–UN–04APR98
roll (B), leaving enough space to avoid any contact
with the roll.

3. Tighten fixing screws (C) to following torque:

CC013978
Specification
Lower Rear Gate Roll Scraper
Fixing Screws—Torque ................................................... 55 N•m (40 lb-ft) A—Scraper
B—Roll
C—Screw

OUCC006,0000E99 –19–19JUL05–1/1

Adjusting Lower Front Gate Roll (NR 9)

Scraper (if Equipped)

1. Unscrew fixing screws (B) to adjust scraper (A).

–UN–22JUN01
2. Scraper (A) must be adjusted as close as possible to
roll (C), leaving enough space to avoid any contact
with the roll.

CC1019900
3. Tighten fixing screws (B) to following torque:

Specification
Lower Front Gate Roll Scraper—
Torque ............................................................................. 55 N•m (40 lb-ft) A—Scraper
B—Screw
C—Roll

OUCC006,0001215 –19–15NOV06–1/1

35-28 012808
PN=104
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Adjusting Pickup Auger Scrapers

1. Position scraper (A) as close as possible to auger (B)

avoiding contact.

2. Adjust this clearance by means of adjusting screws

–UN–09FEB96
(C).

3. Tighten screws (C).

CC001042
4. Repeat this process on the opposite auger.

1.81 m (5 ft 11 in) and 2 m (6 ft 7 in) pickup shown

A—Scraper
B—Auger
C—Screws

–UN–05OCT99
CC016187
2.20 m (7 ft 3 in) pickup shown
OUCC006,0000CB8 –19–05OCT04–1/1

35-29 012808
PN=105
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Setting Center Tension Arm Roll Position

(NR 12) (572 and 592)

IMPORTANT: Set the center tension arm roll position

according the crop type. Failure to do
so could result in baler damage.

1. Fully open the gate and lock it using the safety lock
device.

2. Use the tractor selective control valve lever to move

the tension arm until that roll cap screw (A) is aligned
with the access hole (B) inside the baler.

3. Engage tractor parking lock, shut off tractor engine and

remove key.

4. Support roll and loosen cap screw (A) on both sides.

5. Set the center arm roll position:

Position 1: Set the roll in this position when the

machine is used to bale dry crop like straw.

Position 2: Set the roll in this position when the

machine is used to bale wet crop like silage.

–UN–21JUN05
6. Tighten cap screw (A) on both sides to specifications:

Specification
Center Tension Arm Roll Cap

CC1027205
Screws—Torque ........................................................................... 130 N•m
(97.5 lb-ft)

A—Cap screw
B—Access hole
1—Position for dry crop
2—Position for wet crop

OUCC006,0001177 –19–26SEP06–1/1

35-30 012808
PN=106
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Adjusting Left-Hand 1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.)

Pickup Float Spring

Adjust left-hand side by tightening screw into spring plug

until dimension (A) is attained.

–UN–23APR01
This setting should allow the pickup to drop completely
when lowered. If not, slightly reduce spring setting.

CC1019625
NOTE: When operating at heights other than the extreme
down position, additional spring force will be
required to obtain adequate float.

A—27 ± 2 mm (1.06 ± 0.08 in.)

OUCC006,00003A5 –19–09APR01–1/1

Adjusting Right-Hand 1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.)

Pickup Float Spring

Adjust right-hand side by tightening screw into spring plug

until dimension (A) is obtained.

–UN–23APR01
This setting should allow the pickup to drop completely
when lowered. If not, slightly reduce spring setting.

CC1019624
NOTE: When operating at heights other than the extreme
down position, additional spring force will be
required to obtain adequate float.

A—77 ± 2 mm (3 ± 0.08 in.)

OUCC006,00003A6 –19–09APR01–1/1

35-31 012808
PN=107
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Adjusting 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m (7 ft 3

in.) HiFlow Pickup Float Spring

1. Hydraulically raise pickup to release spring pressure.

–UN–23OCT00
2. Set the bottom washer (B) into third groove on each
cylinder barrel (A), as shown.

3. Lower the pickup.

CC1018527
A—Cylinder barrel
B—Washer

OUCC006,0000EA2 –19–19JUL05–1/1

Adjusting 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m (7 ft 3

in.) Rotary Feeder Pickup Float Spring

Hydraulically raise pickup to release spring pressure.

Set the bottom washer (A) into one of the 4 grooves on

–UN–02OCT98
each cylinder barrel (B).

Lower the pickup.

CC014017
NOTE: This setting should allow the pickup to drop
completely when lowered. If not, slightly reduce
spring tension.
A—Washer
B—Cylinder barrel
NOTE: When operating at heights other than the extreme
down position, additional spring force will be
required to obtain adequate float.

OUCC006,0001178 –19–29SEP06–1/1

35-32 012808
PN=108
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Adjusting 1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.) Pickup Height

Act on selective control valve lever to fully raise the

pickup.

–UN–17JUL01
Adjust pickup downstop with crank (A):

• Turn crank (A) clockwise to raise pickup.

• Turn crank (A) counter-clockwise to lower pickup.

CC1019880
Act on selective control valve lever to fully lower the
pickup.

Check pickup height. A—Crank

Repeat above procedure until the desired height is

obtained.

OUCC006,0001285 –19–12FEB07–1/1

Adjusting 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) HiFlow Pickup

Height

Act on selective control valve lever to fully raise the

pickup.

–UN–19JUN01
Remove quick lock pin (A) then install it in one of the hole
of the downstop (B).

CC1019685
Act on selective control valve lever to fully lower the
pickup.

Check pickup height.

A—Quick Lock Pin
B—Downstop
Repeat procedure until the desired height is obtained. C—Transport Position

The hole (C) allows to adjust the pickup in the highest

position for transport.

OUCC006,00003AC –19–10APR01–1/1

35-33 012808
PN=109
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Adjusting 2.20 m (7 ft 3 in.) HiFlow Pickup

Height

Act on selective control valve lever to fully raise the

pickup.

–UN–16FEB01
Remove quick lock pin (B) then install it in one of the hole
of the downstop (A).

CC1019106
Act on selective control valve lever to fully lower the
pickup.

Check pickup height.

A—Downstop
B—Quick Lock Pin
Repeat procedure until the desired height is obtained.

OUCC006,0000342 –19–16FEB01–1/1

Adjusting 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m (7 ft 3

in.) Rotary Feeder Pickup Height

Act on selective control valve lever to fully raise the

pickup.

–UN–11JUN01
Remove shaft locking pin (A) then engage it through one
hole of the downstop and the rod inside the downstop
tube (B).

CC1019843
Act on selective control valve lever to fully lower the
pickup.
A—Shaft locking pin
Check pickup height.
B—Downstop

Repeat above procedure until the desired height is

obtained.

OUCC006,0001286 –19–09FEB07–1/1

35-34 012808
PN=110
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Adjusting 1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.) Pickup Gauge

Wheels

IMPORTANT: Gauge wheels are not designed to be in

constant contact with the ground.

–UN–09FEB96
Adjust gauge wheel position as follows:

Loosen locking nut (A).

CC9556
To decrease pickup gauge wheel height, lower wheel axle
(B) in lower slot.

To increase pickup gauge wheel height, raise wheel axle

(B) in upper slot.

Tighten locking nut (A). Make sure that wheel can rotate
freely.

OUCC006,00003B1 –19–17APR01–1/1

Adjusting 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) HiFlow Pickup

Gauge Wheels

IMPORTANT: Gauge wheels are not designed to be in

constant contact with the ground.

–UN–19JUN02
Adjust gauge wheel position as follows:

1. Act on selective control valve lever to fully lower the

CC1021577
pickup.

2. Remove spring-locking pin (B) then choose one of the

positioning holes (C) to fix support (A) so that gauge
A—Support
wheel is just above the ground (gauge wheel must be
B—Spring-locking pin
approximately at the same height as pickup teeth). C—Positioning holes
Install spring-locking pin (B).

3. Repeat procedure on opposite side.

CC03745,0000B4A –19–09JUN05–1/1

35-35 012808
PN=111
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Adjusting 2.20 m (7 ft 3 in.) HiFlow Pickup

Gauge Wheels

IMPORTANT: Gauge wheels are not designed to be in

constant contact with the ground

–UN–05FEB01
Adjust the pickup height.

Act on selective control valve lever to fully lower the

CC1019107
pickup.

Remove spring-locking pin (A) then choose one of the

positioning holes (C) to fix support (B) so that gauge
A—Spring locking pin
wheel is just above the ground (gauge wheel must be
B—Gauge wheel support
approximately at the same height than pickup teeth). C—Positioning holes
Install spring-locking pin (A).

Repeat procedure on opposite side.

OUCC006,0000390 –19–03APR01–1/1

Moving 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m (7 ft 3

in.) HiFlow Pickup Gauge Wheels in
Transport Position

1. Remove shaft locking pin (A).

–UN–19JUN02
2. Remove spring-locking pin (B).

3. Secure support (C) on gauge wheel arm (D) with

CC1021578
spring-locking pin (B).

4. Rotate gauge wheel arm (D) and slide it as shown.

Secure it with shaft locking pin (A).

A—Shaft locking pin

B—Spring-locking pin
C—Support
D—Gauge wheel arm
–UN–23SEP04
CC1026423

OUCC006,000117E –19–13DEC06–1/1

35-36 012808
PN=112
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Adjusting 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m (7 ft 3

in.) Rotary Feeder Pickup Gauge Wheels

IMPORTANT: Gauge wheels are not designed to be in

constant contact with the ground.

–UN–29JUL02
1. Adjust the pickup height.

2. Act on selective control valve lever to fully lower the

CC1021737
pickup.

3. Remove spring-locking pin (A) then choose one of the

positioning holes (B) to fix support (C) so that gauge
wheel is just above the ground (gauge wheel must be A—Spring-locking pin
B—Positioning holes
approximately at the same height as pickup teeth). C—Support

Install spring-locking pin (A).

Repeat procedure on opposite side.

OUCC006,0001287 –19–09FEB07–1/1

Moving 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m (7 ft 3

in.) Rotary Feeder Pickup Gauge Wheels in
Transport Position

1. Remove shaft locking pin (C).

–UN–29JUL02
2. Remove spring-locking pin (A).

3. Secure support (B) on gauge wheel arm (D) with

CC1021738
spring-locking pin (A).

4. Rotate gauge wheel arm (D) and slide it as shown.

Secure it with shaft locking pin (C).

Repeat procedure on opposite side.

A—Spring-locking pin
B—Support
–UN–29JUL02

C—Shaft locking pin

D—Gauge wheel arm
CC1021739

OUCC006,0001227 –19–13DEC06–1/1

35-37 012808
PN=113
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Adjusting 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m (7 ft 3

in.) Rotary Feeder Pickup Caster Gauge
Wheels

IMPORTANT: Caster gauge wheels are not designed

to be in constant contact with the
ground.

1. Adjust the pickup height.

2. Act on selective control valve lever to fully lower the

pickup.

3. Remove spring-locking pin (A) then choose one of the

positioning holes (B) to fix support (C) so that caster
gauge wheel is just above the ground (caster gauge
wheel must be approximately at the same height as
pickup teeth).

4. Install spring-locking pin (A).

–UN–19SEP06
Repeat procedure on opposite side.

CC1028601
A—Spring-locking pin
B—Positioning holes
C—Support

OUCC006,000117C –19–13OCT06–1/1

35-38 012808
PN=114
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Moving 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m (7 ft 3

in.) Rotary Feeder Pickup Caster Gauge
Wheels in Transport Position

1. Remove shaft locking pin (B).

–UN–08NOV06
2. Remove spring-locking pin (A).

3. Remove caster gauge wheel arm (C).

CC1028726
4. Position caster gauge wheel arm (C) as shown. Secure
it with shaft locking pin (B).

Repeat procedure on opposite side.

A—Spring-locking pin
B—Shaft locking pin
C—Caster gauge wheel arm

–UN–08NOV06
CC1028727
OUCC006,0001226 –19–13DEC06–1/1

35-39 012808
PN=115
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Positioning 2 m and 2.20 m (6 ft 7 in. and

7 ft 3 in.) HiFlow Pickup Front Sheet

The pickup front sheet (A) can be set in operating position

for baling short crops or set in storage position for baling

–UN–05OCT00
normal crops.

Moving from Storage to Operating Position

CC1018334
Hold front sheet (A) by hand, then remove spring-locking
pin (F) and detach chain (B) from pin (E).
Storage position
Repeat procedure on opposite side.

Let the front sheet (A) fall down.

Remove quick lock pins (C), washers and bracket (D).

Raise front sheet (A), then install bracket (D) as shown.

–UN–05OCT00
Install washers and quick lock pins (C)

Repeat procedure on opposite side.

CC1018335
The pickup front sheet is floating.
Operating position
Moving from Operating to Storage Position
A—Front sheet
Hold front sheet (A) by hand, then remove quick lock pins B—Chain
C—Quick lock pins
(C), washers and bracket (D). D—Bracket
E—Pin
Remove spring-locking pin (F) F—Spring-locking pin

Repeat procedure on opposite side.

Raise front sheet (A), then attach chain (B) on pin (E) and
secure it with spring-locking pin (F).

Position bracket (D) as shown, then install washers and

quick lock pins (C).

Repeat procedure on opposite side.

NOTE: It would be necessary to remove front sheet when

operating in high windrows

OUCC006,00006CB –19–29MAY02–1/1

35-40 012808
PN=116
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Positioning 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m (7 ft

3 in.) Rotary Feeder Pickup Front Sheet

The rotary feeder front sheet (A) can be set in several

operating positions when baling short crops or set in

–UN–11JUL05
storage position when baling normal crops.

Moving from Storage to Operating Position:

CC1027492
1. Hold front sheet (A) by hand, then remove quick-lock
pin (B).

2. Let the front sheet (A) fall down.

A—Front sheet
B—Quick-lock pin
3. Store quick-lock pin (B) on strap (C). C—Strap
D—Chain
4. Depending on the windrow thickness, attach chain link E—Anchor
(D) on chain anchor (E) to obtain the desired space F—Floating spring
between tip of pickup teeth and front sheet (A).

Moving from Operating to Storage Position:

1. Remove quick-lock pin (B) from strap (C).

2. Raise front sheet (A) and secure it with quick-lock pin

(B) on strap (C).

NOTE: Chain can stay attached on anchor to recover the

same front sheet (A) adjustment for next
utilization.

OUCC006,0001316 –19–07SEP07–1/1

35-41 012808
PN=117
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Adjusting Pickup Roll Compressor Height (if

Equipped)

Adjust the pickup roll compressor (A) height as follows:

1. Fully raise the pickup with selective control valve lever.

2. Remove chain (B) from anchor (C) on both sides.

3. Slowly lower the pickup until the top of pickup roll

–UN–28SEP07
compressor (A) and the top of the windrow are aligned.

4. Attach chain (B) on anchor (C) as shown, leaving the

minimum of chain links (B).

CC1030216
NOTE: Check that the number of chain links (B) is the
same on both sides.
A—Pickup roll compressor
5. Fully lower the pickup. B—Chain
C—Anchor
6. Check pickup roll compressor height, repeat procedure
if needed.

OUCC006,0001311 –19–05SEP07–1/1

Resetting Mechanical Bale Counter

Reset bale counter by means of knob (A).

When resetting, take care to align ciphers “0” (B)

perfectly, as otherwise the bale counter will not work

–UN–12FEB96
properly.

CC8017

OUCC006,00003A2 –19–09APR01–1/1

35-42 012808
PN=118
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Operating Baler with Bale Push Bar

(592 Only)

CAUTION: Bale push bar is activated by gate

opening. Be sure bystanders are clear and there
is sufficient clearance behind baler when

–UN–09FEB96
opening the gate.

CAUTION: To prevent injury or damage from a

CC9559
rolling bale, discharge bales on level ground or
in such a manner that the bale will not roll.

NOTE: Tractor hydraulic flow must be at least 25 L/min A—Chain

B—Gate pin
(6.5 gpm) to operate bale push bar when making
full diameter and full density bales. Set tractor
hydraulic flow controls at maximum.

Be sure that both chains (A) are attached to the gate pins
(B). See “Engaging Bale Push Bar” in this Section.

Form and tie bale as usual.

Backing up baler is not required unless in rolling terrain

conditions where runaway bales are likely. In these
conditions, disengage the push bar and position baler so
bale will not roll after being discharged.

Raise gate to eject bale. Hold tractor hydraulic lever until

gate is fully raised. Do not stop gate while raising.

NOTE: A slight forward movement of the tractor may be

felt as the bale is rolled back by the push bar.

Lower the gate. Keep hydraulic lever engaged until gate is

firmly latched.

Proceed making the next bale.

NOTE: If a bale sticks in the bale chamber, the push bar

may swing back before the bale has dropped to
the ground. This will prevent the gate from
closing. Raise gate fully and drive forward to clear
the bale. Push bar will roll over bales up to 1830
mm (6 ft) in diameter.

OUCC006,00006D9 –19–05JUN02–1/1

35-43 012808
PN=119
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Engaging Bale Push Bar (592 Only)

1. Detaching Chain From Hook

Remove tension from chain by rotating the spring

assembly (A) to the rear. Remove end chain link (B)

–UN–19NOV88
from lockout hook.

Let chain hang free to remove any twists.

E32605
2. Attaching Chain to Gate Pin

Remove quick lock pin (E) and washer (C) from gate
pin (D).

Rotate spring assembly (A) to the rear.

Attach end chain link (B) to gate pin (D).

–UN–20JUN02
Install washer (C) and quick lock pin (E).

Repeat on opposite side.

CC1021612
IMPORTANT: Both chains must be attached to gate
pins before operating the push bar.
Damage can occur to the push bar
and/or gate if one chain is left in the A—Spring assembly
B—Chain link
lockout position or is unhooked C—Washer
completely. D—Gate pin
E—Quick lock pin

OUCC006,00006D8 –19–05JUN02–1/1

35-44 012808
PN=120
 Operating the Baler-General Purposes

Disengaging Bale Push Bar (592 Only)

Bale push bar will remain in home position, regardless of

gate movement, when in the disengaged position.

–UN–20JUN02
1. Detaching chain from gate pin

To disengage push bar:

CC1021612
Remove quick lock pin (E) and washer (C) from gate
pin.

Remove tension from chain by rotating spring

assembly (A). Remove end chain link from gate pin.

Let chain hang freely to remove any twists.

2. Attaching Chain to Hook

–UN–19NOV88
Rotate spring assembly (A) to the rear.

Attach the end chain link (B) to hook.

E32605
Install washer (C) and quick lock pin (E) on gate pin
(D).

Repeat on opposite side. A—Spring assembly

B—Chain link
C—Washer
IMPORTANT: Both chains must be attached to D—Gate pin
lockout hooks to lock out push bar. E—Quick lock pin
Damage can occur to the push bar
and/or gate if one chain is left attached
to the gate pin or is unhooked
completely.

NOTE: If operating the baler with push bar disengaged, it

will be necessary to back up baler before ejecting
the bale.

OUCC006,000071D –19–11JUL02–1/1

35-45 012808
PN=121
 Operating ELC Monitor
ELC Plus Monitor Description

ELC Plus monitor allows to control twine or net tying.

Switch (I) allows to select the tying device.

NOTE: The middle position of the switch (I) is used to

switch off the monitor.

A—Monitor
B—Right-hand twine distribution potentiometer
C—Middle twine distribution potentiometer
D—Re-extension time potentiometer

–UN–10JUL02
E—Manual control switch
F—“START” button
G—Adjustable screw
H—“IN CYCLE” light

CC1021596
I—Net/Twine tying switch

OUCC006,00006EA –19–14JUN02–1/1

37-1 012808
PN=122
 Operating ELC Monitor

Operating ELC Plus Monitor in Twine Tying

Mode

Move switch (I) to ”Twine” symbol.

The ELC Plus Monitor allows an automatic or manual

twine tying.

Automatic Twine Tying

In programmed twine tying mode, the twine arm is

extended from the home position to the right-hand side
and stops. The twine is caught and applied on the

–UN–10JUL02
right-hand side of bale. The stop time of twine arm at
tying start is adjustable with potentiometer (B).

CC1021596
Then the twine arm is retracted to the left-hand side and
twine is applied across the bale. The tying time across the
bale is adjustable with potentiometer (C).

The twine arm is retracted up to the re-extension point.

The re-extension point is adjustable with the screw (G).

At the re-extension point, the twine arm is extended again

towards the center of bale then it is completely retracted
to cut the twine. The twine arm re-extension time is
adjustable with potentiometer (D).
J
A—Monitor K
B—Right-hand twine distribution potentiometer
C—Middle twine distribution potentiometer
D—Re-extension time potentiometer
E—Manual control switch
F—”START” button
G—Adjustable screw
H—”IN CYCLE” light
I—Net/Twine tying switch
J—Re-extension point
K—Distance

–UN–20JUN02
CC1021604
CC1021604

Continued on next page OUCC006,00012EA –19–09JUL07–1/4

37-2 012808
PN=123
 Operating ELC Monitor

Proceed as follows to program the twine tying cycle:

1. Determine the twine arm re-extension point (J) using

adjustable screw (G).

Turn screw (G) clockwise to decrease distance (K) or

counterclockwise to increase distance (K) of
re-extension point (J) from the side of the bale
chamber.

NOTE: The re-extension allows to apply more twine coils

at the end of bale tying and helps to avoid twine
unrolling.

–UN–10JUL02
As a basic adjustment, re-extension point should
be located 120 mm (4.72 in.) from the side of the
bale chamber.

CC1021596
Adjust twine guide or twine clamper when
adjusting re-extension point. See ”Adjusting Twine
Guide” or ”Adjusting Twine Clamper” in ”Operating
the Baler - General Purposes” section.
A—Monitor
B—Right-hand twine distribution potentiometer
C—Middle twine distribution potentiometer
D—Re-extension time potentiometer
E—Manual control switch
F—”START” button J
G—Adjustable screw K
H—”IN CYCLE” light
I—Net/Twine tying switch
J—Re-extension point
K—Distance

–UN–20JUN02
CC1021604

CC1021604

Continued on next page OUCC006,00012EA –19–09JUL07–2/4

37-3 012808
PN=124
 Operating ELC Monitor

2. Select tying time sequence by potentiometers

(B)-(C)-(D) to determine the twine distribution across
the bale.

Turn potentiometer (B) clockwise to adjust the stop

time of twine arm at tying start from 0.1 to 10 seconds.

Turn potentiometer (C) clockwise to adjust the tying

time across the bale during twine arm retraction from 8
to 70 seconds.

Turn potentiometer (D) clockwise to adjust the twine

arm re-extension time from 0 to 5 seconds. Setting of

–UN–10JUL02
potentiometer (D) to the position ”0” will result in no
re-extension of the twine arm.

In automatic twine tying mode, the tying cycle starts

CC1021596
automatically when the adjusted bale diameter is reached.

NOTE: ”START” button (F) allows to start the automatic

tying when the bale has not reached the desired A—Monitor
bale diameter. See ”Starting Manually an B—Right-hand twine distribution potentiometer
Automatic Tying” in this section. C—Middle twine distribution potentiometer
D—Re-extension time potentiometer
E—Manual control switch
Manual Control switch (E) can be used to interrupt F—”START” button
the programmed mode at any time. The manual G—Adjustable screw
mode is then ready to be used. See ”Tying a Bale H—”IN CYCLE” light
Manually” in this section. I—Net/Twine tying switch

Continued on next page OUCC006,00012EA –19–09JUL07–3/4

37-4 012808
PN=125
 Operating ELC Monitor

Manual Twine Tying

Use the manual control switch (B) to distribute the twine

across the bale. See ”Tying a Bale Manually” in this
section.

IMPORTANT: Monitor is protected by a circuit

breaker. If control switch (B) is actuated
with the twine arm actuator fully
extended or fully retracted, circuit
breaker will trip. In this case, wait a few
seconds for the breaker to cool down
and then reset by switching monitor

–UN–10JUL02
OFF and ON again.

A—Monitor

CC1021605
B—Manual control switch
C—Net/Twine tying switch

OUCC006,00012EA –19–09JUL07–4/4

37-5 012808
PN=126
 Operating ELC Monitor

Operating ELC Plus Monitor in Net Tying

Mode

Move switch (I) to “Net” symbol.

The ELC Plus Monitor allows an automatic or manual net

tying.

Automatic Net Tying

Turn potentiometer (B) to set the number of net turns as

follows:

–UN–10JUL02
Potentiometer position Number of net turns
0-1-2 0
3 1.5
4 1.6

CC1021596
5 2
6 2.4
7 2.8
8 3
9 3.6 A—Monitor
10 4 B—Right-hand twine distribution potentiometer
C—Middle twine distribution potentiometer
IMPORTANT: ALWAYS set the potentiometers (C) and D—Re-extension time potentiometer
(D) to “0” position when using monitor E—Manual control switch
in net tying mode. Failure to do so will F—“START” button
result in erratic tying cycle. G—Adjustable screw
H—“IN CYCLE” light
I—Net/Twine tying switch
NOTE: “START” button (F) can be pressed to activate the
programmed mode if tying cycle requires to be
started before the bale has reached the desired
diameter. See “Starting Manually an Automatic
Tying” in this Section.

Manual Control switch (E) can be used to interrupt

the programmed mode at any time. The manual
mode is then ready to be used. See “Tying a Bale
Manually” in this Section.

Continued on next page OUCC006,00006DE –19–12JUN02–1/2

37-6 012808
PN=127
 Operating ELC Monitor

Manual Net Tying

Use the manual control switch (B) to adjust the desired

number of net turns (see “Tying a Bale Manually” in this
Section).

IMPORTANT: Monitor is protected by a circuit

breaker. If control switch (B) is actuated
with the net knife arm actuator fully
extended or fully retracted, circuit
breaker will trip. In this case, wait a few
seconds for the breaker to cool down
and then reset by switching monitor

–UN–10JUL02
OFF and ON again.

A—Monitor

CC1021605
B—Manual control switch
C—Net/Twine tying switch

OUCC006,00006DE –19–12JUN02–2/2

Adjusting Bale Size

The gate must be closed and the tension arm fully down
before making bale size adjustment.

–UN–08SEP04
Adjust as follows:

1. Loosen strap (A).

CC1026244
2. Turn bale size cam (B) until desired mark is level with
switch roller (C).

Adjusting ranges are:

A—Strap
B—Bale size cam
• From ”1” to ”4.5” on 572 baler. C—Switch roller
• From ”1” to ”5” on 582 baler.
• From ”1” to ”6” on 592 baler.

3. Tighten strap (A) and check that bale size cam (B) is
still aligned with switch roller (C).

OUCC006,0001288 –19–28SEP07–1/1

37-7 012808
PN=128
 Operating ELC Monitor

Adjusting Soft Core Diameter

The gate must be closed and the tension arm fully down
before making soft core diameter adjustment.

–UN–08SEP04
Adjust as follows:

1. Loosen wing nut (A).

CC1026243
2. Turn soft core cam (B) until desired mark is level with
switch roller (C).

Adjusting ranges are:

A—Wing nut
B—Soft core cam
• From ”1” to ”4.5” on 572 baler. C—Switch roller
• From ”1” to ”5” on 582 baler. D—Switch
• From ”1” to ”6” on 592 baler.

3. Tighten wing nut (A) and check that soft core cam (B)
is still aligned with switch roller (C).

IMPORTANT: Diameter of soft core should never be

greater than bale size selected. On 592
baler with 0 bar soft core kit, the gate
cannot be opened if the switch (D) is
still activated by the soft core cam (B).

OUCC006,0001289 –19–28SEP07–1/1

37-8 012808
PN=129
 Operating ELC Monitor

Forming a Bale

CAUTION: DO NOT TAKE CHANCES! To avoid

injury or death by being pulled into the
machine:

–UN–09FEB96
Do not attempt to feed crop or twine into baler
or unplug feed area while baler is running. The
baler feeds material faster than you can release

CC000976
it.

Disengage PTO and shut off engine.

Prior to forming a bale, prepare the machine for baling as

described in “Preparing the Baler” Section.

Set the monitor to the desired values. See “Operating

ELC Monitor in Twine/Net Tying Mode” in this Section.

Operate tractor at PTO rated speed.

Move selective control valve lever to close gate, then shift

lever to neutral. Check that both bale shape indicators
(A)-(B) are in downward position. If not, gate is not
correctly closed. Check for obstructions.

Engage PTO, then start to feed the baler as described in

“Feeding The Material” in “Operating the Baler-General
Purposes” Section. Glance back and check movement of
bale shape indicators (A)-(B).

Continued on next page OUCC006,00006E1 –19–12JUN02–1/2

37-9 012808
PN=130
 Operating ELC Monitor

Weaving To The Right:

If left-hand bale shape indicator (A) remains in the down

position while right-hand indicator (B) has risen, weave to
the right over windrow to bring more material to left-hand
side of pickup.

–UN–09FEB96
Weaving To The Left:

If right-hand bale shape indicator (B) remains in the down

CC000976
position while left-hand indicator (A) has risen, weave to
the left over windrow to bring more material to right-hand
side of pickup.

During the bale formation, glance back on bale size

indicator (C) and control the bale shape before the
desired bale diameter is reached.

–UN–19JUN01
Continue to feed material up to the desired bale diameter.

IMPORTANT: During bale formation, never exceed the

red band (D) otherwise the bale will be

CC1019882
oversized. Frequent baling of oversized
bales can lead to premature failures.

A—Left-hand bale shape indicator

B—Right-hand bale shape indicator
C—Bale size indicator
D—Red band

OUCC006,00006E1 –19–12JUN02–2/2

37-10 012808
PN=131
 Operating ELC Monitor

Automatic Start of Tying Cycle

IMPORTANT: When bale reaches the preset size for

the start of the tying cycle, a sound
alarm is emitted. If a second sound
alarm is heard, this means that the bale
is now oversized and that tractor
forward travel should be stopped
immediately as baler damage could

–UN–10JUL02
occur.

In automatic tying, the tying cycle starts automatically

when the adjusted bale diameter is reached.

CC1021606
When the tying cycle starts, stop forward travel of tractor
and back up 2 to 3 m (8 to 10 ft) (not necessary if baler is
equipped with discharging ramp).

Twine Tying

Operator should glance back and check that pulleys (C)

are rotating to make sure that twines have been caught.

–UN–19JUN01
During tying cycle, light (B) “IN CYCLE” is glowing. When
cycle is completed, light (B) is flashing for a few seconds.
The bale must be discharged while light (B) “IN CYCLE” is

CC1019884
flashing. See “Discharging Bale” in this Section.

Net Tying
A—“START” button
During tying cycle, light (B) “IN CYCLE” is glowing. When B—“IN CYCLE” light
cycle is completed, light (B) is flashing for a few seconds. C—Pulleys
The bale must be discharged while light (B) “IN CYCLE” is
flashing. See “Discharging Bale” in this Section.

IMPORTANT: If a sound alarm (warble) is heard while

light (B) “IN CYCLE” is flashing, the net
has not been cut or the net roll is
empty. In this case, re-start tying cycle
using “START” button (A) or check net
roll.

OUCC006,00006E9 –19–13JUN02–1/1

37-11 012808
PN=132
 Operating ELC Monitor

Starting Manually an Automatic Tying

NOTE: Tying cycle cannot be automatically re-started as

long as light (B) “IN CYCLE” is flashing, but it can
be manually re-started at any time.

If the desired bale diameter is below the preset diameter,

push “START” button (A) to start manually an automatic
tying cycle.

–UN–10JUL02
When the tying cycle starts, stop forward travel of tractor
and back up 2 to 3 m (8 to 10 ft) (not necessary if baler is
equipped with discharging ramp).

CC1021606
Twine Tying

Operator should glance back and check that pulleys (C)

are rotating to make sure that twines have been caught.

During tying cycle, light (B) “IN CYCLE” is glowing. When

cycle is completed, light (B) is flashing for a few seconds.
The bale must be discharged while light (B) “IN CYCLE” is

–UN–19JUN01
flashing. See “Discharging Bale” in this Section.

Net Tying

CC1019884
During tying cycle, light (B) “IN CYCLE” is glowing. When
cycle is completed, light (B) is flashing for a few seconds.
The bale must be discharged while light (B) “IN CYCLE” is
flashing. See “Discharging Bale” in this Section.
A—“START” button
B—“IN CYCLE” light
IMPORTANT: If a sound alarm (warble) is heard while C—Pulleys
light (B) “IN CYCLE” is flashing, the net
has not been cut or the net roll is
empty. In this case, re-start tying cycle
using “START” button (A) or check net
roll.

OUCC006,00006E7 –19–12JUN02–1/1

37-12 012808
PN=133
 Operating ELC Monitor

Tying a Bale Manually

IMPORTANT: The actuator motor is protected by a

thermic fuse. If manual control switch
(A) is actuated when actuator is fully
extended or fully retracted, the thermic
fuse will trip. In this case wait until fuse
resets.

–UN–18JUL02
If thermic fuse trips, disengage PTO,
otherwise twine will continue to unwind.
Engage PTO again after thermic fuse
resets.

CC1021607
Twine Tying

Move twine arm by means of manual control switch (A) to

the extreme right-hand position. Check pulleys to make
sure twines have been caught. If not, drive forward slightly
to feed some crop that will pull the twines. Hold the twine
arm in this position for some seconds to ensure a
sufficient number of twine coils at the right end of the
bale. This will ensure a stronger tying.

–UN–09FEB96
Bring back twine arm to home position by means of
manual control switch (A). Stop the return movement
several times to ensure a sufficient number of twine coils

CC000997
around the bale. The return movement can easily be
controlled by means of the twine arm indicator which
shows the position of the twine arm (B) and (C).

Just before twine arm reaches home position, stop twine

arm for few seconds to ensure a sufficient number of
twine coils around the left end of bale.

Let twine arm finish its movement and trip twine cutter

–UN–09FEB96
linkage.

CC000977

A—Manual control switch

B—Twine arm in extreme right-hand position
C—Twine arm in home position

Continued on next page OUCC006,00006E8 –19–13JUN02–1/2

37-13 012808
PN=134
 Operating ELC Monitor

Net Tying

Fully extend net actuator by means of manual control

switch (A). Once the net actuator is extended, the feed
rolls are engaged. Hold the actuator in this position for
some seconds to ensure a sufficient number of net turns.

NOTE: Holding the actuator extended between 3 and 10

seconds provides between 1.5 and 4 net turns.

–UN–18JUL02
Fully retract net actuator to cut the net.

IMPORTANT: If a sound alarm (warble) is heard, the

CC1021607
net has not been cut or the net roll is
empty. In this case, re-start tying cycle
or check net roll.

A—Manual control switch

OUCC006,00006E8 –19–13JUN02–2/2

Discharging Bale

To ensure twine is cut, glance back to see that pulleys (A)

have stopped rotating.

–UN–19JUN01
Keep PTO engaged.

Open baler gate with tractor selective control valve lever

to discharge the bale.

CC1019883
Drive forward to clear bale (not necessary if baler is
equipped with bale discharging ramp or bale push bar)
and close gate.
A—Pulleys
IMPORTANT: Close the gate immediately after the
bale ejection. Do not leave the PTO
engaged for longer than the discharge
cycle.

Keep engine speed high enough for

sufficient oil flow to keep the belts
tensioned when closing the gate.

OUCC006,00012EB –19–10JUL07–1/1

37-14 012808
PN=135
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor
BaleTrak Monitor

–UN–18JAN01
CC1018839
A—Keyboard B—LCD screen

The BALETRAK monitor provides the operator The BALETRAK monitor, also, reports alarms or
information to help him to make well-shaped bales and malfunctions. The monitor allows to check and
automatically operate the tying system and soft core calibrate baler electrical components.
system (if equipped).
The BALETRAK monitor include:
The monitor settings can be tailored to suit specific
requirements. In most cases, adjustments can be • A function keyboard (A) with sensitive keys (See
made from the tractor seat. “BaleTrak Monitor Keyboard Description” in this
section).
The system is preset, functional and ready to use. It is • A Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) screen (B) (See
recommended to operate the baler briefly with the “LCD Screen Description” in this section).
factory settings, to be familiar with programmed
settings before tailoring the settings.

OUCC006,0000682 –19–06MAY02–1/1

38-1 012808
PN=136
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

BaleTrak Plus Monitor

–UN–30JAN01
CC1018880
A—Keyboard B—LCD screen

The BALETRAK PLUS monitor provides the operator The BALETRAK PLUS monitor, also, reports alarms or
information to help him to make well-shaped bales and malfunctions. The monitor allows to check and
automatically operate the tying system, the rotary calibrate baler electrical components.
feeder, the precutter device and soft core system (if
equipped). The BALETRAK PLUS monitor include:

The monitor settings can be tailored to suit specific • A function keyboard (A) with sensitive keys (see
requirements. In most cases, adjustments can be ”BaleTrak Plus Monitor Keyboard Description” in this
made from the tractor seat. section).
• A Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) screen (B) (See
The system is preset, functional and ready to use. It is ”LCD Screen Description” in this section).
recommended to operate the baler briefly with the
factory settings, to be familiar with programmed
settings before tailoring the settings.

OUCC006,00011DB –19–17OCT06–1/1

38-2 012808
PN=137
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

BaleTrak Monitor Keyboard Description

–UN–19JAN01
CC1018840
A—ON/OFF key E—Tying start key (twine only) I—Tying auto start bale M—Retract key
B—Twine or net tying key F—Twine spacing/number of diameter N—Extend key
C—Tying end key (twine only) net turns J—Bale counters O—Manually start an
D—End tying distance (twine G—Program key K—Minus key automatic tying cycle
only) H—Soft core key L—Plus key

NOTE: When any key is pressed, buzzer will beep. A long pressure on ”PLUS” or ”MINUS” keys
accelerates the increment display.
A short pressure on ”PLUS” or ”MINUS” keys
gives an increment of selected value.

CC03745,0000C3D –19–16JAN07–1/1

38-3 012808
PN=138
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

BaleTrak Plus Monitor Keyboard Description

–UN–30JAN01
CC1018881
A—ON/OFF key G—Twine spacing/number of J—Program key N—Plus key
B—Twine or net tying key net turns K—Tying auto start bale O—Retract key
C—Precutter knife key H—Tying end distance (twine diameter P—Extend key
D—Rotary feeder reverse key only) L—Bale counters Q—Manually start an
E—Tying start key (twine only) I—Soft core key M—Minus key automatic tying cycle
F—Tying end key (twine only)

NOTE: When any key is pressed, buzzer will beep. A long pressure on ”PLUS” or ”MINUS” keys
accelerates the increment display.
A short pressure on ”PLUS” or ”MINUS” keys
gives an increment of selected value.

OUCC006,0001184 –19–27SEP06–1/1

38-4 012808
PN=139
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

LCD Screen Description

–UN–18JAN01
CC1018841
A—Gate closed E—Ejecting bale H—Battery alarm K—Open gate alarm
B—Near full F—Soft core ON I—Net tying alarm L—Stop indicator
C—Twine tying G—Digital display (bale size, J—Oversize alarm M—Bale shape indicators
D—Net tying bale counter...)

OUCC006,0000686 –19–06MAY02–1/1

38-5 012808
PN=140
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

Component Locations

–UN–20SEP07
CC1029112
A—Reverse sensor E—Left knife sensor J—Right bale shape N—Soft core valve
B—Bale size potentiometer F—Right knife sensor potentiometer O—Twine actuator
C—Left bale shape G—Net actuator K—Bale oversize switch P—Lower drive roll rpm
potentiometer H—Net cut switch L—Twine pulley sensors sensor
D—Left gate latch switch I—Right gate latch switch M—Cleaning auger sensor

OUCC006,000128A –19–21SEP07–1/1

38-6 012808
PN=141
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

Switching the Monitor On or Off

Press “ON/OFF” key (A) to switch on the monitor.

During the power-up:

• All the pictograms are displayed.

• The buzzer beeps for one second.
• Then, the model number (B) is displayed for one
second.

NOTE: The baler model number is followed by a “C” if the

baler is equipped with a precutter device.

After the power-up sequence, the monitor enters in normal

display mode and the closed gate pictogram (C), the net
or twine tying pictogram (D) and the minimum bale size
detected (E) are displayed.

To switch off the monitor, press “ON/OFF” key (A), OFF is

displayed for one second then the monitor is off.

NOTE: After 30 minutes without any operation, the

monitor will power off by itself.

If the voltage is higher than 16 V for 5 seconds,

the monitor will automatically power off.
A—On/off key
B—Baler model
C—Closed gate pictogram
D—Twine tying pictogram
E—Minimum bale size detected

–UN–10JUL01
CC1019799

OUCC006,00009B6 –19–15JUL03–1/1

38-7 012808
PN=142
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

Setting Bale Diameter

This adjustment will determine the diameter at which the

tying will automatically start.

Bale diameter can be set:

• From 80 to 130 cm (31.5 to 51 in.) for 572 baler.

• From 80 to 155 cm (31.5 to 61 in.) for 582 baler.
• From 80 to 180 cm (31.5 to 71 in.) for 592 baler.

Press “BALE DIAMETER” key (A). The bale diameter

setting (B) is displayed for five seconds.

While the bale diameter is displayed, Press “PLUS” or

“MINUS” key to increase or decrease diameter setting.

The last bale size displayed is stored after five seconds.

A—Bale diameter key

B—Bale diameter value

–UN–10JUL01
CC1020074
OUCC006,0000688 –19–07MAY02–1/1

38-8 012808
PN=143
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

Selecting Tying System

Press and hold “TWINE OR NET TYING” key (B) about 2

seconds to switch from net to twine tying or from twine to
net tying.

When the twine tying is selected, the twine tying

pictogram (A) is displayed.

When the net tying is selected, the net tying pictogram (C)
is displayed.

A—Twine tying pictogram

B—Twine/net tying key
C—Net tying pictogram

–UN–10JUL01
CC1020076
OUCC006,0000689 –19–07MAY02–1/1

38-9 012808
PN=144
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

Selecting Tying Program

The BaleTrak monitor includes five automatic tying

programs depending on crop conditions:

• Program 1 is dedicated for not chopped silage.

• Program 2 is dedicated for straw.
• Program 3 is dedicated for hay.
• Program 4 is dedicated for chopped silage
• Program 5 called “Eco” allows to reduce tying cost.

Press “PROGRAM” key (A). The number of the last

program selected (B) is displayed for five seconds.

While the program number is displayed, press “PLUS” or

“MINUS” key to select the desired program from 1 to 5.

The last program displayed is stored after five seconds.

Tying Programs

The following tables show the factory settings of each

tying program.

–UN–10JUL01
CC1020077
A—Program key
B—Program selected

Net Tying Programs

Program 1 (Silage) Program 2 (Straw) Program 3 (Hay) Program 4 Program 5 ("Eco")
(Chopped silage)
Net Density
2 3 2.5 3 2
Number of Turns

Continued on next page OUCC006,000068A –19–07MAY02–1/2

38-10 012808
PN=145
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

Twine Tying Program

Program 1 (Silage) Program 2 (Straw) Program 3 (Hay) Program 4 Program 5 ("Eco")
(Chopped silage)
Number of Twine 4 turns 3 turns 2 turns 3 turns 2 turns
Turns on Right-Hand
Side
Number of Twine 4 turns 3 turns 2 turns 3 turns 2 turns
Turns on Left-Hand
Side
Twine Spacing 5 cm (2 in.) 10 cm (4 in.) 5 cm (2 in.) 2 cm (0.8 in.) 15 cm (6 in.)
Distance of Tying 8 cm (3 in.) 10 cm (4 in.) 8 cm (3 in.) 8 cm (3 in.) 8 cm (3 in.)
Ends

Each program can be customized depending of crop

condition. See “Setting Twine Tying” in this section.

Modifications made in the program 5 are permanently

saved in the monitor memory.

Modifications made in programs 1, 2, 3 or 4 are stored as

long as the program is selected.

Switching on or off the monitor will not affect customized

setting in the selected program.

When switching from program “X” to another program, the

customized setting in program “X” are lost and the
program “X” will return to factory parameters.

To reset all programs to factory parameters, see “Channel

001: Reset to Factory Default Settings” in “BaleTrak
Monitor Service” section.

IMPORTANT: Four other specific twine tying

programs are available in diagnostic
mode:

• Dry straw twine tying program.

Channel 002.
• Re-extension twine tying program.
Channel 003.
• Cinch tying. Channel 004.
• Flax twine tying program. Channel
026.

See “BaleTrak Monitor Service” section.

OUCC006,000068A –19–07MAY02–2/2

38-11 012808
PN=146
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

Setting Net Tying Density

Press “TWINE SPACING/NUMBER OF NET TURNS” key

(A). The last number of net turns setting (B) is displayed
for five seconds.

While the number of net turns is displayed, press “PLUS”

or “MINUS” key to increase or decrease the number of
turns from 1.5 to 5.

The last net turn number displayed is stored after five

seconds.

A—Twine/net density key

B—Number of net turns

–UN–10JUL01
CC1020078
OUCC006,000068B –19–07MAY02–1/1

38-12 012808
PN=147
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

Setting Twine Tying

Setting Twine spacing

Press ”TWINE SPACING/NUMBER OF NET TURNS” key

(A). The last space between coils (B) setting is displayed
for five seconds.

While the space between coils is displayed, press ”PLUS”

or ”MINUS” key to increase or decrease the space from 1
to 15 cm (0.5 to 6 in.).

The last twine spacing displayed is stored after five

seconds.

The twine spacing displayed is given for two twine tying.

When using only one twine, real twine spacing will be the
double of the value displayed.

IMPORTANT: When using two twines, the distance

selected on monitor must be the same
as the space (D) between the two tubes
of the twine arm (C) (see ”Adjusting
Twine Spacing” in ”Operating the Baler

–UN–10JUL01
- General Purpose” Section).

A—Twine/net density key

CC1020079
B—Space between coils
C—Twine arm
D—Space

–UN–17JUL01
CC1020084

Continued on next page OUCC006,00011B2 –19–03OCT06–1/4

38-13 012808
PN=148
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

Setting Number of Twine Coils at Tying Start

(Right-Hand Side)

Press ”TYING START” key (A). The last number of twine

coils at tying start (B) is displayed for five seconds.

While the number of twine coils at tying start is displayed,

press ”PLUS” or ”MINUS” key to increase or decrease the
number of coils from 0.5 to 5.

The number of twine coils at tying start displayed is stored

after five seconds.

A—Tying start key

B—Number of twine coils at tying start

–UN–10JUL01
CC1019916
Continued on next page OUCC006,00011B2 –19–03OCT06–2/4

38-14 012808
PN=149
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

Setting Number of Twine Coils at Tying End

(Left-Hand Side)

Press ”TYING END” key (A). The last number of coils at

tying end (B) is displayed for five seconds.

While the number of twine coils at tying end is displayed,

press ”PLUS” or ”MINUS” key to increase or decrease the
number of coils from 0 to 5.

The number of twine coils at tying end displayed is stored

after five seconds.

A—Tying end key

B—Number of twine coils at tying end

–UN–10JUL01
CC1019917
Continued on next page OUCC006,00011B2 –19–03OCT06–3/4

38-15 012808
PN=150
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

Setting Distance of Tying Ends

The distance from tying ends to the edges of bale can be

adjusted from 8 to 25 cm (3 to 10 in.).

Press ”TYING ENDS DISTANCE” key (A). The right-hand

distance (B) from tying end to the edge of bale is
displayed for five seconds. Press ”PLUS” or ”MINUS” key
to increase or decrease the distance.

While right-hand distance (B) is displayed, press ”TYING

ENDS DISTANCE” key (A) a second time to display the
left-hand distance (C) from tying end to the edge of bale.
Press ”PLUS” or ”MINUS” key to increase or decrease the
distance.

The last distances displayed are stored after five seconds.

CAUTION: The adjustment of left-hand distance

displayed is given for the fixed twine tube (E).
To obtain the actual left-hand distance, subtract
space (F) from the distance (C) displayed on the
monitor.

Adjust the twine guide like the adjustment of

left-hand distance desired. See ”Adjusting
Twine Guide” in ”Operating the Baler-General
Purposes” Section.
A—Tying ends distance key
B—Right-hand distance
C—Left-hand distance
D—Twine arm

–UN–11JUL01
E—Fixed twine tube
F—Space
G—Distance

CC1020080
–UN–11JUL01
CC1020083

OUCC006,00011B2 –19–03OCT06–4/4

38-16 012808
PN=151
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

Manual Start of an Automatic Tying Cycle

An automatic net or twine tying cycle can be manually

started before the bale reaches the preset full-size
diameter.

Once started, the bale tying cycle uses current settings

used to tie the previous bale (tying density, number of
twine coils at tying ends, and distance of tying ends).

Press ”MANUAL START OF AN AUTOMATIC TYING

CYCLE” key (A) to start an automatic twine or net tying
cycle before bale reaches preset diameter. The monitor
beeps, the tying system pictogram flashes and the stop
pictogram is displayed. The tying cycle begins. See
”Automatic Start of Tying Cycle” in this section.

NOTE: If the ”Automatic Start of Tying Cycle” program is

activated, an automatic tying cycle can be started
when the adjusted bale diameter is reached. See

–UN–22DEC00
”Channel 032: Automatic Start of Tying Cycle” in
”BaleTrak Monitor Service” Section.

CC1018853
A—Manually start an automatic tying cycle key

OUCC006,0000F18 –19–19JUL05–1/1

38-17 012808
PN=152
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

Automatic Start of Tying Cycle

IMPORTANT: Channel 032 must be ”ON” to allow

automatic start of tying cycle. See
”Channel 032: Automatic Start of Tying
Cycle” in ”BaleTrak Monitor Service”
section.

I — Just before the set bale diameter is reached, the near

full pictogram (A) flashes and the monitor beeps twice.
The near full diameter at which the pictogram flashes is
adjustable. See ”Channel 010: Offset of Nearly Full Alarm”
in ”BaleTrak Monitor Service” section.

II — When the adjusted bale diameter is reached, the

monitor beeps continuously for 3 seconds and the stop
indicator (C) is displayed. Immediately stop the tractor.
The net or twine pictogram (B) flashes (depending on
which tying mode has been selected) and the tying cycle
starts.

For baler equipped with twine pulley sensor: If twine

balls are empty, the stop indicator (C) will flash, a
continuous beep will be emitted and the diagnostic trouble
code ”E321” will be displayed. Replace twine balls and
press on ”MINUS” key to clear the diagnostic trouble
code.

III — When the tying cycle is completed, the bale ejection

pictogram (D) is displayed and the monitor beeps four
times.

IV — Open the gate of the baler with the tractor selective

control valve lever to dump the bale. The open gate
pictogram (E) flashes while the gate is opened.

V — When the gate is closed, the closed gate pictogram

(F) is displayed and the current bale counter (G) is
displayed for 5 seconds.
A—Near full pictogram
B—Twine pictogram
C—Stop indicator
D—Bale ejection pictogram
E—Open gate pictogram
F—Closed gate pictogram
G—Daily counter
–UN–11JUL01
CC1019717

OUCC006,0001324 –19–03OCT07–1/1

38-18 012808
PN=153
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

Manual Start of Tying Cycle

IMPORTANT: Channel 032 must be deactivated to

start a tying cycle manually. See
”Channel 032: Automatic Start of Tying
Cycle” in ”BaleTrak Monitor Service”
section.

I — Just before the set bale diameter is reached, the near

full pictogram (A) flashes and the monitor beeps twice.
The near full diameter at which the pictogram flashes is
adjustable. See ”Channel 010: Offset of Nearly Full Alarm”
in ”BaleTrak Monitor Service” section.

II — When the adjusted bale diameter is reached, the

monitor beeps continuously for 3 seconds and the stop
indicator (C) is displayed. Immediately stop the tractor.

Manually start an automatic tying cycle by pressing (D) or

tie bale manually by pressing (E). See ”Manual Start of an
Automatic Tying Cycle” and ”Tying a Bale Manually” in
this section.

–UN–06AUG03
A—Near full pictogram
B—Twine pictogram
C—Stop indicator
D—Manually start an automatic tying cycle key

CC1023310
E—Extend key

OUCC006,0001325 –19–03OCT07–1/1

38-19 012808
PN=154
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

Tying a Bale Manually

Twine Tying

Move twine arm actuator with “EXTEND” (A) and

“RETRACT” (B) keys. The actuator motion stops when the
“EXTEND” (A) or “RETRACT” (B) keys are released. The
twine tying pictogram flashes until the actuator is fully
retracted.

Fully retract actuator to cut twine.

NOTE: Pressing either key during an automatic tying

cycle will cancel the automatic tying cycle.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that the twine arm actuator is

completely retracted and the twine cut
before opening the gate of the baler.

Net Tying

Press “EXTEND” (A) key to start feeding net to the bale.

When desired number of net revolution on the bale is
achieved, press “RETRACT” (B) key until the actuator is
in home position and the net is cut. The net tying
pictogram flashes until the actuator is fully retracted.

–UN–10JUL01
IMPORTANT: Make sure that the net actuator is fully
retracted and the net cut before
opening the gate of the baler.

CC1019715
A—Extend key
B—Retract key

OUCC006,000068E –19–07MAY02–1/1

Raising/Lowering the Pickup

When the control monitor is switched on, the pickup

raising/lowering function is automatically selected. In this
case, there is no special LCD screen display.
–UN–26JAN05

Act on selective control valve lever of the tractor to raise

or lower the pickup.
CC1026954

OUCC006,0001186 –19–12JAN07–1/1

38-20 012808
PN=155
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

Retracting/Engaging Precutter Knives

NOTE: ”Retracting/engaging knives” function uses the

same selective control valve as to raise/lower the
pickup.

The precutter device allows to chop the crop.

In normal operating mode, the symbol ”C” (A) is displayed

if the knives are engaged and not displayed if the knives
are retracted.

Press and hold ”PRECUTTER KNIFE” key (B) about 3

seconds to select ”knives retracting/engaging” function.
The buzzer beeps to confirm that the ”knives
retracting/engaging” function is selected.

”CUT” (C) is displayed if the knives are engaged or

”NOCUT” (E) if the knives are retracted.

Act on selective control valve lever of the tractor (D) to

retract or engage the knives.

”NOCUT” (E) (knives retracted) or ”CUT” (C) (knives

engaged) is displayed according to position of knives.

Press ”PRECUTTER KNIFE” key (B) or another key to

leave the ”knives retracting/engaging” function. The
buzzer beeps to confirm that the monitor is back to normal
operating mode.
A—Precutter symbol
B—Precutter knife key
C—Knives engaged
D—Control valve lever
E—Knives retracted

–UN–10JUL01
CC1019716

Continued on next page OUCC006,0001282 –19–28SEP07–1/2

38-21 012808
PN=156
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

IMPORTANT: During baler operation with precutter

knives engaged, if some knives are
disengaged during more than 2
seconds, the symbol ”C” flashes and
the monitor beeps.

Retract and engage precutter knives

several times after each working day to
prevent jamming of knives.

NOTE: When using baler with knives retracted for a long

period of time, it is recommended to remove them
all, see ”Replacing Precutter Knives” in ”Service”
section and install fillers to plug the knife slot. See
”Knife Slot Filler Kit” in ”Attachments” section.

OUCC006,0001282 –19–28SEP07–2/2

38-22 012808
PN=157
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

Unplugging Pickup with Rotary Feeder

NOTE: Reversing rotary feeder function uses the same

selective control valve as raising/lowering the
pickup

Whenever necessary to unplug the baler, reverse the

rotary feeder drive.

1. Stop tractor.

2. Disengage the PTO. Press and hold ”ROTARY

FEEDER REVERSE” key (A) about 3 seconds.

3. The monitor enters in ”Reversing Rotary feeder”

function and a slow intermittent sound alarm is emitted
while this function is selected. ”REV 0” (B) is displayed
to indicate that rotary feeder drive is not reversed.

4. Act on selective control valve lever (C) to reverse the

baler gear box.

5. When the baler gear box is reversed, the stop indicator

(D) flashes, ”REV 1” (E) is displayed and a quick
intermittent sound alarm is emitted.

Slowly engage the PTO at slow tractor idle in such a

way that the rotary feeder will receive only one
impulsive rotation movement. Impulsive movement
means, NOT MORE THAN A HALF TURN OF
ROTARY FEEDER PER IMPULSE. Failure to do so
could result in material wraps and rotary feeder
plugging.

6. When the baler is unplugged, disengage the PTO and

act on selective control valve lever (C) to move the
baler gear box in the normal operation.

7. ”REV 0” (B) is displayed to indicate that the gear box is

in normal operation. Put the selective control valve
lever to neutral position.
A—Rotary feeder reverse key
B—Rotary feeder not reversed
C—Control valve lever
D—Stop indicator
E—Rotary feeder reversed
–UN–10JUL01
CC1020081

Continued on next page OUCC006,000116F –19–27SEP06–1/2

38-23 012808
PN=158
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

8. Press ”ROTARY FEEDER” key (A) or another key to

leave the ”Reversing Rotary Feeder” function.

9. The monitor is back to normal operating mode.

IMPORTANT: The PTO must be disengaged to change

the direction of the rotary feeder.

The baler gear box must be in the

normal operation to leave the
”Reversing Rotary Feeder” function.

OUCC006,000116F –19–27SEP06–2/2

38-24 012808
PN=159
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

Operating Soft Core System1

With soft core ON, the solenoid restricts full system

pressure from reaching the tension cylinders until
diameter setting is reached.

When bale size reaches core diameter setting, the

solenoid allows full system pressure to the tension
cylinders. The bale is finished at full system pressure
forming tighter and denser outer layers. This results in a
lower density core at the center of the bale.

Switching on Soft Core System

Press ”SOFT CORE” key (A) to select soft core system.

When the soft core is ON, the soft core pictogram (B) is
displayed.

Press again the ”SOFT CORE” key (A) to remove soft

core mode, the soft core pictogram (B) disappears.

Adjusting Soft Core Diameter

–UN–10JUL01
Press ”SOFT CORE” key (A). The last soft core diameter
setting is displayed for five seconds.

CC1020075
While the soft core diameter setting (C) is displayed,
Press ”PLUS” or ”MINUS” key to raise or lower diameter
setting.

The last soft core size displayed is stored after five A—Soft core key
seconds. B—Soft core pictogram
C—Soft core diameter setting

IMPORTANT: The soft core solenoid is not power

supplied if PTO driveline is disengaged.

NOTE: The soft core diameter can be adjusted from 60

cm (23.5 in.) up to the desired bale diameter
minus 10 cm (4 in.).

When the operator decreases the bale diameter,

the soft core diameter is automatically decreased,
if soft core diameter exceeds maximum value
which is bale diameter minus 10 cm (4 in.).

1
If equipped
OUCC006,0001333 –19–05OCT07–1/1

38-25 012808
PN=160
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

Guideline to Form a Good Bale

1. Start feeding windrow in the center of baler.

2. Move quickly to one side for several meters feeding

the baler, as close as possible to the sidesheet,
without leaving hay in the field.

NOTE: Weaving back and forth across the windrow

should be done quickly in a crisp zigzag fashion
to balance crop intake side-to-side. Weaving too
often or too slowly puts too much crop in the
center of the bale and should be avoided.

3. Move quickly to the other side for several meters

feeding the baler, as close as possible to the
sidesheet, without leaving hay in the field.

4. Move quickly back to the other side feeding the baler,

as close as possible to the sidesheet. Continue feeding
this side until the top bar on the monitor-controller
display lights or the other bale shape bars drop into the
red.

5. Then quickly drive to the other side and continue

feeding this side until the top bar on the
monitor-controller display lights or the other bale shape
bars drop into the red.

6. Continue to feed in this manner until the nearly full

indicator is flashing. Then finish up the bale by getting
the bars on both sides as high and as even as
possible before reaching full size. Both sides should be
in the green zone when finished and, if possible, finish
bale by feeding the left side.

As bale diameter increases, bars are less sensitive to rise

and fall as hay is fed into the baler. Do not weave from
one side unless the top bar is lit or the bars are at
least in the green zone. Avoid baling for extended
periods with either of the bale shape displays in the
red zone.

OUCC006,0000690 –19–13MAY02–1/1

38-26 012808
PN=161
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

Making a Bale with Bale Shape Indicators

–UN–07JAN00
E47515

Continued on next page OUCC006,0000691 –19–13MAY02–1/2

38-27 012808
PN=162
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

The illustration on the facing page and the following • Windrow width (E) is approximately 2/3—3/4 the
information describe the relationship between the width of the baler.
monitor-controller display, windrow variations and • Windrow correct but operator may not be weaving
actual bale shape. over far enough.
• The windrow is full width but heavier density in the
To ensure optimum bale shape and maximum bale middle of the windrow.
density, the top bar should be shown on BOTH sides • Weaving back and forth too frequently.
of the bale shape indicator display as shown in
Example I. The top bars should be displayed when If windrow is almost as wide as the bale chamber,
bale is being tied. Refer to “Guideline to Form a Good reduce tractor rpm and increase ground speed to
Bale” in this section. spread material across pickup.

I— Best shape bales (B) are formed when windrow (A) Windrow preparation should be less than one-half bale
has uniform density side-to-side and the width is the chamber or full width of bale chamber. If necessary,
same as bale chamber. Weaving is not necessary. rake windrow to obtain correct width.

If this is not practical, create windrows up to one-half Bale shape bars may not reach maximum height when
the width of the bale chamber and follow the bale operating at reduced bale density and/or using variable
shape bars. (Refer to “Guideline to Form a Good Bale” core option. This is also true when operating in certain
in this section.) crops such as third cut grass or short wheat straw,
because ends of bale are soft.
II— If full-width windrow (C) is heavy on the outside
edges and light at the center, an hourglass shaped IV— If narrow windrow (G) is baled without weaving
bale (D) will be formed even though bale shape bars back and forth, a cone shaped bale (H) will be formed.
are balanced and all lit.
• Operator feeding one side more than other.
If possible, weaving back and forth across windrow will
help fill the middle of the bale. Otherwise, proper Weave back and forth across narrow windrow to keep
windrow formation (raking, etc.) may be needed. bale shape bars as high as possible.

III— Bale shape bars will not reach maximum height

and a barrel shaped bale (F) is formed if any of the
following conditions exist:

OUCC006,0000691 –19–13MAY02–2/2

38-28 012808
PN=163
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

Using Bale Counters

The monitor is equipped with six bale counters: one total

counter (D) and five resetable current counters (B) which
can be used to store daily number of bales or number of
bales per field.

Two conditions must be met to add a bale to the current

and total counters: the bale must be tied and the gate
must be opened and closed.

In normal operating mode, the selected current counter is

displayed for five seconds following bale ejection.

Selecting a Current counter

To select a current counter (B), press several times on

“COUNTER” key (A) until the desired counter (C) is
displayed. After five seconds without pressing any key,
the monitor returns to normal display mode and the last
displayed current counter is selected. The new bales will
be added in the selected counter.

If the last counter displayed is the total counter (D) the

current counter selected (B) is the current counter from
the last selection (for example 3).

Viewing Current Bale Counters

Press “COUNTER” key (A). The last selected current

counter (B) is displayed for five seconds.

Viewing Total Bale Counter

While a current counter (B) is displayed, press several

time “COUNTER” key (A) until the monitor displays the
total counter. (Total counter will be displayed after the fifth

–UN–10JUL01
counter.)

Adding or Removing Bales in Current Counters

CC1019718

Current counters can be increased to add bales or

decreased to subtract bales.

While the desired current counter is displayed, press A—Counter key

“PLUS” or “MINUS” key to increase or decrease number B—Current counter
of bales. C—Current counter
D—Total counter

Continued on next page OUCC006,0000693 –19–13MAY02–1/2

38-29 012808
PN=164
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

NOTE: A continuous pressure on “MINUS” key will reset

the counter displayed.

The last number of bales displayed is stored after five

seconds.

NOTE: Adding or removing bales from current counter will

not affect the total counter.

Resetting Current Bale Counters

To reset a current bale counter, press and hold “MINUS”

key while a current counter (B) is displayed. The counter
displayed will begin to decrease then reset.

NOTE: Total bales counter can not be changed or

erased.

OUCC006,0000693 –19–13MAY02–2/2

38-30 012808
PN=165
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

Warning Pictograms

Stop Indicator

The Stop indicator (A) is displayed when:

–UN–22DEC00
• The bale reaches the preset diameter.
• The Open Gate pictogram is displayed.
• The Oversize Bale pictogram is displayed.
•

CC1018857
The Net Tying warning pictogram is displayed.
• A diagnostic trouble code is displayed.
• The monitor is switched on with a bale inside the baler.

Stop the tractor when the stop indicator (A) is displayed. A—Stop indicator
B—Open gate warning
C—Oversized Bale warning
NOTE: The Stop indicator is displayed at start up if the D—Net tying warning
net or twine actuator is disconnected or does not E—Battery warning
work.

Open Gate Pictogram

The Open Gate Pictogram (B) is displayed when the gate

of the baler is opened while ejecting the bale.

Activate the tractor selective control valve lever to close

the gate of the baler and switch off this pictogram.

NOTE: If the Open Gate Pictogram is displayed when the

gate is correctly closed, adjust the gate switch.
(See ”Adjusting Gate Switch” in ”Service” section).

Oversize Bale Pictogram

The Oversize Bale pictogram (C) is displayed when the

bale exceeds the maximum bale diameter of the baler
model. Continuing to operate with oversized bale in
chamber can cause severe gate damage, bearing
breakage and roll damage.

When the Oversize Bale pictogram is displayed,

immediately stop the tractor. Start the tying cycle with
Manual Tying Start key (see ”Starting Manually an
Automatic Tying Cycle” in this section), and eject the bale.

Continued on next page OUCC006,0000C2A –19–20AUG04–1/2

38-31 012808
PN=166
 Operating BaleTrak Monitor

Net Pictogram

The Net pictogram (D) is displayed when the net is not cut
or when the net roll is empty. Correct the net cut problem
or replace the net roll to switch off this pictogram.

–UN–22DEC00
Battery Pictogram

The Battery pictogram (E) and the voltage are displayed

CC1018857
when the battery voltage is below 11.2 V or over 16 V.

A—Stop indicator
B—Open gate warning
C—Oversized Bale warning
D—Net tying warning
E—Battery warning

OUCC006,0000C2A –19–20AUG04–2/2

Diagnostic Trouble Codes

When an error occurs on the round baler, the monitor

displays the Stop indicator (A), a sound alarm is emitted
and the diagnostic trouble code (B) is displayed.

–UN–19JAN01
Some of the diagnostic trouble codes are displayed 5
seconds then disappear.

CC1018858
It is possible to clear some of the diagnostic trouble codes
from the LCD screen by pressing the “MINUS” key.

To clear some other of the diagnostic trouble codes, it is

necessary to correct the malfunction. Press the “MINUS” A—Stop indicator
B—Diagnostic trouble code
key to stop the buzzer then correct the problem
corresponding to the diagnostic trouble code (See
“Diagnostic Trouble Code List” in “BaleTrak Monitor
Service” section).

OUCC006,0000695 –19–13MAY02–1/1

38-32 012808
PN=167
 Attachments
Silage Adapting Bundle

This bundle consists of a driven cleaning auger, which

conveys the crop losses along the roll No. 13. This
material is then fed back into the baler.

–UN–20SEP07
CC1029663
OUCC006,000128B –19–28SEP07–1/1

Top Idler Roll Drive Kit

This kit allows to properly drive the belts in wet conditions.

–UN–20SEP07
CC1030239
OUCC006,00012EC –19–17SEP07–1/1

Rubber Coated Starter Roll Shells

Rubber coated shells can be installed on starter roll when

baling very dry and brittle straw.

–UN–09FEB96
CC001013

OUCC006,0000247 –19–21SEP00–1/1

Steel Semi-Shells with Straight Bars

Steel semi-shells with straight bars are recommended for

silage or in difficult starting conditions.
–UN–12JUL05
CC1027508

OUCC006,0000F1D –19–19JUL05–1/1

40-1 012808
PN=168
 Attachments

Low Drive Belt Speed Bundle for 1.81 m (5 ft

11 in.) Pickup Only

When baling extremely brittle straw it can be necessary to

reduce the belt speed to avoid damaging the straw.

–UN–12JUL05
CC1027509
OUCC006,00011F3 –19–31OCT06–1/1

Knife Slot Filler Kit (For Precutter Device

Only)

To prevent the crop from entering into the knife spring

mechanism when baling without knives for a long period

–UN–14FEB01
of time, a set of fillers to plug the knife slots is available
as attachment.

CC1019218
–UN–13JUL04
CC1026079
Knife Slot Filler

OUCC006,0000BA7 –19–10AUG04–1/1

Tension Arm Fingers Bundle

This bundle improve the net guiding.

Contact your John Deere dealer.

–UN–05OCT00
CC1018372

OUCC006,0000251 –19–21SEP00–1/1

40-2 012808
PN=169
 Attachments

Scraper Knives for Wet Silage

This bundle contains 2 scraper knives for the rolls 8 and

9. It is specifically recommended when working with net
tying.

Contact your John Deere dealer.

OUCC006,0000699 –19–13MAY02–1/1

40-3 012808
PN=170
 Lubrication and Maintenance
Observe Service Intervals

Using tractor hour meter as a guide, perform services at

the hourly intervals indicated on following pages.

IMPORTANT: Recommended service intervals are for

–UN–05APR95
average conditions. Service MORE
OFTEN if baler is operated in adverse
conditions.

CC000934
CC03745,00002A9 –19–27AUG01–1/1

Grease

Use grease based on NLGI consistency numbers and the

expected air temperature range during the service interval.

John Deere SD POLYUREA GREASE is preferred.

The following greases are also recommended

• John Deere HD LITHIUM COMPLEX GREASE

• John Deere HD WATER RESISTANT GREASE
• John Deere GREASE-GARD

Other greases may be used if they meet the following:

–UN–31OCT03
NLGI Performance Classification GC-LB

IMPORTANT: Some types of grease thickeners are

not compatible with others. Consult

TS1673
your grease supplier before mixing
different types of grease.

GREASE-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company DX,GREA1 –19–07NOV03–1/1

45-1 012808
PN=171
 Lubrication and Maintenance

Gear Oil

Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperature

range during the period between oil changes.

The following oils are preferred:

• John Deere GL-5 GEAR LUBRICANT

• John Deere EXTREME-GARD

Other oils may be used if they meet API Service

Classification GL-5.

–UN–14MAR96
TS1653
EXTREME-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company. DX,GEOIL –19–07JUL99–1/1

Multiluber Chain Oil

Use the following oil for the multiluber chain oiling NOTE: John Deere BIO-MULTILUBER-OIL is
system: available at your John Deere dealer.

John Deere BIO-MULTILUBER-OIL1 • DC43300: BIO-MULTILUBER-OIL 5 liters

• DC44063: BIO-MULTILUBER-OIL 25 liters
Other equivalent biodegradable oils may also be used.

IMPORTANT: Never use mineral oil for this

application.

1
John Deere BIO-MULTILUBER-OIL meets or exceeds minimum
biodegradability of 80% within 21 days according to CEC-L-33-T-82
test method. BIO-MULTILUBER-OIL must not be mixed with mineral
oil.
CC,CHAINOIL –19–04OCT01–1/1

45-2 012808
PN=172
 Lubrication and Maintenance

Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants

Conditions in certain geographical areas may require Synthetic lubricants may be used if they meet the
lubricant recommendations different from those printed performance requirements as shown in this manual.
in this manual.
The temperature limits and service intervals shown in
Some John Deere brand coolants and lubricants may this manual apply to both conventional and synthetic
not be available in your location. oils.

Consult your John Deere dealer to obtain information Re-refined base stock products may be used if the
and recommendations. finished lubricant meets the performance requirements.

DX,ALTER –19–15JUN00–1/1

Lubricant Storage

Your equipment can operate at top efficiency only Make certain that all containers are properly marked to
when clean lubricants are used. identify their contents.

Use clean containers to handle all lubricants. Properly dispose of all old containers and any residual
lubricant they may contain.
Whenever possible, store lubricants and containers in
an area protected from dust, moisture, and other
contamination. Store containers on their side to avoid
water and dirt accumulation.

DX,LUBST –19–18MAR96–1/1

Mixing of Lubricants

In general, avoid mixing different brands or types of oil. Consult your John Deere dealer to obtain specific
Oil manufacturers blend additives in their oils to meet information and recommendations.
certain specifications and performance requirements.

Mixing different oils can interfere with the proper

functioning of these additives and degrade lubricant
performance.

DX,LUBMIX –19–18MAR96–1/1

45-3 012808
PN=173
 Lubrication and Maintenance

Adjusting Chain Oiling System (if Equipped)

–UN–23FEB05
CC1026649

Component Identification for 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m (7 ft 3 in.) Rotary Feeder Pickup

2—Pickup cylinder and 4—Main drive chain and top 5—Bottom roll drive chain and 6—Rotary feeder drive chain
left-hand auger drive idler roll drive chain (yellow right-hand auger drive (blue ring)
chains (red ring) ring) chain (green ring)
3—Upper roll drive chain
(orange ring)

NOTE: Each hose is identified to pump and brush side

with a number on a color ring.

Continued on next page OUCC006,0001188 –19–05OCT06–1/4

45-4 012808
PN=174
 Lubrication and Maintenance

–UN–23FEB05
CC1026647
Component Identification for 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) HiFlow Pickup

2—Pickup cylinder and 4—Main drive chain and top 5—Left-hand bottom roll drive 6—Staggered packer drive
left-hand auger drive idler roll drive chain (yellow chain (green ring) chain and right-hand auger
chains (red ring) ring) drive chain (blue ring)
3—Upper roll drive chain
(orange ring)

NOTE: Each hose is identified to pump and brush side

with a number on a color ring.

Continued on next page OUCC006,0001188 –19–05OCT06–2/4

45-5 012808
PN=175
 Lubrication and Maintenance

–UN–23FEB05
CC1026648

Component Identification for 2.20 m (7 ft 3 in.) HiFlow Pickup

2—Pickup cylinder and 4—Main drive chain and top 5—Left-hand bottom roll drive 6—Right-hand bottom roll
left-hand auger drive idler roll drive chain (yellow chain and right-hand auger drive chain and staggered
chains (red ring) ring) drive chain (green ring) packer drive chain (blue
3—Upper roll drive chain ring)
(orange ring)

NOTE: Each hose is identified to pump and brush side

with a number on a color ring.

Continued on next page OUCC006,0001188 –19–05OCT06–3/4

45-6 012808
PN=176
 Lubrication and Maintenance

Adjusting Oil Flow

The oil flow at each chain can be adjusted.

1. Remove cover (A).

–UN–21SEP06
2. Identify the screw allowing to adjust the oil flow of the
relevant brush(es).

CC1028460
3. Turn the screw clockwise to increase oil flow and
counterclockwise to decrease oil flow.

NOTE: The pump is very precise. Turn screw 1/4 turn by

1/4 turn to adjust oil flow. A—Pump cover

When the screw is totally screwed in (maximum

flow), unscrewing four turns allows to obtain the
minimum flow.

4. Install cover (A).

OUCC006,0001188 –19–05OCT06–4/4

As Required - Refilling Multiluber Chain

Oiling System Reservoir

Depending on the pump flow adjustment, refill reservoir as

required.

–UN–20SEP07
Specification
Oil Reservoir—Capacity ......................................................................... 4 l
(1 US gal)

CC1029116
Use oil specified under ”Multiluber Chain Oil” in this
section.

IMPORTANT: Never use any other type of oil.

OUCC006,0001273 –19–28SEP07–1/1

45-7 012808
PN=177
 Lubrication and Maintenance

As Required - Cleaning Oil Reservoir Filter

Clean oil reservoir filter when it is necessary.

–UN–21SEP06
CC1028462
OUCC006,0001272 –19–08FEB07–1/1

As Required - Jackstand

Lubricate with John Deere GREASE-GARD.

–UN–08NOV06
CC1028765
OUCC006,0001274 –19–08FEB07–1/1

Daily - Clean Twine Clamper

Clean twine clamper daily or more often as required to

remove the material accumulation in twine clamper coils.

1. Open the gate.

–UN–11JUL05
2. Disengage PTO, engage parking brake, place
transmission in ”PARK”, shut off tractor engine and

CC1027487
remove key. Wait for all moving parts to come to a
standstill.

3. Engage gate lock.

A—Twine clamper
4. Access twine clamper (A) by the rear of the baler in
order to clean it.

OUCC006,0000F0A –19–18JUL05–1/1

45-8 012808
PN=178
 Lubrication and Maintenance

Daily - Checking Precutter Knives

CAUTION: Be careful when working around the

knives. Knives are sharp and can cause serious
injury.

–UN–27JAN05
1. Open the gate.

2. Engage tractor parking lock, shut off tractor engine,

CC1026373
remove key.

3. Secure the gate with the safety lock device.

Keep each precutter knife very sharp. Knives must have

regular, daily attention or should be checked at least
every 200 bales.

Refer to ”Replacing Precutter Knives” in ”Service” section

to remove the knives and see ”Sharpening Precutter
Knives” in ”Service” section to sharpen them.

OUCC006,0000EA4 –19–18JUL05–1/1

Daily - Checking Belt Wires

Daily check wires and hooks for wear or damage. Replace

worn or damaged parts.

–UN–21JUN05
Change wires and hooks after baling 2000 bales (1000
bales in sandy conditions).

CC1027391
OUCC006,0000EE6 –19–18JUL05–1/1

45-9 012808
PN=179
 Lubrication and Maintenance

Every 10 Hours

–UN–21SEP07
CC1029113

A—Push bar (592 only) C—Tension cylinder rod (592 D—Drive chain idler (582 and E—Powerline1
B—Tension arm pivots1 only)1 592)1

Lubricate with John Deere GREASE-GARD.

1
except Premium baler
OUCC006,000128D –19–13FEB07–1/1

45-10 012808
PN=180
 Lubrication and Maintenance

Every 10 Hours - Main Drive Chain Tensioner

CAUTION: To help prevent injury, do not

lubricate with machine running.

–UN–08NOV06
Lubricate with John Deere GREASE-GARD.

CC1028777
OUCC006,000128E –19–12FEB07–1/1

45-11 012808
PN=181
 Lubrication and Maintenance

Every 10 Hours - Baler without Rotary Feeder Device

–UN–21SEP07
CC1029114

A—1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.) pickup B—2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) HiFlow C—2.20 m (7 ft 3 in.) HiFlow

pickup1 pickup1

Apply SAE 30 or heavier oil.

1
baler without automatic chain lubrication system
Continued on next page OUCC006,000128F –19–28SEP07–1/3

45-12 012808
PN=182
 Lubrication and Maintenance

–UN–21SEP07
CC1030242
A—1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.) pickup B—2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) HiFlow C—2.20 m (7 ft 3 in.) HiFlow
pickup1 pickup1

Apply SAE 30 or heavier oil.

1
baler without automatic chain lubrication system
Continued on next page OUCC006,000128F –19–28SEP07–2/3

45-13 012808
PN=183
 Lubrication and Maintenance

–UN–20SEP07
CC1029115
A—2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) pickup B—2.20 m (7 ft 3 in.) pickup
tensioner tensioner

Lubricate with John Deere GREASE-GARD.

OUCC006,000128F –19–28SEP07–3/3

45-14 012808
PN=184
 Lubrication and Maintenance

Every 10 Hours - Baler with Rotary Feeder Device

–UN–21SEP07
CC1030218
A—2.00 m rotary feeder pickup B—2.00 m rotary feeder pickup C—Rotary feeder drive chain2 D—Pickup drive chains2
(baler up to S.N. 78999)1 (baler from S.N. 80000)1

Lubricate chains with SAE 30 or heavier oil.

CAUTION: To help prevent injury, do not
lubricate chains with machine running.

Lubricate grease fittings with John Deere

GREASE-GARD.

1
except Premium baler

2
baler without automatic chain lubrication system

OUCC006,0001318 –19–11SEP07–1/1

45-15 012808
PN=185
 Lubrication and Maintenance

Every 10 Hours - Baler with Rotary Feeder

Device1

CAUTION: To help prevent injury, do not

lubricate with machine running.

–UN–08NOV06
Lubricate with John Deere GREASE-GARD.

CC1028842
1
except Premium baler
OUCC006,0001275 –19–08FEB07–1/1

Every 10 Hours - Baler with Rotary Feeder

Device1

CAUTION: To help prevent injury, do not

lubricate with machine running.

–UN–08NOV06
Lubricate with John Deere GREASE-GARD.

CC1028781
Starter roll chain tensioner

1
except Premium baler
OUCC006,0001290 –19–13FEB07–1/1

45-16 012808
PN=186
 Lubrication and Maintenance

Every 10 Hours - Premium Baler Only

–UN–08NOV06
CC1028778
Grease fittings

Lubricate with John Deere GREASE-GARD.

OUCC006,00011CA –19–05DEC06–1/1

45-17 012808
PN=187
 Lubrication and Maintenance

Every 30 Hours

–UN–21SEP07
CC1030243
A—Bale shape sender arm1 B—1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.) pickup C—Twine arm hub1 D—Declutchable upper roll
lift crank drive hub (592 only)

IMPORTANT: Do not use the baler wheel as a Lubricate with John Deere GREASE-GARD.
support to lubricate the declutchable
upper roll drive hub grease fitting.
Always use a ladder or step ladder
to gain access to this grease fitting.

1
except Premium baler
Continued on next page OUCC006,0001291 –19–28SEP07–1/3

45-18 012808
PN=188
 Lubrication and Maintenance

–UN–08NOV06
CC1028766
A—2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 B—1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.) pickup C—Gauge wheel E—1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.) pickup
m (7 ft 3 in.) HiFlow pickup and 2.20 m (7 ft 3 in.) D—Caster gauge wheel picker link
picker link HiFlow pickup chain idler

Lubricate with John Deere GREASE-GARD.

Continued on next page OUCC006,0001291 –19–28SEP07–2/3

45-19 012808
PN=189
 Lubrication and Maintenance

–UN–05DEC06
CC1028841
A—Gate latch rod arms (592
only)1

Lubricate with John Deere GREASE-GARD.

1
except Premium baler
OUCC006,0001291 –19–28SEP07–3/3

45-20 012808
PN=190
 Lubrication and Maintenance

Every 30 Hours - Net Tying Device

–UN–12JUL05
CC1027493

A—Swinging bar pivot1

Lubricate with John Deere GREASE-GARD.

1
except Premium baler
OUCC006,00011F4 –19–31OCT06–1/1

45-21 012808
PN=191
 Lubrication and Maintenance

Every 30 Hours - Tension Arm Fingers (if

Equipped)

Open the baler rear gate.

–UN–08NOV06
Position gate lock valve in locked position. Refer to ”Gate
Lock Valve” in ”Operating the Baler - General Purposes”
section.

CC1028780
Lubricate with John Deere GREASE-GARD.

OUCC006,0001283 –19–09FEB07–1/1

Every 30 Hours - Premium Baler Only

–UN–08NOV06
CC1028779

Grease fittings

Lubricate with John Deere GREASE-GARD.

OUCC006,00011CB –19–05DEC06–1/1

45-22 012808
PN=192
 Lubrication and Maintenance

Every 50 Hours - Premium Baler Only

–UN–08NOV06
CC1028834
Powerline

A—Grease fittings

Lubricate with John Deere GREASE-GARD.

Refer to the telescoping hook-up basic Operator’s

Manual to correctly lubricate telescoping hook-up.

OUCC006,00011D2 –19–18OCT06–1/1

45-23 012808
PN=193
 Lubrication and Maintenance

Weekly - Checking and Draining Air Brake

Tank

CAUTION: Before draining condensed water

from the compressed air tank, make sure that
the machine is secured against rolling away.
Apply the parking brake and place wheel
chocks under the wheels.

1. Pull the parking brake lever.

2. Pull ring (A) to drain water from the air reservoir.

IMPORTANT: Condensation in braking system may

cause malfunctions.

A—Ring

–UN–30JUL03
CC1023311
592 Air Brake Tank Shown

OUCC006,0000E95 –19–18JUL05–1/1

45-24 012808
PN=194
 Lubrication and Maintenance

Every 200 Hours - Brake Shafts (Baler up to S.N. 78999)

–UN–21SEP07
CC1030237

A—Air brake B—Hydraulic brake

Lubricate with John Deere GREASE-GARD.

OUCC006,000131C –19–27SEP07–1/1

45-25 012808
PN=195
 Lubrication and Maintenance

Every 200 Hours - Brake Shafts (Baler from S.N. 80000)

–UN–25SEP07
CC1030238

A—Air brake B—Hydraulic brake

Lubricate with John Deere GREASE-GARD.

OUCC006,000131D –19–27SEP07–1/1

45-26 012808
PN=196
 Lubrication and Maintenance

Every 250 Hours - Premium Baler Only

–UN–08NOV06
CC1028835
Powerline

A—Grease fitting

Lubricate with John Deere GREASE-GARD.

Refer to the telescoping hook-up basic Operator’s

Manual to correctly lubricate telescoping hook-up.

OUCC006,00011D3 –19–18OCT06–1/1

45-27 012808
PN=197
 Lubrication and Maintenance

Every 2000 Bales - Changing Hydraulic Valve

Filter (Baler with Rotary Feeder1 Pickup)

Change hydraulic valve filter (A) every 2000 bales or

yearly whichever come first.

–UN–05OCT99
See your John Deere dealer to obtain a new filter.

A—Filter

CC016341
1
Except baler with RotoFlow pickup from S.N. 70586
OUCC006,0001317 –19–27SEP07–1/1

Every 4000 Bales - Draining and Refilling

Gear Case (Baler without Rotary Feeder
Pickup)

IMPORTANT: Check level of lubricant every 800 to

1000 bales and refill as necessary.

–UN–09FEB96
Do not overfill gear case as this will
result in overheating and oil leakage.

CC001015
Drain and refill gear case (A) every 4000 to 5000 bales.

Drain the oil while it is hot (i.e. after operation). Pull out
dipstick (B) and drain plug (C), then drain oil into a
suitable receptacle.

Clean drain plug (C) before reinstalling it back in place,

then add 1.3 L (0.34 US gal) of oil. Use a type specified
under ”Gear Oil” in this Section.

Check oil level with dipstick (B).

OUCC006,000118D –19–18JAN07–1/1

45-28 012808
PN=198
 Lubrication and Maintenance

Every 4000 Bales - Draining and Refilling

Gear Case (Baler with Rotary Feeder Pickup)

IMPORTANT: Check level of lubricant every 800 to

1000 bales and refill as necessary.

–UN–18MAR96
Do not overfill gear case as this will
result in overheating and oil leakage.

Drain and refill gear case (A) every 4000 or 5000 bales.

CC007169
Drain the oil while it is hot (i.e. after operation). Pull out
dipstick (B) and drain plug (C), then drain oil into a
suitable receptacle.

Clean drain plug (C) before reinstalling it back in place,

then add 1.4 l (0.37 US gal) of oil. Use a type specified
under ”Gear Oil” in this Section.

Check oil level with dipstick (B).

OUCC006,000118E –19–28SEP06–1/1

45-29 012808
PN=199
 Lubrication and Maintenance

Annually

–UN–20SEP07
CC1030221
Wheel Bearings

Remove wheels. Clean bearings. Specification

Wheel nut (baler without
brake)—Torque ...................................................................... 210 N•m
Except baler from S.N. 80000 and Premium baler: (155 lb-ft)
Wheel nut (baler with brake)—
Lubricate with John Deere GREASE-GARD. Torque.................................................................................... 270 N•m
(200 lb-ft)
Baler from S.N. 80000 and Premium baler:
For balers equipped with wheel bolts, tighten the bolts
Lubricate with grease type NLGI number 3. to the following specification:

Repack and adjust bearings. Specification

Wheel bolt—Torque ............................................................... 120 N•m
(88 lb-ft)
For balers equipped with wheel nuts, tighten the nuts
to the following specification:

Continued on next page OUCC006,000131B –19–27SEP07–1/3

45-30 012808
PN=200
 Lubrication and Maintenance

Lubricate with John Deere GREASE-GARD.

A—Lower tension arm pivot

B—Net actuator pins
C—Net box pivots (both sides)
D—Brake pad pivots

–UN–11JUL05
CC1027497
–UN–11JUL05
CC1027498
–UN–11JUL05
CC1027499
Continued on next page OUCC006,000131B –19–27SEP07–2/3

45-31 012808
PN=201
 Lubrication and Maintenance

–UN–21SEP07
CC1030236
A—Nut B—Lock nut C—Hitch fixing screw

Retighten tongue frame fixing nuts (A), lock nuts (B) Tongue frame lock nut—Torque............................................ 300 N•m
(221 lb-ft)
and hitch fixing screw (C) to specified torque:
Hitch fixing screw—Torque.................................................... 620 N•m
(450 lb-ft)
Specification
Tongue frame fixing nut—
Torque.................................................................................... 700 N•m
(516 lb-ft)

OUCC006,000131B –19–27SEP07–3/3

Every 6 Years - Hydraulic Hoses

Due to rubber lifetime, we advise you to change hydraulic

hoses every 6 years. –UN–11JUL05
CC1027479

OUCC006,0000EF8 –19–18JUL05–1/1

45-32 012808
PN=202
 Troubleshooting
BaleTrak Control Monitor
Symptom Problem Solution

Twine or net tying settings not Lower belt drive roll sensor not Reconnect or readjust sensor.
constant with different sized connected, defective or not correctly Replace if necessary. See ”BaleTrak
bales. adjusted. Monitor Service” and ”Service”
sections.

Bale size potentiometer not Reconnect or replace potentiometer.

connected or defective. See ”BaleTrak Monitor Service” and
”Service” sections.

No pictograms displayed at LCD Monitor not connected. Connect monitor.

screen when switching ON.

Battery wiring harness not correctly Reconnect properly. See ”Preparing

connected. the Tractor” section.

Erratic monitor functions. Battery charge level too low. Battery should deliver at least 20 A.

Battery voltage level below 7 V. Monitor requires at least 12 V to

function properly. Check or replace
tractor battery.

Battery wiring harness not correctly Reconnect properly. See ”Preparing

connected. the Tractor” section.

Desired bale diameter can not be Bale size potentiometer not correctly Adjust bale size potentiometer. See
achieved. adjusted. ”Operating BaleTrak Monitor”
section.

Incorrect bale size fine tuning. Proceed to bale size fine tuning. See
”BaleTrak Monitor Service” section.

Monitor not set for baler model. See your John Deere dealer.

Oversize alarm at smaller bale Oversize switch not correctly Adjust oversize switch. See ”Service”
size than the maximum. adjusted. section.

Monitor not set for baler model. See your John Deere dealer.

Soft core solenoid is not power Tractor PTO driveline is disengaged. Engage tractor PTO driveline.
supplied.

OUCC006,0001334 –19–05OCT07–1/1

50-1 012808
PN=203
 Troubleshooting

Twine Tying
Symptom Problem Solution

Twine too tight or twine breaks Twine routing wrong. Check for correct routing.
while tying.

Bad twine, knots in twine, new ball Pull out bad twine or replace twine.
with tight core, wet twine.

Wrong twine tension plate pin or Replace with correct parts.

springs.

Twine too loose on bale. Broken or missing twine tension Replace spring.
spring.

Wrong tension spring pin. Replace pin.

Worn twine tension plates. Replace worn parts.

Twine spacing not constant. Twine contacting compressor rod. Lower compressor rack or bend rod.

PTO rpm change during tying. Keep PTO rpm constant.

No twine on bale or twine not Twine from end of twine tube too With tractor shut off, pull out twine
caught by bale. short. until 300 mm (12 in.) is exposed
from end of twine arm.

Twine tension too high. See “Twine Too Tight or Twine

Breaks While Tying”.

Twine not fed in with crop. Do not stop forward travel of tractor.
Allow a few seconds for twine to be
fed in with hay.

Baler out of twine. Add twine. See “Loading r.h. and l.h.
Twine Boxes” in “Preparing the
Baler” Section.

Continued on next page OUCC006,000069B –19–14MAY02–1/3

50-2 012808
PN=204
 Troubleshooting

Symptom Problem Solution

Twine too close to edge of bale. On left-hand side: Missing or bent Replace or bend rod.
twine guide rod.

On right-hand side: Support of twine Readjust.

arm actuator misadjusted.

Barrel shaped bales. Fill ends of bale by crowding

windrow. See “Feeding the Material”
in “Operating the Baler - General
Purposes” Section.

Twine not cut. PTO disengaged before twine is cut. Look at twine to see that it has
stopped moving before disengaging
PTO.

Twine cutter out of adjustment. Adjust twine cutter. See “Service”

Section.

Dull knife or uneven edge not Sharpen or replace knife. See

making contact with anvil. “Service” Section.

Knife not parallel to anvil. Position knife pivot shaft so knife

makes contact with anvil in area
where twine is cut. See “Service”
Section.

Obstruction causing twine not to be Remove obstruction.

guided under knife.

Bent twine guide rod. Bend or replace.

Binding in twine arm or cutter Repair or replace so that linkage

linkage. operates freely.

Incorrect twine routing or bad ball of Correct cause of high tension.

twine causing high twine tension.

Twine arm goes through cycle Bale size adjusted for small bale Readjust to desired size.
prematurely and ties small bale. size.

Twine arm moves too slowly Battery charge level to low. Check battery charge (at least 20 A).
from left to right.

Binding in linkage. Find cause of binding and correct.

Continued on next page OUCC006,000069B –19–14MAY02–2/3

50-3 012808
PN=205
 Troubleshooting

Symptom Problem Solution

Twine arm does not move. Wrong connection on electric Repair.

cylinder.

Defective bale tying monitors. Repair or replace as necessary.

Malfunction of bale tying monitors. Check battery charge (at least 20 A).

Monitor defective Replace monitor

OUCC006,000069B –19–14MAY02–3/3

50-4 012808
PN=206
 Troubleshooting

Feeding Difficulties
Symptom Problem Solution

Baler does not feed; hay plugged Large windrows and/or ground Reduce windrow size and/or tractor
at feed opening. speed too high. ground speed.

Missing pickup teeth. Replace teeth.

Compressor rack too low. Raise rack. See “Operating the Baler
- General Purposes” Section.

Gate opening while baling. Repair leaking gate hydraulic

cylinders.

Adjust gate latch (592 only). See

“Service” Section.

Check bale density adjustment. See

“Operating the Baler - General
Purposes” Section.

Gate not closed. Eject bale. Close gate.

Bale density too high. Decrease density or start with soft

core (if equipped). See “Operating
the Baler - General Purposes”
Section.

Incorrect belt routing. Route belts properly. See “Service”

Section.

Slip clutch not adjusted properly. Adjust clutch. See “Service” Section.

Driveline shear bolt sheared. Replace shear bolt. See “Service”

Section.

Pickup shear bolt sheared. Replace shear bolt. See “Service”

Section.

Continued on next page OUCC006,0000385 –19–02APR01–1/2

50-5 012808
PN=207
 Troubleshooting

Symptom Problem Solution

Baler does not bale short, dry, Excessive buildup on top of Remove compressor rack assembly.
slick crops. compressor rack.
Install rubber coated starter roll
shells. See “Attachments” Section.

Core does not start to run. Install rubber coated bars on starter
roll.

Check that 1.81 m (5 ft 11 in) pickup

feeder forks are set in position “2”.
See “Operating the baler - General
Purposes” Section.

PTO speed too high. Reduce PTO speed and shift to

higher gear.

Bale density too high. Decrease bale density. See

“Operating the Baler - General
Purposes” Section.

Pickup too low. Raise pickup. See “Operating the

Baler - General Purposes” Section.

Windrow too light. Rake heavier windrows. See

“Operating the Baler - General
Purposes” Section.

Baler does not feed cornstalks. Pickup too high. Lower pickup. See “Operating the
Baler - General Purposes” Section.

Windrows too large. Rake smaller windrows. See

“Operating the Baler - General
Purposes” Section.

Missing or broken pickup teeth. Replace teeth.

OUCC006,0000385 –19–02APR01–2/2

50-6 012808
PN=208
 Troubleshooting

Pickup Difficulties
Symptom Problem Solution

Pickup teeth do not revolve. Pickup drive chain broken. Replace chain.

Pickup shear bolt sheared. Replace shear bolt. See ”Service”

section.

Broken cam. Replace cam.

Pickup does not float or drop Excess or insufficient float assist. Adjust float springs. See ”Operating
freely. the Baler - General Purposes”
section.

Binding at pivots. Remove chaff and dirt. Make

clearance between sliding parts.

Not picking up hay cleanly. Pickup teeth set too high. Lower pickup. See ”Operating the
Baler - General Purposes” section.

Pickup stays up. Loosen float springs. See ”Operating

the Baler - General Purposes”
section.

Ground speed too high. Reduce ground speed.

Windrows too light. Rake heavier windrows. See

”Operating the Baler - General
Purposes” section.

Pickup teeth bent or broken. Straighten or replace teeth.

Pickup teeth digging in ground. Pickup set too low. Raise pickup. See ”Operating the
Baler - General Purposes” section.

Poor pickup floatation. Tighten float springs and/or check

pivots. See ”Operating the Baler -
General Purposes” section.

Continued on next page OUCC006,0001313 –19–28SEP07–1/2

50-7 012808
PN=209
 Troubleshooting

Symptom Problem Solution

Pickup tooth breakage. Pickup set too low. Raise pickup. See ”Operating the
Baler - General Purposes” section.

Foreign material inside and/or Remove material and/or replace

broken teeth. teeth.

Baling cornstalks. Raise pickup. Higher tooth breakage

can be expected. See ”Operating the
Baler - General Purposes” section.

Pickup too high. Wheel spindles1 in high position. Lower wheel spindles. See
”Operating the Baler - General
Purposes” section.

Plugging at flares. Over-crowding ends. Reduce crowding.

Pickup set too low. Raise pickup. See ”Operating the

Baler - General Purposes” section.

Tractor tires crushing crop into Increase wheel tread. See

stubble. ”Preparing the Tractor” section.

Inside of strippers worn. Strippers bent up hitting tooth coils. Check for binding at flares.

Increase float. See ”Operating the

Baler - General Purposes” section.

Raise pickup. See ”Operating the

Baler - General Purposes” section.

1
except baler from S.N. 80000 and Premium baler
OUCC006,0001313 –19–28SEP07–2/2

50-8 012808
PN=210
 Troubleshooting

Bale Quality
Symptom Problem Solution

Barrel or cone shaped bales on Bale shape potentiometer out of Readjust bale shape potentiometer.
balers equipped with BaleTrak adjustment. See “BaleTrak Monitor Service”
control monitor. Monitor shows a section.
well shaped bale.

Outer belts not of the same length. Shorten belts to the same length
within 38 mm (1.49 in.). See
“Service” Section.

Broken belt roller arm spring. Replace spring.

Cone shaped bales on baler Bale shape indicators out of Readjust to correct setting. See
without BaleTrak control monitor. adjustment. “Service” Section.

Broken belt roller arm spring. Replace spring.

Barrel shaped bales on baler Belt roller arms out of adjustment. Adjust belt roller arms. See “Service”
without BaleTrak control monitor. Section.

Outer belts too short. Correct belt length. Belts should

have the same length within 38 mm
(1.49 in.). See “Service” Section.

Baler does not make dense Internal leak in belt tension hydraulic See your John Deere dealer.
bales. cylinder.

Dirty or defective relief valve. See your John Deere dealer.

Bale ends not filled tightly. Crowd more hay in ends of baler.
See “Operating the Baler - General
Purposes” section.

Density control adjusted for light Adjust for heavier bales. See
bales. “Operating the Baler - General
Purposes” Section.

Bale forming belts too short. Check length and correct. See
“Service” Section.

Continued on next page OUCC006,0000336 –19–15FEB01–1/2

50-9 012808
PN=211
 Troubleshooting

Symptom Problem Solution

Baler will not make full size bale. Bale size knob not adjusted to Adjust knob to desired bale size.
desired bale size. See “Operating the Baler - General
Purposes” Section.

Bale forming belts are too short. Increase belt length to

recommended length. See “Service”
Section.

OUCC006,0000336 –19–15FEB01–2/2

50-10 012808
PN=212
 Troubleshooting

General Baler Difficulties

Symptom Problem Solution

Gate opens while baling Gate not latched. When closing gate hold selective
(592 only). control valve lever of tractor a few
seconds after the gate is closed.

Gate opens while baling Bale density knob too loose or Check bale density adjustment and
(572, 582 only). tractor hydraulic system failure. position of tractor’s selective control
valve lever which must be in neutral
position. Check tractor hydraulic
system.

Gate not latched (592 only). Obstruction between gate and frame. Remove obstruction.

Hay build-up on belts in some crop Remove build-up. Operate PTO

conditions. while closing gate.

Too much clearance between latch Adjust gate latch stop. See ”Service”
hooks and shim pad. Section.

Gate not closing completely Obstruction between gate and frame. Remove obstruction.
(572, 582 only).

Hay build-up on belts in some crop Remove build-up. Operate PTO

conditions. while closing gate.

Bale density gauge reading in Selective control valve lever of Move lever to neutral position.
red. tractor not in neutral position.

Bale density gauge defective. Replace gauge. See your John

Deere dealer.

Bale density valve defective. Replace or repair valve. See your

John Deere dealer.

Belts do not track properly. Lower rear gate roll out of Adjust roll. See ”Service” Section.
adjustment.

Belts not routed correctly. See belt routing diagram and reroute
belts. See ”Service” Section.

Twine or mud buildup on baler rolls. Remove buildup.

Belts not cut square when splicing. Resplice belt. See ”Service” Section.

Continued on next page OUCC006,0000F08 –19–27JUN05–1/3

50-11 012808
PN=213
 Troubleshooting

Symptom Problem Solution

Bale forming belts rubbing. Belt tension arm not fully down. Lower tension arm with tractor
hydraulic lever.

Belts not routed properly. See belt routing diagram and

reroute. See ”Service” Section.

Starter roll wraps with hay. Scraper not adjusted. Adjust scraper. See ”Operating the
Baler - General Purposes” Section.

Rubber bars installed. Remove bars and adjust scraper.

See ”Operating the Baler - General
Purposes” Section.

Bale sticks in chamber. New baler. Reduce density until baler has made
several bales to polish side sheets.

Gate deflectors not installed. Install gate deflectors. See

”Attachments” Section.

Bale density too high. Lower bale density at control valve.

See ”Operating the Baler - General
Purposes” Section.

Bale density control knob hard to Locking ring locked against valve Unscrew locking ring before
turn. body. adjusting density control knob.

Dry threads on adjusting screw. Apply a few drops of oil or dry

graphite lubricant on the threads.

Raised gate and/or belt tension arm Adjust with gate closed and belt
create additional turning force. tension arm down.

Belt lacing failure. Belts are not the same length. Belts must be the same length within
38 mm (1.49 in.). See ”Service”
section.

Improper belt splice hooks or poor See ”Repairing Belts” in ”Service”

quality splice. Section.

Crop accumulation on rolls or belt Remove crop accumulation.

guides.

Continued on next page OUCC006,0000F08 –19–27JUN05–2/3

50-12 012808
PN=214
 Troubleshooting

Symptom Problem Solution

Belts slipping or not turning. Belt tension arm not returning all the Check to see that tension arm
way to tension belts. tightens belts.

Belts too long. Cut belts to proper length. See

”Service” Section.

Material accumulation between the Set the center tension arm roll
belts position according the crop type.
(See ”Setting Center Tension Arm
Roll Position (NR 12)” in ”Operating
the Baler-General Purposes”
Section.)

Damage to belt diamond Wet conditions. Install upper roll drive kit. See
patterns. ”Attachments” Section.

Material build-up on compressor rack See ”Baling Short, Dry Slick Crops”
causing belts to contact starter roll. and ”Baling Silage” in ”Operating the
Baler - General Purposes” Section.

Excessive shear bolt breakage. Tractor PTO engaged too fast. Engage PTO slowly.

Wrong size or grade of shear bolt. Replace with recommended shear

bolt.

Hay wrapped around starter roll. Remove hay, check scraper

adjustment. See ”Operating the
Baler - General Purposes” Section.

OUCC006,0000F08 –19–27JUN05–3/3

50-13 012808
PN=215
 Troubleshooting

Silage Equipment Difficulties

Symptom Problem Solution

Crop accumulation at starter roll. Scraper too far from starter roll. Adjust scraper. See ”Operating the
Baler - General Purposes” Section.

Belt(s) slipping. Too heavy silage bales. Reduce bale diameter1.

Wet conditions. Install upper roll drive kit. See

”Attachments” Section.

Difficulties when starting a bale Core does not start to turn. Discharge the core and start to bale
(wet crop due to rain). at the lowest rpm until the core
starts turning. See ”Baling Silage” in
”Operating the Baler - General
Purposes” Section.

Bale when dry matter content is 40

%.

Crop accumulation at the Silage bundle not installed on baler. Install silage bundle on baler. See
staggering roll. ”Attachments” Section.

Raise and lock gate. Stop tractor

engine and clean staggering roll.

Plugging the baler by feeding a Irregular windrows. Re-engage PTO at lowest engine
too large bunch of silage. rpm. If unsuccessful, then discharge
bale and clean inside of baler. See
”Unplugging the Baler” in ”Operating
the Baler - General Purposes”
Section.

Reverse rotary feeder drive. See

”Operating BaleTrak Monitor”
section.

1
On 582, 592 balers: Reduce bale diameter to 1.2 to 1.3 m (3 ft 11
in. to 4 ft 3 in.) and bale weight to 600 kg (1320 lb).
OUCC006,000118F –19–18JAN07–1/1

50-14 012808
PN=216
 Troubleshooting

Net Tying Equipment Difficulties

Symptom Problem Solution

Bale not tied (no ”end of cycle” Net drive belt too short. Replace drive belt. See ”Removing
beep). And Installing Net Feed Roll Drive
Belt” in ”Service” Section.

Lower net guide not in contact with See ”Checking Lower Net Guide
belts. Position” in ”Service” Section.

Burrs on lower net guide channels. Remove burrs.

Net roll empty. Install a new net roll.

Net drive rolls not engaged. Check or replace drive belt. See
”Net Tying Device Check Procedure”
in ”Service” Section.

Check belt tension when cycle

starts. See ”Checking Drive Belt
Tension (Test 5)” in ”Service”
Section.

Check that net roll diameter is not

greater than 320 mm (1 ft 0.6 in.).

Net rolled up around rubber roll. Shut off tractor PTO. Open the net
cover and release net feed roll
brake. Unroll net by pulling on it.
Never attempt to cut net with a knife
against rubber roll.

Net rolled up around rubber roll after Disengage net from net feed rolls if
the first bale of the day. baler must stand over night or more
than 10 hours without operation.

Net drive roll pressure too high or Adjust net roll pressure. See
too low. ”Service” Section.

Net not engaged properly (new roll). Restart net installation. See
”Preparing the Baler” Section.

Rubber roll damaged or sticky. Change rubber roll, clean it and

apply talc to roll.

Net sticky from packaging. Cut off sticky area.

Continued on next page OUCC006,0001190 –19–18JAN07–1/4

50-15 012808
PN=217
 Troubleshooting

Symptom Problem Solution

Bale not tied (with ”end of cycle” Net around starter roll of baler. Remove burrs on starter roll.
beep).

Net around rotary feeder (in straw). Reinstall roll NR 2 fingers, if

removed.

Net around sticky rolls of baler. Clean the relevant rolls and adjust
scrapers. See ”Operating the
Baler-General Purposes” Section.

Belt lacing aggressive. Change relevant belt lacing.

Bale tied (no ”end of cycle” Net microswitch broken, bent or not Check and/or replace microswitch.
beep). adjusted. See ”Service” Section.

Net around the bale, but Net lower guide deformed. Check guide at the level of lower
lacerated or net stays behind gate roll NR 9. See ”Checking Lower
pickup. Net Guide Position” in ”Service”
Section.

1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.) pickup feeder Check that 1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.)

forks too aggressive. pickup feeder forks are set in
position ”1”. See ”Operating the
Baler-General Purposes” Section.

Net feed roll brake not correctly Adjust net feed roll brake. See
adjusted. ”Checking Net Feed Roll Brake (Test
6)” in ”Service” Section.

Belt lacing aggressive. Change relevant belt lacing.

Welding spots or marks on starter Remove spots and marks.

roll.

Too hard contact between lower net Correct contact. See ”Checking
guide and belts. Lower Net Guide Position” in
”Service” Section.

Continued on next page OUCC006,0001190 –19–18JAN07–2/4

50-16 012808
PN=218
 Troubleshooting

Symptom Problem Solution

Bale not uniformly tied or not Plugging between lower net guide Clean this area.
tied. and gate roll NR 8 See ”Baler Roll
Numbering” in ”Service” Section.

Guide of gate roll NR 9 bent. See ”Checking Lower Net Guide

Position” in ”Service” Section.

Net feed roll brake not correctly Adjust net feed roll brake. See
adjusted. ”Checking Net Feed Roll Brake (Test
6)” in ”Service” Section.

Lower net guide panel not in contact Correct contact. See ”Checking
with belts. Lower Net Guide Position” in
”Service” Section.

Net drive belt too long. Replace drive belt. See ”Removing
And Installing Net Feed Roll Drive
Belt” in ”Service” Section.

Baler drive speed too high (In 2nd or Replace 22/22 teeth double drive
3rd cut with rotary feeder pickup). sprocket with the 17/17 teeth
sprocket.

Net tying cover not closed. Cover must be closed and latched
for best results.

Net roll is installed in box Install net roll correctly. See

backwards. ”Preparing the Baler” section.

Net tying cover gas spring(s) weak Check springs on both sides of the
net tying cover. Replace if
necessary.

Net loose around bale. Too many turns applied. Normally no more than three turns
are needed. Excess wraps may
appear to be loose.

Weak gas spring(s). Check spring(s) for proper force.

Continued on next page OUCC006,0001190 –19–18JAN07–3/4

50-17 012808
PN=219
 Troubleshooting

Symptom Problem Solution

Net not cut. Specified net quality not used. Use recommended net quality.

Electrical components defective. Check and/or replace parts.

Dull knife. Sharpen knife. See ”Service”

Section.

Net feed roll brake not correctly Adjust net feed roll brake. See
adjusted. ”Checking Net Feed Roll Brake (Test
6)” in ”Service” Section.

Counterknife not all across the width Reinstall correctly. See ”Checking
in contact with net knife. Knife and Counterknife Position
(Test 1)” in ”Service” Section.

Net knife not parallel. Reinstall correctly.

Buzzer stays on after net is cut. Spring missing on switch actuating Replace spring.
stud.

Net not tight around bale. Net drive belt too long. Replace drive belt. See ”Removing
And Installing Net Feed Roll Drive
Belt” in ”Service” Section.

Cover does not stay open. Weak gas spring(s). Replace gas spring(s).

OUCC006,0001190 –19–18JAN07–4/4

50-18 012808
PN=220
 Troubleshooting

Push Bar Difficulties

Symptom Problem Solution

Push bar misses bale. Bale does not drop from chamber Reduce bale density until baler has
freely when gate is opened. made several bales to polish sheet.
See “Operating the baler - General
Purposes” section.

Push bar cross tube installed Install cross tube correctly.

backwards.

Chain retainer or gate pin swings Use correct bolts in chain connector
push bar back. links.

Shim push bar frames to clear gate

pins during gate swing cycle.

Push bar leaves home position early. Make sure push bar arm pivots are
not lubricated.

Operation in steep hills may require

backing up and ejecting bale on
cross-hill or level ground, or locking
out push bar.

Replace weak springs.

Continued on next page CC,570RB 003898 –19–15SEP98–1/2

50-19 012808
PN=221
 Troubleshooting

Symptom Problem Solution

Push bar has insufficient force to Flow restrictor valve installed upside Install flow restrictor valve on fitting
move bale. down in gate lock valve. with pin closest to the gate lock
valve.

Operating on too steep hills. Lock out push bar and back up to
eject bales. Eject bales cross-hill.

Discharging bale at low PTO rpm. Operate tractor at full rpm.

Hesitation during gate opening cycle. Hold tractor selector control valve
lever until push bar cycle is
completed.

Twine unrolls of bale. Loose ends of twine get caught by Allow bale to make two or three
crop stubble as push bar rolls the turns before raising the gate.
bale.
Slow gate lift time by using tractor
selector control valve, so bale does
not roll very far.

Disengage push bar

CC,570RB 003898 –19–15SEP98–2/2

50-20 012808
PN=222
 Troubleshooting

Chain Oiling System

Symptom Problem Solution

Oil consumption too high. Main line interrupted. Repair or replace.

Oil too light. Use a type of oil specified in

”Lubrication and Maintenance”
Section.

Reduce oil flow. See ”Adjusting

Chain Oiling System” in ”Lubrication
and Maintenance” Section.

Oil consumption too low. Oil too heavy. Use a type of oil specified in
”Lubrication and Maintenance”
Section.

Increase oil flow. See ”Adjusting

Chain Oiling System” in ”Lubrication
and Maintenance” Section.

Machine dry. Pump inoperative resulting in no Repair, adjust or replace.

pressure.

Main line interrupted. Repair or replace.

No oil in system. Refill as necessary with specified oil.

See ”Lubricating and Maintenance”
Section.

Air lock or pump empty. Bleed pump.

Heavy contamination resulting in Clean system and replace all

blocked system. metering valves.

Line trapped. Repair lines.

OUCC006,0000EC6 –19–21JUL05–1/1

50-21 012808
PN=223
 Service
Metric Bolt and Screw Torque Values

–UN–01MAY03
4.8 8.8 9.8 10.9 12.9 12.9

4.8 8.8 9.8 10.9 12.9 12.9

TS1670
Bolt or Class 4.8 Class 8.8 or 9.8 Class 10.9 Class 12.9
Screw Lubricateda Dryb Lubricateda Dryb Lubricateda Dryb Lubricateda Dryb
Size N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in
M6 4.7 42 6 53 8.9 79 11.3 100 13 115 16.5 146 15.5 137 19.5 172
N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft
M8 11.5 102 14.5 128 22 194 27.5 243 32 23.5 40 29.5 37 27.5 47 35
N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft
M10 23 204 29 21 43 32 55 40 63 46 80 59 75 55 95 70
N•m lb-ft
M12 40 29.5 50 37 75 55 95 70 110 80 140 105 130 95 165 120
M14 63 46 80 59 120 88 150 110 175 130 220 165 205 150 260 190
M16 100 74 125 92 190 140 240 175 275 200 350 255 320 235 400 300
M18 135 100 170 125 265 195 330 245 375 275 475 350 440 325 560 410
M20 190 140 245 180 375 275 475 350 530 390 675 500 625 460 790 580
M22 265 195 330 245 510 375 650 480 725 535 920 680 850 625 1080 800
M24 330 245 425 315 650 480 820 600 920 680 1150 850 1080 800 1350 1000
M27 490 360 625 460 950 700 1200 885 1350 1000 1700 1250 1580 1160 2000 1475
M30 660 490 850 625 1290 950 1630 1200 1850 1350 2300 1700 2140 1580 2700 2000
M33 900 665 1150 850 1750 1300 2200 1625 2500 1850 3150 2325 2900 2150 3700 2730
M36 1150 850 1450 1075 2250 1650 2850 2100 3200 2350 4050 3000 3750 2770 4750 3500
Torque values listed are for general use only, based on the strength Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always
of the bolt or screw. DO NOT use these values if a different torque replace shear bolts with identical property class. Replace fasteners
value or tightening procedure is given for a specific application. For with the same or higher property class. If higher property class
stainless steel fasteners or for nuts on U-bolts, see the tightening fasteners are used, tighten these to the strength of the original. Make
instructions for the specific application. Tighten plastic insert or sure fastener threads are clean and that you properly start thread
crimped steel type lock nuts by turning the nut to the dry torque engagement. When possible, lubricate plain or zinc plated fasteners
shown in the chart, unless different instructions are given for the other than lock nuts, wheel bolts or wheel nuts, unless different
specific application. instructions are given for the specific application.
a
“Lubricated” means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings, or M20 and larger fasteners with
JDM F13C zinc flake coating.
b
“Dry” means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication, or M6 to M18 fasteners with JDM F13B zinc flake coating.

DX,TORQ2 –19–24APR03–1/1

55-1 012808
PN=224
 Service

Baler Roll Numbering (572 Baler without Rotary Feeder)

–UN–08NOV06
CC1028772
1—Starter roll 7—Upper rear gate roll 12—Center tension arm idler 15—Rubber net feed roll
2—Lower belt drive roll 8—Lower rear gate roll roll 16—Net guide roll
4—Upper belt drive roll 9—Lower gate roll 13—Belt staggering roll 17—Upper rear gate idler roll
5—Front tension arm idler roll 10—Rear tension arm idler roll 14—Galvanized net feed roll A—Cleaning auger
6—Top arm roll 11—Top idler roll

NOTE: Numbers shown above must not be used

when ordering roll replacement parts. Always
refer to relevant parts catalog.

OUCC006,000132B –19–27SEP07–1/1

55-2 012808
PN=225
 Service

Baler Roll Numbering (582 and 592 Baler without Rotary Feeder)

–UN–06APR01
CC1019550
1—Starter roll 6—Top arm roll 11—Top idler roll 15—Rubber net feed roll
2—Lower belt drive roll 7—Upper rear gate roll 12—Center tension arm idler 16—Net guide roll
3—Front idler roll 8—Lower rear gate roll roll 17—Upper rear gate idler roll
4—Upper belt drive roll 9—Lower front gate roll 13—Belt staggering roll A—Cleaning auger
5—Front tension arm idler roll 10—Rear tension arm idler roll 14—Galvanized net feed roll

NOTE: Numbers shown above must not be used

when ordering roll replacement parts. Always
refer to relevant parts catalog.

OUCC006,000132C –19–27SEP07–1/1

55-3 012808
PN=226
 Service

Baler Roll Numbering (Baler with Rotary Feeder Only)

–UN–23SEP04
CC1026424
1—Starter roll 6—Top arm roll 11—Top idler roll 15—Rubber net feed roll
2—Lower belt drive roll 7—Upper rear gate roll 12—Center tension arm idler 16—Net guide roll
3—Front idler roll 8—Lower rear gate roll roll 17—Upper rear gate idler roll
4—Upper belt drive roll 9—Lower gate roll 13—Belt staggering roll 18—Bale holding roll
5—Front tension arm idler roll 10—Rear tension arm idler roll 14—Galvanized net feed roll A—Cleaning auger

NOTE: Numbers shown above must not be used

when ordering roll replacement parts. Always
refer to relevant parts catalog.

OUCC006,0001191 –19–28SEP06–1/1

55-4 012808
PN=227
 Service

Adjusting Main Drive Chain

To ensure that all slack is removed from chain, close gate

and engage PTO a few seconds. Shut off tractor engine.

–UN–08NOV06
Adjust tension as follows:

Adjust tension of main drive chain (A) by means of the

eyebolt nut (D) so that length of spring (B) and strap (C)

CC1028767
are the same.

Engage PTO a few seconds.

Check adjustment. Repeat adjustment if necessary. A—Main drive chain

B—Spring
C—Strap
D—Nut

OUCC006,0001276 –19–28SEP07–1/1

Adjusting Bottom Roll Drive Chain (Baler

with Rotary Feeder)

To ensure that all slack is removed from chain, close gate

and engage PTO a few seconds. Shut off tractor engine.

–UN–08NOV06
Adjust tension of bottom roll drive chain (A) as follows:

Check that spring (B) length is within specifications:

CC1028769
Specification
Spring—Length ................................................................................ 95 mm
(3.74 in.)
A—Bottom roll drive chain
If necessary, adjust spring (B) length. B—Spring

Engage PTO a few seconds.

Check adjustment. Repeat adjustment if necessary.

OUCC006,0001292 –19–28SEP07–1/1

55-5 012808
PN=228
 Service

Adjusting Upper Drive Roll Chain (572 Only)

To ensure that all slack is removed from chain, close gate

and engage PTO a few seconds. Shut off tractor engine.

Adjust tension of upper drive roll chain as follows:

–UN–12FEB96
Loosen the idler lock nut (A).

Press idler (B) against chain so that chain deflection to

CC001267
the opposite strand of idler is about 26 mm (1 in.).

Tighten the idler lock nut (A) to 163 N•m (120 lb-ft).
A—Idler lock nut
Engage PTO a few seconds. B—Idler

Check the chain deflection. Repeat adjustment if

necessary.

OUCC006,0000364 –19–02APR01–1/1

Adjusting Upper Drive Roll Chain (582 and

592 Only)

To ensure that all slack is removed from chain, close gate

and engage PTO a few seconds. Shut off tractor engine.

–UN–08NOV06
Adjust tension of upper roll drive chain (A) as follows:

Check that spring (B) length is within specifications.

CC1028776
Specification
Spring—Length ................................................................................ 95 mm
(3.74 in.)
A—Drive roll chain
If necessary, adjust spring (B) length. B—Spring

Engage PTO a few seconds.

Check adjustment. Repeat adjustment if necessary.

OUCC006,0001293 –19–01OCT07–1/1

55-6 012808
PN=229
 Service

Adjusting Upper Drive Roll Chain Guide

(582 and 592 only)

To ensure that all slack is removed from chain, close gate

and engage PTO a few seconds. Shut off tractor engine.

–UN–22MAY01
Loosen guide fixing nuts (B).

Slide the chain guide (A) so that it is in contact with the

CC1019548
upper drive roll chain.

Tighten guide fixing nuts (B).

A—Chain guide
B—Fixing nuts

OUCC006,0000394 –19–03APR01–1/1

55-7 012808
PN=230
 Service

Adjusting Top Idler Roll Drive Chain

To ensure that all slack is removed from chain, close gate

and engage PTO a few seconds. Shut off tractor engine.

Adjust tension of main drive chain (A) as follows:

–UN–05JAN01
1. Loosen idler lock nut (B).

CC1018832
2. Press idler (C) against chain so that chain deflection to
(D) is about:

• 572 and 592: 20 mm (0.8 in.) 592

• 582: 10 mm (0.4 in.)

3. Tighten idler lock nut (B).

If idler touches the end of slot before the chain (A) is

tightened, remove one link from drive chain.

–UN–25APR01
4. Engage PTO a few seconds.

5. Check the chain deflection. Repeat adjustment if

CC1019537
necessary.

A—Main drive chain 582

B—Idler mounting nut
C—Sprocket idler
D—Position

–UN–25APR01
CC1019538
572

OUCC006,0000C4A –19–07SEP04–1/1

55-8 012808
PN=231
 Service

Adjusting Rotary Feeder Drive Chain

To ensure that all slack is removed from chain, close gate

and engage PTO a few seconds. Shut off tractor engine.

Adjust tension of rotary feeder drive chain by using holes

–UN–05OCT99
(A), and (B) if necessary, to obtain a slack of 10 mm (0.39
in) on the strand opposite idler.

Engage PTO a few seconds.

CC016194
Check the chain deflection. Repeat adjustment if
necessary.
A—Adjusting holes
B—Adjusting holes

OUCC006,0001193 –19–28SEP06–1/1

55-9 012808
PN=232
 Service

Adjusting Pickup Drive Chains (Baler with

Rotary Feeder Device)

To ensure that all slack is removed from chain, close gate

and engage PTO a few seconds. Shut off tractor engine.

–UN–22MAR95
Adjust tension of pickup drive chains as follows:

Pickup Drive Chain

CC000887
Loosen the two idler support mounting screws (A).

Press idler support (B) against chain so that chain

deflection to the opposite strand of idler is about 10 mm
(0.39 in.).

Tighten the two mounting screws (A).

–UN–29MAY01
NOTE: Intermediate drive chain (C) tension does not
require adjustment.

Left-Hand Auger Drive Chain

CC1019713
Loosen the idler support mounting screw (E).

Press idler (D) against chain so that chain deflection to

A—Mounting screws
the opposite strand of idler is about 10 mm (0.39 in.).
B—Idler support
C—Intermediate drive chain
Tighten mounting screw (E) to 81 N•m (120 lb-ft). D—Idler
E—Mounting screw
Engage PTO a few seconds.

Check deflection of the chains. Repeat adjustments if

necessary.

OUCC006,0001194 –19–28SEP06–1/1

55-10 012808
PN=233
 Service

Adjusting 1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.) Pickup Drive

Chains

To ensure that all slack is removed from chains, close

gate and engage PTO a few seconds. Shut off tractor
engine.

Adjust tension of pickup drive chains as follows:

Main Drive Chain (B)

If spring coils (A) are jointed together, remove one link

from drive chain (B).

Staggered packer drive chain (C)

Loosen the idler mounting screw.

Press idler (H) against chain so that chain deflection to

the opposite strand of idler is about 7 mm (0.27 in.).

–UN–19JUN01
Tighten the idler mounting screw.

CC1019711
Pickup cylinder drive chain (E)

Loosen the idler mounting screw.

Press idler (G) against chain so that chain deflection to

the opposite strand of idler is about 11 mm (0.43 in.).

Tighten the idler mounting screw.

–UN–29MAY01
Auger drive chains (D) and (I)

Loosen the idler mounting screw.

CC1019714
Rotate idler (F) for right-hand side or idler (J) for left-hand
side against chain so that chain deflection to the opposite
strand of idler is about 6 mm (0.24 in.).

Tighten the idler mounting screw. A—Spring

B—Main drive chain
C—Staggered packer drive chain
Engage PTO a few seconds. D—Right-hand auger drive chain
E—Pickup cylinder drive chain
Check deflection of the chains. Repeat adjustments if F—Idler of right-hand auger drive chain
necessary. G—Idler of pickup cylinder drive chain
H—Idler of staggered packer drive chain
I—Left-hand auger drive chain
J—Idler of left-hand auger drive chain

OUCC006,00003ED –19–11MAY01–1/1

55-11 012808
PN=234
 Service

Adjusting 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) HiFlow Pickup

Drive Chains

To ensure that all slack is removed from chain, close gate

and engage PTO a few seconds. Shut off tractor engine.

Adjust tension of pickup main drive chain as follows:

Main Drive Chain (B) with Fix Idler

Loosen the idler mounting screw.

Press idler (A) against chain so that chain deflection to

the strand (B) is about 8 mm (0.31 in.)

Tighten the idler mounting screw.

Pickup Cylinder Drive Chain (C)

Loosen the idler mounting screw.

–UN–11JUN01
Press idler (D) against chain so that chain deflection to
the opposite strand of idler is about 10 mm (0.39 in.)

CC1019693
Tighten the idler mounting screw.

Left-Hand Auger Drive Chain (F)

Loosen the idler mounting screw.

Press idler (E) against chain so that chain deflection to

the opposite strand of idler is about 10 mm (0.39 in.)

–UN–11JUN01
Tighten the idler mounting screw.

Engage PTO a few seconds.

CC1019694
Check deflection of the chains. Repeat adjustments if
necessary.

A—Idler of main drive chain

B—Main drive chain
C—Pickup cylinder drive chain
D—Idler of pickup cylinder drive chain
E—Idler of left-hand auger drive chain
F—Left-hand auger drive chain

OUCC006,0000EEE –19–19JUL05–1/1

55-12 012808
PN=235
 Service

Adjusting 2.20 m (7 ft 3 in.) HiFlow Pickup

Drive Chains

To ensure that all slack is removed from chains, close

gate and engage PTO a few seconds. Shut off tractor
engine.

Adjust tension of pickup drive chains as follows:

Main Drive Chain (B)

If spring coils (A) are jointed together, remove one link

from drive chain (B).

Crankshaft Drive Chain (E)

For baler without tension indicator (C): Tighten or loosen

tensioner adjusting nut (D) so that chain deflection to the
opposite strand of idler is about 7 mm (0.27 in.).

–UN–23FEB05
For baler with tension indicator (C): Tighten or loosen
tensioner adjusting nut (D) so that back face of tensioner
adjusting nut (D) is aligned with tension indicator end.

CC1026791
Pickup Cylinder Drive Chain (F)

Loosen the idler mounting screw.

Press idler (G) against chain so that chain deflection to

the opposite strand of idler is about 10 mm (0.39 in.)

Tighten the idler mounting screw.

–UN–23FEB05
Right-Hand Auger Drive Chain (J)

If spring coils (H) are jointed together, remove one link

from drive chain (J).

CC1026792
Left-Hand Auger Drive Chain (L)

Loosen the idler mounting screw. A—Spring

B—Main drive chain
C—Tension indicator
Press idler (K) against chain so that chain deflection to
D—Tensioner adjusting nut
the opposite strand of idler is about 10 mm (0.39 in.) E—Crankshaft drive chain
F—Pickup cylinder drive chain
Tighten the idler mounting screw. G—Idler of pickup cylinder drive chain
H—Spring
J—Right-hand auger drive chain
Engage PTO a few seconds.
K—Idler of left-hand auger drive chain
L—Left-hand auger drive chain

Continued on next page OUCC006,0000EB3 –19–19JUL05–1/2

55-13 012808
PN=236
 Service

Check deflection of the chains. Repeat adjustments if

necessary.

OUCC006,0000EB3 –19–19JUL05–2/2

Replacing Precutter Knives

CAUTION: DO NOT TAKE CHANCES. To avoid

injury or death by being cut by a knife, always
close shut-off valve (A) before removing or

–UN–20APR01
replacing knives.

Always wear gloves to handle knives.

CC1019631
Each knife (C) can be separately removed and replaced.

To remove and replace a knife proceed as follows:

Retract knives. (See Retracting/Engaging Precutter Knives

in Operating BaleTrak Monitor Section)

Fully open the gate and secure it.

Pull the lever (B) out of its locking pin and lower it.

Knives can now easily be removed from the inside of the

baler. Pull on knife (C) to remove it from bar (D) and
nylon guide (E).

To install a knife, simply insert knife (C) first in nylon

guide (E), then place it on the bar (D).

IMPORTANT: When a knife is no longer required, it is

recommended to install the knife slot
filler (F) instead. This will avoid crop
accumulation at the hole provided by
the missing knife.

–UN–16FEB01
Raise and secure lever (B) in its locking pin.

Lower the gate.

CC1019226

Open shut-off valve (A).

A—Shut-off valve
B—Lever
C—Knife
D—Bar
E—Guide
F—Knife slot filler

OUCC006,0000407 –19–31MAY01–1/1

55-14 012808
PN=237
 Service

Sharpening Precutter Knives

CAUTION: Prevent personal injury by wearing

gloves to handle knives.

–UN–19FEB01
Remove Knives from the machine. (See Replacing
Precutter Knives in this Section.)

Clamp knife to a bench or table.

CC1019229
Draw-file the smooth bevelled edge maintaining a 12°
angle.

OUCC006,0000345 –19–16FEB01–1/1

Adjusting Upper Arm Spring (582 or 592

Baler without Rotary Feeder Device)

If spring has been replaced or lock nuts have been

removed, adjust spring as follows:

Close the gate and lower the belt tension arm.

Adjust lock nuts (A) until dimension (B) is:

Specification
Upper arm spring (582 baler
without rotary feeder device)—
Length ...................................................... 694 ± 1.5 mm (27.32 ± 0.06 in.)
Upper arm spring (592 baler
without rotary feeder device)—
Length ...................................................... 973 ± 1.5 mm (38.30 ± 0.06 in.)

–UN–23JUL91
E36256

OUCC006,0001195 –19–28SEP06–1/1

55-15 012808
PN=238
 Service

Adjusting Upper Arm Spring (592 Baler with

Rotary Feeder Device Only)

If spring has been replaced or lock nuts have been

removed, adjust spring as follows:

1. Close the gate and lower the belt tension arm.

2. Adjust lock nuts (A) until dimension (B) is:

Specification
Upper arm spring (592 baler with
rotary feeder device)—Length .............................................. 918 ± 1.5 mm
(36.14 ± 0.06 in.)

A—Lock nut
B—Dimension

–UN–25NOV96
CC009652
OUCC006,0001196 –19–28SEP06–1/1

55-16 012808
PN=239
 Service

Adjusting Upper Arm Cylinder (572 and 582

Baler)

If hydraulic cylinder (A) has been replaced, adjust cylinder

as follows:

1. Close the gate and lower the belt tension arm.

2. Pull out cylinder rod (B) until dimension (C) is:

Specification
Upper Arm Cylinder (572)—
Length ............................................................................................ 233 mm
(9.17 in.)
Upper Arm Cylinder (582)—
Length ............................................................................................ 255 mm
(10.04 in.)

3. Install and screw in strap (D) so that it is possible to

install cylinder fixing screws (E).

–UN–23OCT97
A—Hydraulic cylinder
B—Cylinder rod
C—Length
D—Strap

CC010042
E—Fixing screws

OUCC006,0000F32 –19–21JUL05–1/1

55-17 012808
PN=240
 Service

Bleeding Chain Oiling System Pump

NOTE: It is necessary to bleed chain oiling system circuit

if oil reservoir was totally empty before refilling.

1. Loosen part (B) of coupling (A).

–UN–26JAN05
2. Wait until air of inlet pipe is completely bled before
tightening part (B) of coupling (A).

CC1026955
3. Run the baler until oil drains continuously from
brushes.

A—Coupling
B—Part of coupling

OUCC006,0000F34 –19–22JUL05–1/1

Adjusting Brushes

Adjust each brush (A) to obtain a contact (B) with chain

(C).

This adjustment allows to clean and lubricate the drive

chain correctly.

Other adjustments may lead to chain premature wear.

A—Brush
B—0 mm (0 in.)
C—Chain

–UN–11JUL05
CC1027478

OUCC006,0000EF7 –19–19JUL05–1/1

55-18 012808
PN=241
 Service

Adjusting Brake Shoes (Baler up to S.N.

78999)

IMPORTANT: Place wheel chocks under the wheels.

1. Release the hydraulic or air brake, and parking brake.

For air brake system, see ”Parking the Machine” in
”Transporting” section.

2. Push on brake lever (A).

3. Check that play (B) or (D) of brake lever meets the

–UN–23FEB05
following specification:

Specification
Brake lever for air braking
system—Play ................................................................................... 15 mm

CC1026798
(0.6 in.)
Brake lever for hydraulic braking
system—Play ................................................................................... 12 mm
(0.47 in.) Air Brake Shown

If necessary, adjust play (B) or (D) by loosening or

tightening adjusting nut (C).

4. Apply the procedure to the other side.

A—Brake lever
B—Play
C—Nut
D—Play

–UN–23FEB05
CC1026799
Hydraulic Brake Shown

OUCC006,0001319 –19–23OCT07–1/1

55-19 012808
PN=242
 Service

Adjusting Brake Shoes (Baler from S.N.

80000)

1. Release the hydraulic or air brake, and parking brake.

For air brake system, see ”Parking the Machine” in

–UN–26SEP07
”Transporting” section.

2. Raise baler off ground with a jack placed under axle

until the wheels do not touch the ground any more.

CC1030219
3. Secure baler.
Air Brake Shown
4. Screw or unscrew adjusting screw (B) to move brake
lever (A) in the direction of braking, while at the same
time making the wheel rotate, until the brake shoes
come into contact with the drum.

5. Then slightly turn adjusting screw (B) in the opposite

direction until the wheel is completely free to rotate.

–UN–26SEP07
6. Repeat procedure on opposite side.

CC1030220
A—Brake lever
B—Adjusting screw

Hydraulic Brake Shown

OUCC006,000131A –19–27SEP07–1/1

Adjusting Gate Latch (592 Only)

Close the gate completely.

Adjust nut (A) until plate (B) just touches relief notch in

–UN–19JUN01
hook.

Repeat on opposite side. CC1019892

NOTE: If gate and frame of the baler are not properly

aligned, one latch may not be engaged while
baling. See your John Deere dealer and have the
gate straightened.
A—Nut
B—Plate

OUCC006,0000368 –19–02APR01–1/1

55-20 012808
PN=243
 Service

Adjusting Gate Latch Stop (592 Only)

Close and latch gate.

Push gate latch (A) forward by hand. If the distance

between gate latch stop (D) and stop pad (C) is not 2 ± 1

–UN–19JUN01
mm (0.08 ± 0.04 in.), insert shims as necessary following
this procedure:

CC1019893
Loosen bolt (B).

NOTE: Shims are slotted so bolt does not have to be

removed.

If distance is greater than 3 mm (0.12 in.) transfer shims

from storage position to shimming position until a distance
of 2 ± 1 mm (0.08 ± 0.04 in.) is obtained.

–UN–19JUN01
If distance is less than 1 mm (0.04 in.) transfer shims from
shimming position to storage position until a distance of 2
± 1 mm (0.08 ± 0.04 in.) is obtained.

CC1019894
Center shims and stop pad and tighten bolt (B).

If necessary, repeat procedure on opposite side.

A—Gate latch
NOTE: If proper adjustment cannot be obtained, lower B—Bolt
gate (tractor engine shut off). If there is a gap on C—Stop pad
one side of the gate only, see your John Deere D—Latch stop
dealer and have the gate straightened.

OUCC006,0000369 –19–02APR01–1/1

55-21 012808
PN=244
 Service

Adjusting Gate Locking Hooks (572 with Soft

Core Only)

To avoid opening of gate during soft core baler operation

the locking hooks (A) must be correctly adjusted.

Adjust as follows:

Close the gate and check clearance (B) between gate

roller (C) and bottom of locking hook recess (D). This
clearance should be 0.5 to 1 mm (0.02 to 0.04 in.).

If clearance (B) is not within specified dimensions,

simultaneously adjust the spring overall length (E) to 148
mm (5.83 in.) and the distance (F) between eyebolt axle
(G) and bottom of washer (H) to 36.6 mm (1.44 in.) using
adjusting nuts (I).

A—Hook

–UN–16FEB96
B—Clearance
C—Gate roller
D—Hook recess
E—148 mm (5.83 in.)
F—36.6 mm (1.44 in.)

CC001031
G—Eye bolt
H—Washer
I—Adjusting nut

OUCC006,000036A –19–02APR01–1/1

55-22 012808
PN=245
 Service

Adjusting Tension Cylinder Position (572

Only)

Two positions are available on the belt tension arm to fit

the tension cylinders:

–UN–31OCT00
1. Position (A):

The baler is factory set to this position. It allows to bale

CC1018670
at normal density adjusted by the operator.

2. Position (B):
A—Normal density position
Moving tension cylinders to this position allows to lower
B—Low density position
bale density. This position is generally used with soft
core (55 bar) to reduce density of bale core.

NOTE: Tension cylinders must be fitted in the same

position on both sides.

CC03745,0000B48 –19–06JUN05–1/1

55-23 012808
PN=246
 Service

Adjusting Belt Tracking (Baler without Net

Tying)

NOTE: Baler must be empty and gate closed.

With baler on a level surface, engage PTO and run at

–UN–02OCT98
slow speed.

Observe belt tracking at lower belt guide.

CC014011
If belts do not track correctly, use the following procedure:

On 592 Only: - Lock gate with gate lock valve.

Using tractor selective control valve, raise belt tension arm

to slacken belts.

On All Models: - Shut off tractor engine.

If belts track to the right, lower right-hand end of lower

gate roll (A).

If belts track to the left, raise right-hand end of lower gate

roll (A).

Start engine, lower belt tension arm and recheck tracking.

Readjust if necessary.

OUCC006,000069D –19–21MAY02–1/1

55-24 012808
PN=247
 Service

Adjusting Belt Tracking (Baler with Net

Tying)

IMPORTANT: Check for a 2 to 4 mm (0.08 to 0.16 in.)

gap at the lower front belt guide straps.
If the gap is too wide, belts will not

–UN–26JUN96
track correctly and cause damage to the
belts and net material.

Check and adjust clearance between ends of all belt

E40605
guide straps (A) and the bottom cross-member. There
must be 2 to 4 mm (0.08 to 0.16 in.) clearance.

If not, loosen cap screws (B) and adjust. If clearance

exceeds 4 mm (0.16 in.) in middle of cross-member (D),
bend as needed.

Engage PTO and run at slow speed. Observe belt

tracking at lower belt guide straps (A).

–UN–23JAN97
If belts do not track correctly, use the following procedure:

Lock gate with gate lock valve (592 only).

E42883
Using tractor selective control valve, raise belt tension arm
to slacken belts (592 only).

Shut off tractor engine.

If belts track to the right, lower right-hand end of lower

rear gate roll (C).

–UN–04APR98
If belts track to the left, raise right-hand end of lower rear
gate roll (C).

CC013972
Start engine, lower belt tension arm and recheck tracking.
Readjust if necessary.

IMPORTANT: Check that lower net guide is still in

A—Guide straps
contact with belts. See “Test 9:
B—Cap screws
Checking Lower Net Guide Position” in C—Lower rear gate roll
this Section. D—Cross-member

OUCC006,000069E –19–21MAY02–1/1

55-25 012808
PN=248
 Service

Adjusting Twine Cutter Anvil

Move twine arm (A) by means of control monitor until it is

centered over knife anvil (B).

Loosen nuts (C).

Adjust twine cutter assembly (D) so clearance (E)

between knife anvil (B) and twine arm (A) is 1 to 4 mm
(0.04 to 0.16 in.).

Retighten nuts (C).

Move twine arm to “home” position.

A—Twine arm
B—Knife anvil
C—Nuts
D—Cutter assembly
E—1 to 4 mm (0.04 to 0.16 in.)

–UN–25OCT88
E32380
CC,570RB 003007 –19–15SEP98–1/1

55-26 012808
PN=249
 Service

Adjusting Twine Arm Travel (Baler without

BaleTrak Monitor Only)

There must be a distance (A) of 80 to 150 mm (3.15 to

5.90 in.) between right-hand panel of bale chamber (B)

–UN–17JUL01
and tip of twine arm (C). The twine arm must also exert a
positive action on twine cutter linkage (D) on its way back
to “home” position, otherwise twine will not be cut.

CC1020071
NOTE: Distance (A) is factory adjusted to 100 mm (4 in.).

Adjust as follows:

Move twine arm to the extreme right-hand position by

means of the control monitor. The actuator is now fully
extended.

Loosen cap screw (E).

–UN–09FEB96
Move actuator support (F) in slot (G) to obtain distance
(A) from 80 to 150 mm (3.15 to 5.90 in.). and to obtain
positive action of twine arm on twine cutter linkage.

CC001045
Retighten cap screw (E).

Move twine arm to “home” position and check that positive

A—80 to 150 mm (3.15 to 5.90 in.)
action of twine arm on twine cutter linkage is obtained. B—Right-hand panel of bale chamber
C—Twine arm tip
NOTE: This adjustment influences directly the twine arm D—Twine cutter linkage
re-extension point when using the baler with the E—Cap screw
ELC monitor. See “Operating ELC Monitor” F—Actuator support
G—Adjusting slot
Section.

OUCC006,000069F –19–21MAY02–1/1

55-27 012808
PN=250
 Service

Adjusting Twine Arm Travel (Baler with

BaleTrak Monitor Only)

The twine arm travel is adjusted with the BaleTrak control

monitor keys. Nevertheless, after having replaced or

–UN–17JUL01
serviced the twine arm or the twine arm actuator, the
upmost relative position of the twine arm must be correctly
adjusted prior to performing the twine arm travel with the
BaleTrak control monitor.

CC1020071
There must be a distance (A) of 80 mm (3.15 in.) between
right-hand panel of bale chamber (B) and tip of twine arm
(C) when twine arm actuator is fully extended. The twine
arm must also exert a positive action on twine cutter
linkage (D) on its way back to “home” position, otherwise
twine will not be cut.

Adjust as follows:

–UN–09FEB96
Move twine arm to the extreme right-hand position by
means of the control monitor. The actuator is now fully
extended.

CC001045
Loosen cap screw (E).

Move actuator support (F) in slot (G) to obtain specified

A—80 mm (3.15 in.)
distance (A) and to obtain positive action of twine arm on B—Right-hand panel of bale chamber
twine cutter linkage. C—Twine arm tip
D—Twine cutter linkage
Retighten cap screw (E). E—Cap screw
F—Actuator support
G—Adjusting slot
Move twine arm to “home” position and check that positive
action of twine arm on twine cutter linkage is obtained.

OUCC006,0000434 –19–11JUL01–1/1

55-28 012808
PN=251
 Service

Adjusting Gate Latch Switch (592 Only)

Close and latch gate. Cylinder should be fully retracted.

Loosen cap screw (A).

–UN–09FEB96
Turn switch bracket so that switch roller (B) is centered on
short leg of ramp.

With switch arm contacting switch body, adjust switch

CC001034
bracket to obtain a distance of 0.5 to 2 mm (0.02 to 0.08
in.) between switch roller (B) and ramp (C).

Adjust bracket on switch using cap screw (A) and/or A—Cap screw
B—Switch roller
screws (D) to obtain correct dimension.
C—Ramp
D—Adjusting screws
Retighten cap screw (A).

Repeat procedure on the opposite side.

OUCC006,000036B –19–02APR01–1/1

Adjusting Gate Latch Switch (572 and 582

Only)

Close the gate.

Loosen screw (A).

–UN–09FEB96
With switch just activated, adjust switch bracket (B) so
that ramp (C) contacts switch roller (D).

CC001035
Retighten screw (A), making sure that switch arm is not at
the end of its stroke.

A—Cap screw
B—Switch bracket
C—Ramp
D—Switch roller

OUCC006,000036C –19–02APR01–1/1

55-29 012808
PN=252
 Service

Adjusting Oversize Bale Switch (Baler with

ELC or BaleTrak Monitor)

Close the gate.

–UN–16FEB96
Lock gate in closed position (592 only).

By means of tractor selective control valve lever raise belt

tension arm to its highest position.

CC001036
Position switch roller on ramp as shown.
592 baler shown
Clearance (A) between switch arm and switch body
should be 1 to 2 mm (0.04 to 0.08 in.).

On Baler With ELC Monitor:

Check that buzzer is activated with oversize bale switch in

this position.

–UN–14FEB01
On Baler With BaleTrak Monitor:

Switch ON monitor in operating mode.

CC1019212
Check at LCD screen that the oversize alarm pictogram
(B) is displayed and that buzzer is activated with oversize
bale switch in this position. A—1 to 2 mm (0.04 to 0.08 in.)
B—Oversize alarm
Readjust if necessary.

OUCC006,00006A0 –19–21MAY02–1/1

55-30 012808
PN=253
 Service

Adjusting Bale Shape Senders (Baler without

BaleTrak Control Monitor)

Adjust bale shape senders as follows:

Close the gate.

–UN–09FEB96
Adjust bale shape roller (A) until a distance (B) of 10 mm
(0.4 in.) is obtained as shown on illustration.

CC001040
Loosen fixing screw (C). Move adjusting plate (D) up or
down and/or to right or left-hand side to position bale
shape indicators (E) horizontally.

Once bale shape indicators (E) are in correct position,

retighten fixing screw (C).

A—Roller

–UN–12JAN96
B—10 mm (0.4 in.)
C—Screw
D—Plate
E—Bale shape indicators

CC006923
–UN–16FEB96
CC001041

OUCC006,0000339 –19–11JUL02–1/1

55-31 012808
PN=254
 Service

Adjusting Pulley Sensors1

Rotate pulley (B) so that the magnet (C) is just aligned

with sensor (A).

Distance (D) should be 2 to 4 mm (0.08 to 0.16 in.). If not,

–UN–17JUL01
loosen lock nuts (E), then slide sensor (A) until specified
distance (D) is achieved.

CC1019895
Slightly tighten lock nuts (E) and rotate the pulley several
times to check that there is no interference between
sensor and magnet.

A—Sensor
B—Pulley
C—Magnet
D—2 to 4 mm (0.08 to 0.16 in.)
E—Lock nuts

1
If equipped
OUCC006,000041D –19–15JUN01–1/1

55-32 012808
PN=255
 Service

Adjusting Baler Rotation Speed Sensor (Only

with BaleTrak Monitor)

CAUTION: DO NOT TAKE CHANCES! Never use

any type of tool or spanner on shaft while
tractor engine is running. Shut off tractor
engine, remove key and wait for moving parts
to come to a standstill. Always remove tool
from shaft as soon as you have finished using
it.

1. Rotate baler by hand so that the gear (A) is in position

shown. See ”Rotating Baler by Hand” in ”Operating the
Baler - General Purposes” section.

2. Check that distance (D) between sensor (C) and gear

(A) is within specifications:

Specification
Sensor to gear—Distance ........................................................... 3 ± 1 mm

–UN–21SEP07
(0.12 ± 0.04 in.)

3. If not, loosen lock nuts (B) then slide sensor (C) until
specified distance (D) is achieved.

CC1030217
4. Slightly tighten lock nuts (B) and rotate the baler
several times to check that there is no interference
between sensor (C) and gear (A). A—Gear
B—Lock nuts
5. Check that center line of sensor (C) is aligned with C—Sensor
D—Distance
center line of gear (A) as shown in the bottom
illustration.

6. With BaleTrak monitor, check sensor detection. See

”Channel 017: Speed of Lower Drive Roll (NR 2)” in
”BaleTrak Monitor Service” section.

OUCC006,0001314 –19–01OCT07–1/1

55-33 012808
PN=256
 Service

Adjusting Precutter Knife Switches

Engage knives. (See “Retracting/Engaging Precutter

Knives” in “Operating BaleTrak Control Monitor” section.)

–UN–16FEB01
Adjust switch so that a click is heard when the rod (A) is
10 mm (0.4 in.) (B) from home position.

A—Rod

CC1019228
B—1 cm (0.4 in.)

OUCC006,0000584 –19–14NOV01–1/1

Adjusting Rotary Feeder Reverse Sensor

To adjust sensor (A), proceed as follows:

1. Check that rotary feeder is not in reverse operating

mode. See ”Reversing Rotary Feeder” in ”Operating

–UN–18MAR96
BaleTrak Monitor” section.

2. With hydraulic cylinder fully retracted, check that

magnet (B) is aligned with sensor (A).

CC007181
3. Check that distance (C) between sensor (A) and
magnet (B) is within specification:
A—Sensor
Specification B—Magnet
Sensor to Magnet—Distance .................................................... 10 ± 1 mm C—Distance
(0.4 ± 0.04 in.) D—Lock nuts

If necessary, adjust sensor (A) as follows:

a. Loosen lock nuts (D) and slide sensor (A) until

distance (C) is obtained.

b. Tighten lock nuts (D).

4. With BaleTrak monitor, check sensor detection. See

”Channel 024: Test of Rotary Feeder Reverse Sensor”
in ”BaleTrak Monitor Service” section.

BaleTrak is a trademark of Deere & Company OUCC006,0001278 –19–23OCT07–1/1

55-34 012808
PN=257
 Service

Adjusting Cleaning Auger Sensor

CAUTION: DO NOT TAKE CHANCES! Never use

any type of tool or spanner on shaft while
tractor engine is running. Shut off tractor

–UN–08NOV06
engine, remove key and wait for moving parts
to come to a standstill. Always remove tool
from shaft as soon as you have finished using
it.

CC1028771
NOTE: The diagnostic trouble code E304 can appear if
the cleaning auger sensor is not correctly
adjusted. A—Gear
B—Lock nuts
1. Position a spanner on gear case output shaft and C—Sensor
rotate baler by hand so that the gear (A) is in position D—3 ± 1 mm (0.12 ± 0.04 in.)
shown.

2. Check that distance (D) between sensor (C) and gear

(A) is within specification:

Specification
Sensor to Gear—Distance .......................................................... 3 ± 1 mm
(0.12 ± 0.04 in.)

3. If not, loosen lock nuts (B) then slide sensor (C) until
specified distance (D) is achieved.

4. Slightly tighten lock nuts (B) and rotate the baler

several times to check that there is no interference
between sensor and gear.

5. Check that center line of sensor (C) is aligned with

center line of gear (A).

OUCC006,0001294 –19–01OCT07–1/1

55-35 012808
PN=258
 Service

Adjusting Bale Size Switch (Baler with ELC

Monitor)

1. Close the gate.

2. Loosen switch mounting screws (A).

3. Position switch roller (B) on highest (numbered) portion

of cam (C).

4. Adjust switch until specified clearance (D) is achieved:

Specification

–UN–26OCT04
Switch body to switch arm—
Clearance .......................................................................................... 1 mm
(0.04 in.)

5. Tighten screws (A).

CC1026245
NOTE: On baler equipped with soft core option, the
second cam (E) is the soft core diameter cam.

A—Screws
B—Switch roller
C—Bale size cam
D—Clearance
E—Soft core cam

OUCC006,0001295 –19–01OCT07–1/1

55-36 012808
PN=259
 Service

Adjusting Soft Core Switch

1. Close the gate.

2. Loosen switch mounting screws (A).

–UN–26OCT04
3. Position switch roller (B) on highest (numbered) portion
of cam (C).

CC1026246
4. Adjust switch until specified clearance (D) is achieved:

Specification
Switch body to switch arm—
Clearance .......................................................................................... 1 mm A—Screw
(0.04 in.) B—Switch roller
C—Soft core cam
5. Tighten screws (A). D—Clearance
E—Bale size cam
NOTE: On baler equipped with ELC Monitor, the second
cam (E) is the bale size cam.

OUCC006,0001296 –19–01OCT07–1/1

55-37 012808
PN=260
 Service

Adjusting Gear Case Hydraulic Cylinder

Stroke (Baler with Rotary Feeder Device
Only)

Single-acting hydraulic cylinder (A) controls via lever (B) in

gear case (C) the sliding gear for switching rotary feeder
from forward to reverse.

Adjust hydraulic cylinder stroke as follows:

1. Check that rotary feeder is not in reverse operating

mode as the hydraulic cylinder rod (A) must be fully
retracted. See ”Unplugging Pickup with Rotary Feeder”
in ”Operating BaleTrak Monitor” Section.

2. Disconnect spring (D).

3. Turn lever (B) to extend position until it contacts

internal stop in gear case. In this position turn cam disk
(E) until it contacts lever (B).

–UN–16JAN96
4. Turn out lever (B) approx. 1.5 to 2 mm (0.06 to 0.08
in.) and turn cam disk (E) until it contacts lever (B)

CC007182
again.

5. Use similar procedure for adjusting lever (B) retract

position using cam disk (F).
A—Hydraulic cylinder
B—Lever
6. Reinstall spring (D). C—Gear case
D—Spring
E—Cam disk
F—Cam disk

OUCC006,0001198 –19–28SEP06–1/1

55-38 012808
PN=261
 Service

Adjusting Slip Clutch

Slip clutch is factory adjusted with notches (A) of setting

ring positioned towards inside of slip clutch and lugs (B)
inserted into the second row of slots (C).

–UN–12FEB96
Thickness of the 4 linings (D) is 3 mm (0.12 in.) each,
when new. Replace when thickness of each lining is 2
mm (0.08 in.).

CC8111
After replacing linings, reinstall setting ring in the position
described above.

IMPORTANT: If lining has to be replaced, always

observe the ”running-in” period (as
described on lining package).

NOTE: If baler is equipped for 1000 rpm, lugs (B) must

be inserted in the first row of slots (E), with
notches (A) positioned towards outside of slip
clutch.

OUCC006,0001335 –19–23OCT07–1/1

Checking Slip Clutch

Before first use and before beginning of every season,

check slip clutch as follows:

Disconnect powerline from gearcase input shaft. (See

–UN–09FEB96
”Connecting Telescoping Hook-Up to Gear Case Input
Shaft” in ”Preparing the Baler” Section.)

Tighten the six nuts to relieve linings and setting ring.

CC7984

Turn clutch completely to release linings.

Loosen the six nuts to the end of thread. Slip clutch is

now ready for use.

OUCC006,0000EF9 –19–19JUL05–1/1

55-39 012808
PN=262
 Service

Adjusting Cam-Type Cut Out Clutch

1. Remove spring pin (B).

2. Adjust length (A) of shift cam assembly to the following

–UN–06JUL07
specification:

Specification
Shift Cam—Length ....................................................................... 51.5 mm
(2 in.)

CC1028097
3. Reinstall spring pin (B). If necessary, adjust the
position of nut (C) so that spring pin (B) can be
inserted. A—Length
B—Spring pin
C—Nut

OUCC006,0001323 –19–18SEP07–1/1

55-40 012808
PN=263
 Service

Net Tying Device Check Procedure

The following procedure should be carried out when • Test 4 - Checking NR 8 roll position
net cut or net tying problems occur during field • Test 5 - Checking drive belt tension
operation. • Test 6 - Checking net feed roll brake
• Test 7 - Checking tension arms
The check procedure includes different tests to carry • Test 8 - Checking net cut switch adjustment
out: • Test 9 - Checking lower net guide position

• Test 1 - Checking knife and counterknife position NOTE: When all test results are ”OK”, the net tying
• Test 2 - Checking free motion of swinging bar device is then optimized for good field
• Test 3 - Checking net feed roll pressure operation.

OUCC006,0001327 –19–19SEP07–1/1

Checking Knife and Counterknife Position

(Test 1)

NOTE: The counterknife position (in relation to the knife)

must be checked if serious net cut problems occur
during field operation.

1. Keep the net actuator retracted.

2. Check that the two counterknife supports (B) are

–UN–27OCT04
aligned.

3. Center counterknife (A) between lateral supports to

obtain specified distance (C) on both sides.

CC1026251
Specification
Counterknife to Lateral Support—
Distance ....................................................................................... 5 ± 2 mm
0.2 ± 0.08 in. A—Counterknife
B—Counterknife support
C—5 ± 2 mm (0.2 ± 0.08 in.)

Continued on next page CC03745,0000C3C –19–16JAN07–1/3

55-41 012808
PN=264
 Service

4. Check that counterknife (A) is against net knife (D) all

across its width.

IMPORTANT: Contact should occur on the medium

area of the sharp side of the knife as
shown.

The gap (E) in not touching area should not exceed

the following specifications:

–UN–27OCT04
Specification
Counterknife to Knife—Gap .......................................... 0.5 mm maximum
0.02 in. maximum

If necessary, adjust the gap (E) as follows:

CC1026591
a. Loosen nuts (B) and (F).

b. Move counterknife (A) and counterknife support (C)

to obtain specified gap (E).

c. Tighten nuts (B) and (F).

–UN–27OCT04
A—Counterknife
B—Nuts
C—Counterknife support
D—Knife
E—0.5 mm (0.02 in.) maximum

CC1026590
F—Nuts

Continued on next page CC03745,0000C3C –19–16JAN07–2/3

55-42 012808
PN=265
 Service

5. If counterknife (A) is not fully in contact all across the

knife (B) width, complete the adjustment of gap (E) as
follows:

a. Loosen lock nut (C).

b. Tighten nut (D) to bend the knife (B) to obtain the

specified gap (E).

Specification

–UN–27OCT04
Counterknife to Knife—Gap .......................................... 0.5 mm maximum
0.02 in. maximum

CC1026592
c. Tighten lock nut (C) after adjustment.

6. Extend and retract net actuator. Check gap (E) and

repeat the procedure if necessary. A—Counterknife
B—Knife
C—Lock nut
Proceed to test 2.
D—Nut
E—0.5 mm (0.02 in.) maximum

CC03745,0000C3C –19–16JAN07–3/3

55-43 012808
PN=266
 Service

Checking Free Motion of Swinging Bar (Test 2)

–UN–09FEB01
CC1019126
A—Stops

IMPORTANT: Prior to carry out this test, make Check that swinging bar motions are free without
sure that test 1 results are “OK”. contact with lateral supports between its two stops (A).
Proceed to the relevant tests
described in this Section. Proceed to test 3

Proceed as follows:

OUCC006,00002EC –19–06FEB01–1/1

55-44 012808
PN=267
 Service

Checking Net Feed Roll Pressure (Test 3)

A—20.5±0.5 mm (0.8±0.02 in.) C—Spring D—Rubber roll E—Plated roll –UN–09FEB01

CC1019127
B—Spring adjusting nuts

IMPORTANT: Prior to carry out this test, make IMPORTANT: Make sure that rubber roll and plated
sure that test 1 and 2 results are roll rotate freely by hand in both
“OK”. Proceed to the relevant tests directions with springs adjusted to
described in this Section. 20.5±0.5 mm (0.8±0.02 in.).

Proceed as follows: Remove any foreign material or net from between the
feed rolls.
Release net feed roll brake, see “Loading Net Tying” in
“Preparing the Baler” section. Proceed to test 4

Adjust net feed roll pressure by loosening or tightening

spring adjusting nuts (B) until length of springs (C) is
20.5±0.5 mm (0.8±0.02 in.)

OUCC006,00006CD –19–30MAY02–1/1

55-45 012808
PN=268
 Service

Checking NR 8 Roll Position (Test 4)

–UN–06APR01
CC1019553
A—Roll NR 8 B—Rubber roll pulley

IMPORTANT: Prior to carry out this test, make Add or remove washers on each sides of roll NR 8 as
sure that test 1 to 3 results are necessary.
“OK”. Proceed to the relevant tests
described in this Section. Reinstall net feed roll drive belt. See “Removing And
Installing Net Feed Roll Drive Belt” in this Section.
IMPORTANT: Check the position of roll NR 8 after
each drive belt replacement. Proceed to test 5.

Proceed as follows:

Check that axial clearance of roll NR 8 (A) is between

0.5 to 1.5 mm (0.02 to 0.06 in.) and that rubber roll (B)
and NR 8 roll pulleys are aligned within ±5 mm (2 in.).

OUCC006,000039D –19–05APR01–1/1

55-46 012808
PN=269
 Service

Checking Drive Belt Tension (Test 5)

A—Counterknife support B—Distance C—Oblong hole –UN–09FEB01

CC1019129
D—Idler pulley

IMPORTANT: Prior to carry out this test, make Run the belt drive for 15 seconds at full speed.
sure that test 1 to 4 results are
“OK”. Proceed to the relevant tests Fully extend and retract actuator several times.
described in this Section.
Completely extend actuator.
IMPORTANT: After each drive belt replacement, it
is essential to check that the new Readjust distance (B) to 5±3 mm (0.2±0.12 in.).
belt has a length which allows a
good net tying drive timing. IMPORTANT: With actuator in extended position,
operator should not be able to turn
Proceed as follows: the net feed rolls.

Fully extend actuator. Proceed to test 6.

Adjust idler pulley (D) in the oblong hole (C) so that

distance (B) between counterknife support (A) and the
cut in side wall is to 10 mm (0.4 in.).

OUCC006,00006A4 –19–21MAY02–1/1

55-47 012808
PN=270
 Service

Checking Net Feed Roll Brake (Test 6)

IMPORTANT: Prior to this test, make sure that test 1

to 5 results are ”OK”. Proceed to the
relevant tests described in this section.

IMPORTANT: The net feed roll brake adjustment must

be performed before using the baler.

Proceed as follows:

1. Keep the net actuator retracted.

2. Release net feed roll brake lever (A).

3. Check that spring length (B) is within specification:

Specification
Spring—Length ................................................................................ 20 mm
(0.78 in.)

–UN–27OCT04
If necessary, adjust spring length (B) as follows:

a. Loosen the two lock nuts (C).

CC1026252
b. Turn bolt (D) clockwise to decrease or
counterclockwise to increase spring length (B).

4. Apply net feed roll brake lever (A). A—Net feed roll brake lever
B—Length
C—Lock nuts
5. Check that resisting torque to turn rubber feed roll bolt D—Bolt
(E) clockwise is within specification: E—Rubber feed roll bolt

Specification
Sheave—Torque turn ..................................................................... 70 N•m
(51 lb-ft)

Continued on next page OUCC006,0001326 –19–01OCT07–1/2

55-48 012808
PN=271
 Service

If resisting torque is less than specifications, adjust net

feed roll brake as follows:

a. Release net feed roll brake lever (A).

b. Loosen nuts (H).

c. Transfer one or two shims (G) between rubber

brake pad (I) and its support (F).

d. Tighten nuts (H).

e. Apply net feed roll brake lever (A).

f. Check that resisting torque to turn rubber feed roll is

within specification:

Specification
Sheave—Torque turn ..................................................................... 70 N•m
(51 lb-ft)

–UN–27OCT04
If resisting torque is always less than specification,

CC1026594
proceed as follows:

a. Release net feed roll brake lever (A).

b. Remove lock nuts (B).

c. Add one washer (D) between spring (E) and support

(C).

–UN–27OCT04
d. Reinstall and tighten lock nuts (B).

e. Apply net feed roll brake lever (A).

CC1026593
f. Check resisting torque again.

Proceed to test 7.
A—Net feed roll brake lever
B—Lock nuts
C—Support
D—Washer
E—Spring
F—Support
G—Shims
H—Nuts
I—Rubber brake pad

OUCC006,0001326 –19–01OCT07–2/2

55-49 012808
PN=272
 Service

Checking Tension Arms (Test 7)

–UN–09FEB01
CC1019169
A—plastic rollers B—Upper tension arm C—Cables D—Lower tension arm

IMPORTANT: Prior to carry out this test, make Check that cables (C) bend as shown while closing
sure that test 1 to 6 results are lower tension arm (D) and that the cable loops do not
“OK”. Proceed to the relevant tests prevent fully opening or closing of lower tension arm
described in this Section. (D). Open and close at least twice to confirm cables
(C) are operating properly.
Proceed as follows:
Proceed to test 8.
Check that plastic rollers (A) rotate freely. If plastic
rollers do not turn with one hand, clean plastic roller
axles or adjust maintain circlips.

OUCC006,000040A –19–06JUN01–1/1

55-50 012808
PN=273
 Service

Checking Net Cut Switch Adjustment (Test 8)

A—Fixing screws B—Stud C—2 mm (0.08 in.) –UN–02MAR05

CC1026736
D—Net cut switch

IMPORTANT: Prior to carry out this test, make 2. Check that net cut switch (D) is activated after a 2
sure that test 1 to 7 results are mm (0.08 in.) displacement (C) of stud (B).
”OK”. Proceed to the relevant tests
described in this Section. If not, loosen switch fixing screws (A) and readjust
switch position accordingly.
Proceed as follows:
Proceed to test 9.
1. Gently push on stud (B).

OUCC006,0001297 –19–01OCT07–1/1

55-51 012808
PN=274
 Service

Checking Lower Net Guide Position (Test 9)

–UN–10MAY01
CC1019633
A—Net guide panel B—Net guide bracket C—Leaf spring D—Distance

IMPORTANT: Prior to carry out this test, make NOTE: Keep lower net guide panel (A) as clean as
sure that test 1 to 8 results are possible and smooth.
”OK”. Proceed to the relevant tests
described in this Section. Adjust lower net guide panel brackets (B) position to
obtain specified distance (D).
Check lower net guide function each time belt tracking
adjustment has been performed or lower net guide has Specification
been removed. Proceed as follows: 572—Distance ....................................... 50 — 55 mm (1.9 — 2.2 in.)
582—Distance ....................................... 55 — 60 mm (2.2 — 2.4 in.)
592—Distance ....................................... 60 — 65 mm (2.4 — 2.6 in.)
Net Guide Position Near Roll NR 8

Check that lower net guide panel (A) is all along its
width in contact with baler belts at the level of lower
rear gate roll NR 8.

Continued on next page OUCC006,0000E88 –19–19JUL05–1/2

55-52 012808
PN=275
 Service

–UN–18JUN01
CC1019554
A—Net guide D—Deflector F—Scraper H—2 to 3 mm (0.08 to 0.12 in.)
B—Net guide fixing screw E—Washer G—Belt guide I—2 to 3 mm (0.08 to 0.12 in.)
C—Oblong hole

Net Guide Position Near Roll NR 9 and that distance (H) between washer (E) and
deflector (D) is from 2 to 3 mm (0.08 to 0.12 in.).
NOTE: Check that leaf spring pushes back the net These adjustments are obtained by using the net guide
guide in contact with the belts after having oblong hole (C) and by moving belt guide (G).
pulled it down.
Readjust scraper (F). See ”Adjusting Lower Gate Roll
Check that distance (I) between belt guide (G) and (NR 9) Scraper” in ”Operating the Baler-General
lower net guide (A) is from 2 to 3 mm (0.08 to 0.12 in.) Purpose” section.

OUCC006,0000E88 –19–19JUL05–2/2

55-53 012808
PN=276
 Service

Removing and Installing Net Feed Roll Drive

Belt

Remove net feed roll drive belt as follows:

–UN–19JUN01
Fully retract net actuator. Slightly open gate to release
pressure on baler belts.

Remove gate roll NR 8 fixing screw (D).

CC1019632
Remove roll support (A).

Release brake lever (B).

A—Roll support
B—Brake lever
Remove drive belt (C). C—Drive belt
D—Roll NR 8 Fixing screw
Reverse removal procedure to install drive belt back in
place.

Close the gate and check belt tracking. See “Adjusting

Belt Tracking” in this Section.

OUCC006,0000408 –19–31MAY01–1/1

55-54 012808
PN=277
 Service

Removing and Installing Net Knife

CAUTION: Prevent personal injury by wearing

gloves to handle net knife.

–UN–13FEB01
Note position of knife cutting edge for reinstallation.

Open net tying cover.

CC1019211
Fully extend net actuator and disconnect actuator plug.

Remove fixing screws (A) of knife (B), then remove knife

(B) from its brackets. A—Fixing screws
B—Knife
Install knife (B) on its brackets in the same position as
before removal.

Secure knife by means of fixing screws (A). Tighten

screws to 55 N•m (40 lb-ft).

Reconnect actuator plug and retract actuator. Close net

tying cover.

IMPORTANT: Always carry out “Test 1” of net tying

device check procedure after having
installed net knife (see “Checking Knife
and Counterknife Position” in this
Section).

OUCC006,00006A5 –19–21MAY02–1/1

55-55 012808
PN=278
 Service

Removing Net Wrapped Around Feed Rolls

CAUTION: Avoid injury from entanglement in

moving rolls. Disengage PTO and shut off
tractor before servicing.

–UN–13FEB01
If net wraps around the rubber roll:

Open net tying cover.

CC1019209
Release feed roll brake.

IMPORTANT: Do not cut net material from rubber roll.

Any knife cuts in the rubber roll
covering may result in more frequent
wrapping around the rolls and may
require roll replacement.

–UN–09FEB01
Pull net material away from the supply roll. Cut net
material.

Gather the free end of the net and lay over the top roll of

CC1019102
wrap material.

Remove and discard all of the wrapped material, including

all strings, staples, etc.

Wipe off feed rolls and check for any sticky material. If
necessary, roll may be washed with soap and water.
NEVER use solvents to clean rubber feed roll. Allow roll to
dry before threading or wrappage may occur again.

–UN–13FEB01
CC1019210
OUCC006,00006A6 –19–21MAY02–1/1

55-56 012808
PN=279
 Service

Replacing Powerline Shear Bolt

Line up holes in shear bolt hub and install a M8 x 50

grade 8.8 cap screw and lock nut.

IMPORTANT: To avoid overloads on shear bolt, the

–UN–09FEB96
PTO must be engaged slowly.

Reinstall powerline shield on baler tongue.

CC7899
NOTE: See your John Deere dealer to obtain the
appropriate hardware.

A—Shear bolt

OUCC006,0000EC4 –19–19JUL05–1/1

Replacing Pickup Drive Shear Bolt (Baler

without Rotary Feeder Device)

On Baler with 1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.) Pickup

–UN–21JUN05
Line up holes in shear bolt hub and install a M8 x 40
grade 8.8 cap screw and lock nut.

On Baler with 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) Pickup

CC1027388
Use one shear bolt (A) stored on the provided support (B).

Line up holes in shear bolt hub and install a M8 x 35

A—Shear bolt
grade 8.8 cap screw (screw head face inward) and lock
B—Shear bolt support
nut.

On Baler with 2.20 m (7 ft 3 in.) Pickup

Use one shear bolt (A) stored on the provided support (B).

Line up holes in shear bolt hub and install a M8 x 35

grade 8.8 cap screw (screw head face outside) and lock
nut.

Reinstall all shields previously removed.

NOTE: See your John Deere dealer to obtain the

appropriate hardware.

OUCC006,0001298 –19–13FEB07–1/1

55-57 012808
PN=280
 Service

Replacing Pickup Drive Shear Bolt (Baler

with Rotary Feeder Device)

Line up holes in shear pin hub and install a M8 x 35

grade 10.9 cap screw and lock nut (A).

–UN–25NOV96
Reinstall all shields previously removed.

NOTE: See your John Deere dealer to obtain the

CC009700
appropriate hardware.

OUCC006,000119A –19–28SEP06–1/1

Removing the Belts

On 572 baler only, if all belts are to be removed, secure

belt tension arm (A) in upper position, as shown.

–UN–16FEB96
CC001049
OUCC006,000038C –19–02APR01–1/1

55-58 012808
PN=281
 Service

Repairing Belts

Belt Lacing Tool

Mato belt lacing tool needs a vice being installed on a

desk.

–UN–21MAR96
NOTE: Belts may fray at the edges or cut. Trim the
frayed cords as they appear. This reduces the
chances of frayed cords being caught as the bale

E39821
is formed, causing additional fraying or damage to
the belts.
Mato belt lacing tool

OUCC006,0000256 –19–06OCT00–1/1

Preparing Damaged Belts

Remove broken belt.

Using a T-square and a sharp knife, remove damaged

area.

–UN–24JUN99
IMPORTANT: Belt length variation must not be more
than 38 mm (1.49 in.). Belt must be
lengthened after two repairs.

E21797
NOTE: To reduce cutting effort, dip knife blade in liquid
soap.

Recheck belt to make sure that it is cut squarely.

–UN–24JUN99
E21798

Continued on next page CC,570RB 003542 –19–15SEP98–1/3

55-59 012808
PN=282
 Service

Remove Diamond Pattern with Knife

Use a thick board to hold belt and a sharp knife to remove

25 mm (1 in.) of diamond pattern from end of belt taking
care to keep 0.1 to 0.6 mm (0.003 to 0.023 in.) of
diamond pattern to prevent any damaging of belt cords.

–UN–16FEB96
To reduce cutting effort, dip knife blade in liquid soap.

CC001056
Trim trailing end of belt only as shown in illustration.

–UN–13SEP88
E22649
CC,570RB 003542 –19–15SEP98–2/3

Remove Diamond Pattern with Skiving Tool

Place belt on flat surface and hold it down firmly.

Adjust skiving tool pressure plate with thumb screw (A) to

thickness of belt.

Turn thumb screw (A) down another half turn. Lock with
outer screw (B).

Hold skiver firmly against belt.

Push skiver along end of belt until diamond pattern is

removed.
–UN–24JUN99
E39823

CC,570RB 003542 –19–15SEP98–3/3

55-60 012808
PN=283
 Service

Installing Mato Belt Hooks

Put belt lacing tool (A) in a vice with holes (B) to the front.

Install the first five segments of belt hooks (C) in lacing

tool. Make sure rivets are inside the lacing tool holes (B).
Two rivets per segment must be inserted in the same

–UN–19JUL96
hole. Segments should contact guide (D).

Tighten vice until segments are lightly gripped and the belt

E39829
can easily be inserted.

CC,570RB 003547 –19–15SEP98–1/5

Clinching Hooks in Belt

Install belt (A) in hooks with diamond pattern to the rear.

Align edge of belt with guide (B). Push belt down
uniformly to the stop pins. Hooks should also be down
against stop pins.

Close vice to exert pressure on hooks. This will ensure

correct riveting. Make sure belt is positioned squarely in
lacing tool and hooks.

IMPORTANT: Using too large a hammer or striking

punch too hard can damage lacing tool
or belt splice.

–UN–30MAY96
Using punch (C), drive the rivet in the left hole first trough
the belt until shoulder on punch contacts lacing tool jaw.
Hit punch an additional time to ensure contact between E40028
shoulder and lacing tool jaw. Working from right to left,
drive the remaining rivets through the belt in the same
way.

Continued on next page CC,570RB 003547 –19–15SEP98–2/5

55-61 012808
PN=284
 Service

Driving Rivets With Punch

Open vice. Move belt (A) and lace until rivets on the next
five segments are inside lacing tool holes. Position belt
squarely in lacing tool. Close vice to exert pressure on
hooks,

–UN–30MAY96
Using punch (B), drive the rivet in the left hole first trough
the belt until shoulder on punch contacts lacing tool jaw.
Hit punch an additional time to ensure contact between

E40029
shoulder and lacing tool jaw. Working from right to left,
drive the remaining rivets through the belt in the same
way.

CC,570RB 003547 –19–15SEP98–3/5

Open vice. Move belt (A) and lace until rivets on the last
four segments are installed inside lacing tool holes.
Position belt squarely in lacing tool. Close vice to exert
pressure on hooks.

Using punch (B), drive the rivet in the left hole first trough

–UN–30MAY96
the belt until shoulder on punch contacts lacing tool jaw.
Hit punch an additional time to ensure contact between
shoulder and lacing tool jaw. Working from right to left,
drive the remaining rivets through the belt in the same

E40030
way.

Continued on next page CC,570RB 003547 –19–15SEP98–4/5

55-62 012808
PN=285
 Service

Checking Hook Clinch

Remove belt from vice and inspect hooks. All rivets

should be driven through belt and show punch marks in
center of rivet.

–UN–30MAY96
IMPORTANT: Do not hit the loop area of the fastener
when using hammer to flatten heads of
rivets.

E40027
Do not hit rivets too hard or rivets may
buckle and damage joints.

Put belt and splice on a solid base. Flatten heads of rivets

using the flat face of a small hammer. Strike several rivets
at a time using a light “tapping” motion. Rivets should be
flush with splice.

See “Installing Belts” in this Section for proper installation.

CC,570RB 003547 –19–15SEP98–5/5

Installing Belts

On 572 - 582 Balers:

Slacken belts by raising belt tension arm with tractor

selective control valve lever.

–UN–12FEB96
When gate is opened, engage safety latch and slowly
move tractor selective control valve lever to the float
position until top idler roll arm (A) moves down.
CC001276

On 592 Baler:

Slacken belts by locking the gate in any position and

raising the belt tension arm with tractor selective control
valve lever.

On All Balers:

Install belts with diamond portion of belt to the outside.

OUCC006,000038D –19–02APR01–1/1

55-63 012808
PN=286
 Service

Routing Belts Through the 572 Baler

Route belts as shown in illustration, passing them through

the individual guides. See illustrations for location of long
and short belts.

• Length (A) of short belts = 10.23 m ± 0.012 m (33 ft 7

in. ± 0.47 in.)
• Length (B) of long belts = 10.42 m ± 0.012 m (34 ft 2 in.
± 0.47 in.)

NOTE: The belt routing shown is recommended. In some

cases, another belt routing may give better
results.

–UN–08FEB07
CC1028774
–UN–08NOV06
CC1028773

OUCC006,00012EF –19–11JUL07–1/1

55-64 012808
PN=287
 Service

Routing Belts Through the 582 and 592

Balers (without Rotary Feeder)

Route belts as shown in illustration, passing them through

the individual guides. See illustrations for location of long
and short belts.

On 582 Baler

• Length (A) of short belts = 11.71 m ± 0.012 m (38 ft 5

in. ± 0.47 in.).
• Length (B) of long belts = 11.85 m ± 0.012 m (38 ft 10.5
in. ± 0.47 in.).

On 592 Baler

• Length (A) of short belts = 13.335 m ± 0.012 m (43 ft 9

in. ± 0.47 in.).
• Length (B) of long belts = 13.475 m ± 0.012 m (44 ft 2.5
in. ± 0.47 in.).

–UN–08FEB07
NOTE: The belt routing shown is recommended. In some
cases, another belt routing may give better

CC1028775
results.

–UN–06APR01
CC1019552

OUCC006,00012EE –19–11JUL07–1/1

55-65 012808
PN=288
 Service

Routing Belts Through the 582 and 592

Balers (with Rotary Feeder)

Route belts as shown in illustration, passing them through

the individual guides. See illustrations for location of long
and short belts.

On 582 Baler

• Length (A) of short belts = 11.445 m ± 0.012 m

(37 ft 6.6 in. ± 0.47 in.).
• Length (B) of long belts = 11.585 m ± 0.012 m
(38 ft 1 in. ± 0.47 in.).

On 592 Baler

• Length (A) of short belts = 13.07 m ± 0.012 m

(42 ft 9.6 in. ± 0.47 in.).
• Length (B) of long belts = 13.21 m ± 0.012 m
(43 ft 4.1 in. ± 0.47 in.).

–UN–08FEB07
NOTE: The belt routing shown is recommended. In some
cases, another belt routing may give better

CC1028775
results.

–UN–21JUN05
CC1027389

OUCC006,00012ED –19–11JUL07–1/1

55-66 012808
PN=289
 Service

Hook Belt Ends (Mato Type)

Thread the two belt hooks (A) and (B) so when viewed in
the direction of travel, the square cornered end of belt
leads the end with trimmed corners, then insert a piece of

–UN–18OCT00
wire (C) with a length of 165 mm (6.49 in.).

Make sure belt sides are correctly aligned when installing

wire.

CC1018481
NOTE: Special wire shape allows the wire (C) to be held
in place once it is fully inserted through the belt
hooks.

OUCC006,000025B –19–06OCT00–1/1

55-67 012808
PN=290
 BaleTrak Monitor Service
Diagnostic Trouble Code List

The diagnostic trouble codes are given in the following

table:

Battery
Diagnostic trouble code Description Solution How to clear the code
displayed
E001 Voltage drop while actuator is on Check wire and connectors. Press ”Minus” key when actuator
Check battery. is off
Check alternator.
See "Channel 019" in this
section.
E002 Battery voltage below 11.2 V Check wire and connectors. Disappears when fault is
Check battery. removed
Check alternator.
See "Channel 019" in this
section.
E003 Battery voltage above 16 V Check alternator. Disappears when fault is
See "Channel 019" in this removed
section.
Bale size potentiometer
Diagnostic trouble code Description Solution How to clear the code
displayed
E102 Open circuit or grounded circuit Check wire and connectors. Press ”Minus” key when fault is
Check potentiometer. removed
E103 Shorted circuit Check wire and connectors. Press ”Minus” key when fault is
Check potentiometer. removed
E104 Bale size below minimum Check potentiometer adjustment. Press ”Minus” key when fault is
See "Channel 005" in this removed
section.
E105 Bale size above maximum Check potentiometer adjustment. Press ”Minus” key when fault is
See "Channel 005" in this removed
section.
Right bale shape potentiometer
Diagnostic trouble code Description Solution How to clear the code
displayed
E112 Open circuit or grounded circuit Check wire and connectors. Disappears after 5 seconds
Check potentiometer.
E113 Shorted circuit Check wire and connectors. Disappears after 5 seconds
Check potentiometer.
E114 Right bale shape below minimum Check potentiometer adjustment. Disappears after 5 seconds
value See "Channel 006" in this
section.
E115 Right bale shape above Check potentiometer adjustment. Disappears after 5 seconds
maximum value See "Channel 006" in this
section.

Continued on next page OUCC006,0001312 –19–01OCT07–1/6

56-1 012808
PN=291
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Left bale shape potentiometer

Diagnostic trouble code Description Solution How to clear the code
displayed
E122 Open circuit or grounded circuit Check wire and connectors. Disappears after 5 seconds
Check potentiometer.
E123 Shorted circuit Check wire and connectors. Disappears after 5 seconds
Check potentiometer.
E124 Left bale shape below minimum Check potentiometer adjustment. Disappears after 5 seconds
value See "Channel 007" in this
section.
E125 Left bale shape above maximum Check potentiometer adjustment. Disappears after 5 seconds
value See "Channel 007" in this
section.
Twine actuator
Diagnostic trouble code Description Solution How to clear the code
displayed
E201 Twine actuator disconnected Check wire and connectors. Press ”Minus” key when actuator
is off
E202 Twine actuator faulty or jammed Check twine actuator. Press ”Minus” key when actuator
is off
E203 Resistive twine actuator power Check wire and connectors. Press ”Minus” key when actuator
line Check twine actuator. is off
E204 Actuator wire short circuit to the Check wire and connectors. Press ”Minus” key when fault is
battery removed
E205 Actuator wire short circuit to the Check wire and connectors. Press ”Minus” key when fault is
ground removed
Net actuator
Diagnostic trouble code Description Solution How to clear the code
displayed
E211 Net actuator disconnected Check wire and connectors. Press ”Minus” key when actuator
is off
E212 Net actuator faulty Check net actuator. Press ”Minus” key when actuator
is off
E213 Resistive net actuator power line Check wire and connectors. Press ”Minus” key when actuator
Check net actuator. is off
E214 Actuator wire short circuit to the Check wire and connectors. Press ”Minus” key when fault is
battery removed
E215 Actuator wire short circuit to the Check wire and connectors. Press ”Minus” key when fault is
ground removed

Continued on next page OUCC006,0001312 –19–01OCT07–2/6

56-2 012808
PN=292
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Soft core valve

Diagnostic trouble code Description Solution How to clear the code
displayed
E221 Soft core valve disconnected Check wire and connectors. Press ”Minus” key when fault is
removed
E222 Soft core valve short circuit to Check wire and connectors. Press ”Minus” key when fault is
the ground Check soft core valve. removed
E223 Soft core valve short circuit to Check wire and connectors. Press ”Minus” key when fault is
the battery Check soft core valve. removed
Pickup valve (with rotary feeder only)
Diagnostic trouble code Description Solution How to clear the code
displayed
E231 Pickup valve disconnected Check wire and connectors. Press ”Minus” key when fault is
removed
E232 Grounded circuit Check wire and connectors. Press ”Minus” key when fault is
Check pickup valve. removed
E233 Shorted circuit Check wire and connectors. Press ”Minus” key when fault is
Check pickup valve. removed
Knife valve (with precutter only)
Diagnostic trouble code Description Solution How to clear the code
displayed
E241 Knife valve disconnected Check wire and connectors. Press ”Minus” key when fault is
removed
E242 Grounded circuit Check wire and connectors. Press ”Minus” key when fault is
Check knife valve. removed
E243 Shorted circuit Check wire and connectors. Press ”Minus” key when fault is
Check knife valve. removed
Reverser valve (with rotary feeder only)
Diagnostic trouble code Description Solution How to clear the code
displayed
E251 Reverser valve disconnected Check wire and connectors. Press ”Minus” key when fault is
removed
E252 Grounded circuit Check wire and connectors. Press ”Minus” key when fault is
Check reverser valve. removed
E253 Shorted circuit Check wire and connectors. Press ”Minus” key when fault is
Check reverser valve. removed
Cleaning auger rpm sensor
Diagnostic trouble code Description Solution How to clear the code
displayed
E304 Chain of cleaning auger broken Check cleaning auger sensor. Press ”Minus” key when fault is
See ”Adjusting Cleaning Auger removed
Sensor” in ”Service” section.
Repair cleaning auger drive
chain.

Continued on next page OUCC006,0001312 –19–01OCT07–3/6

56-3 012808
PN=293
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Baler rotation speed sensor

Diagnostic trouble code Description Solution How to clear the code
displayed
E311 Baler rotation speed sensor Check wire and connectors. Disappears after 5 seconds
disconnected
E312 Baler rotation speed below the Check sensor adjustment. See Disappears after 5 seconds
minimum value "Adjusting Baler Rotation Speed
Sensor" in "Service" section.
Check sensor. See "Channel
017" in this section.
E313 Baler rotation speed above the Check sensor adjustment. See Disappears after 5 seconds
maximum value "Adjusting Baler Rotation Speed
Sensor" in "Service" section.
Check sensor. See "Channel
017" in this section.
Twine pulley sensor
Diagnostic trouble code Description Solution How to clear the code
displayed
E321 Twine coil is empty or twine is Replace twine coil. Press ”Minus” key when fault is
not wrapped around the bale Check twine routing. See removed
”Routing Twine Through Guides”
in ”Preparing the Baler” section.
Check twine pulley sensor
adjustment. See ”Adjusting Twine
Pulley Sensor” in ”Service”
section.
E322 Twine not cut Check cutter anvil adjustment. Press ”Minus” key when fault is
See ”Adjusting Twine Cutter removed
Anvil” in ”Service” section.
Net cut switch
Diagnostic trouble code Description Solution How to clear the code
displayed
E401 Net cut switch always open Check wire and connectors. Disappears when fault is
Check net cut switch adjustment. removed
See "Adjusting Net Cut Switch" in
"Service" section.
Check net cut switch. See
"Channel 012" in this section.
E402 Net cut switch always closed Check wire and connectors. Disappears when fault is
Check net cut switch adjustment. removed
See "Adjusting Net Cut Switch" in
"Service" section.
Check net cut switch. See
"Channel 012" in this section.

Continued on next page OUCC006,0001312 –19–01OCT07–4/6

56-4 012808
PN=294
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Right gate switch

Diagnostic trouble code Description Solution How to clear the code
displayed
E411 Right gate switch always open Check wire and connectors. Disappears after 5 seconds
Check right gate switch
adjustment. See "Adjusting Gate
Latch Switch" in "Service"
section.
Check right gate switch. See
"Channel 014" in this section.
E412 Right gate switch always closed Check wire and connectors. Disappears after 5 seconds
Check right gate switch
adjustment. See "Adjusting Gate
Latch Switch" in "Service"
section.
Check right gate switch. See
"Channel 014" in this section.
Left gate switch
Diagnostic trouble code Description Solution How to clear the code
displayed
E421 Left gate switch always open Check wire and connectors. Disappears after 5 seconds
Check left gate switch
adjustment. See "Adjusting Gate
Latch Switch" in "Service"
section.
Check left gate switch. See
"Channel 015" in this section.
E422 Left gate switch always closed Check wire and connectors. Disappears after 5 seconds
Check left gate switch
adjustment. See "Adjusting Gate
Latch Switch" in "Service"
section.
Check left gate switch. See
"Channel 015" in this section.
Oversize bale switch
Diagnostic trouble code Description Solution How to clear the code
displayed
E431 Oversize bale switch always Check wire and connectors. Press ”Minus” key when fault is
open Check oversize switch removed
adjustment. See "Adjusting
Oversize Bale Switch" in
"Service" section.
Check oversize bale switch. See
"Channel 013" in this section.
E432 Oversize bale switch always Check wire and connectors. Press ”Minus” key when fault is
closed Check oversize switch removed
adjustment. See "Adjusting
Oversize Bale Switch" in
"Service" section.
Check oversize bale switch. See
"Channel 013" in this section.

Continued on next page OUCC006,0001312 –19–01OCT07–5/6

56-5 012808
PN=295
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Positive analog reference

Diagnostic trouble code Description Solution How to clear the code
displayed
E512 Grounded circuit Check potentiometer wire and Press ”Minus” key when fault is
connectors. removed
E513 Shorted circuit Check potentiometer wire and Press ”Minus” key when fault is
connectors. removed
EPROM
Diagnostic trouble code Description Solution How to clear the code
displayed
E601 Memory faulty Do your personal settings again. Disappears after 5 seconds
E602 Memory faulty Check your personal settings. Disappears after 5 seconds
E603 Memory faulty See your John Deere dealer. Disappears when fault is
removed
E604 Memory faulty Check your personal settings. Disappears after 5 seconds
E605 Memory faulty See your John Deere dealer. Disappears when fault is
removed

OUCC006,0001312 –19–01OCT07–6/6

56-6 012808
PN=296
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Diagnostic Mode: User Parameters

The user parameters allow the operator to reset all

settings to factory default settings, to select special twine
tying programs, to set user parameters and to check and
adjust electrical components which are connected to the
monitor.

The user parameters are stored in several ”Channels”

from ”CH001” to ”CH032”.

Switching On the Monitor in Diagnostic Mode

Monitor off, press and hold the COUNTER key (A), then
switch ON the monitor by pressing the ON/OFF key (B).

During the power-up, all the LCD screen pictograms are

displayed and the buzzer beeps for one second.

Then, ”CH001” is displayed on the LCD screen, the

monitor is switched in diagnostic mode and the setting of
channel 1 is displayed if the counter key is released.

NOTE: To switch ON the monitor in diagnostic mode, do

not release the COUNTER key (A) before the
LCD screen displays ”CH001”.

Selecting User Channel

When the monitor is switched in diagnostic mode, press

and hold ”COUNTER” key (A) and press ”PLUS” or
”MINUS” key to change the channel.

To return in normal mode and save the user parameters

settings, switch OFF the monitor by pressing the ON/OFF
key.

–UN–22DEC00
A—Counter key
B—ON/OFF key

CC1018859

CC03745,0000C3F –19–19JAN07–1/1

56-7 012808
PN=297
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 001: Reset to Factory Default

Settings

When “CH001” is selected “50” is displayed. To reset all

twine tying programs to factory default settings, press
“PLUS” and “MINUS” keys simultaneously. The LCD
screen displays “99”.

–UN–22DEC00
CC1018860

OUCC006,000045E –19–22AUG01–1/1

56-8 012808
PN=298
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 002: Dry Straw Twine Tying

Program

When baling dry straw, it may be desirable to quickly

place twine across full width of bale to prevent straw from
flaking off in the baler.

The dry straw twine program provides for full speed twine
arm movement from left to right, then from right to left.
Then, the twine arm comes backs to the right, pauses to
place the set number at tying start, and continues to apply
twines as set in the monitor.

In “CH002”, press “PLUS” key to activate the program.

The LCD screen displays “ON”.

Press “MINUS” key to switch off the program. The LCD

screen displays “OFF”.

–UN–22DEC00
CC1018861

OUCC006,00006A7 –19–22MAY02–1/1

56-9 012808
PN=299
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 003: Re-extension Twine Tying

Program

This program allows to have more twine coils at the end

of the bale tying and may help prevent twine unrolling.

After the set number at tying end has been applied, the
twine arm is extended again towards the center of the
bale to the set distance and then, it is completely
retracted.

In “CH003”, press “PLUS” key to activate this program

and adjust the re-extension distance to 20, 40 or 60 cm
(8, 16 or 24 in.).

Press “MINUS” key to decrease the re-extension distance

from 60 cm to 40 or 20 cm (from 24 in. to 16 or 8 in.) and
switch off this program. When the re-extension twine tying
program is switched off, the LCD screen displays “OFF”.

–UN–07FEB01
CC1018862

OUCC006,000055D –19–13NOV01–1/1

56-10 012808
PN=300
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 004: Cinch Tying

This program may decrease loose twine and improve

twine spacing at the end of tying.

It places a coil of twine approximately 25 cm (10 in.) away

from the end of tying prior to applying the set number at
tying end.

In “CH004”, press “PLUS” key to activate the cinch tying

program. The LCD screen displays “ON”.

Press “MINUS” key to switch off the cinch tying program.

The LCD screen displays “OFF”.

–UN–22DEC00
CC1018863

OUCC006,000055E –19–13NOV01–1/1

56-11 012808
PN=301
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 005: Calibration of Bale Size

Potentiometer

“CH005” allows to set bale size potentiometer.

Open gate to move belt tension arm to its highest position

with tractor selective control valve lever.

Press “PLUS” key to display the setting value

corresponding to baler model.

Loosen the two fixing screws (B), then rotate the

potentiometer (A) so that monitor beeps continuously and
LCD screen displays the value (± 5) corresponding to
baler model.

Tighten fixing screws (B).

IMPORTANT: After the calibration of bale size

potentiometer, make adjustments
described in channel 27 and channel 28
so that the measured bale diameter
corresponds to the desired diameter
adjusted on monitor.

A—Bale size potentiometer

B—Fixing screws

–UN–29MAY01
CC1019719

OUCC006,00006A8 –19–22MAY02–1/1

56-12 012808
PN=302
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channels 006 and 007: Calibration of Bale

Shape Potentiometer

“CH006” allows to set the position of right bale shape

potentiometer and “CH007” the left bale shape

–UN–11JUN01
potentiometer.

The adjusting procedure is the same for both sides. Use

the appropriate channel for each side.

CC1019792
Remove fixing screws (A) and shield of potentiometer (B).

Close the gate and move belt arm tension to its lowest
position with tractor selective control valve lever.

Engage PTO a few seconds to remove all slacks. Act on

selective control valve lever again to be sure the belt
tension arm is in low position.

–UN–11JUN01
A—Fixing screws
B—Shield
C—Right Bale Shape Potentiometer

CC1019793
Continued on next page OUCC006,00006A9 –19–22MAY02–1/2

56-13 012808
PN=303
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Press “PLUS” key to display the setting value

corresponding to baler model.

Loosen the two mounting screws (B), then rotate the

potentiometer (A) so that monitor beeps continuously and
LCD screen displays the value (± 5) corresponding to
baler model.

Tighten mounting screws (B).

Reinstall shield of potentiometer.

A—Right bale shape potentiometer

B—Mounting screws

–UN–29MAY01
CC1019794

OUCC006,00006A9 –19–22MAY02–2/2

56-14 012808
PN=304
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 008: Measurement units

The monitor is factory set to the metric measurement

units.

”CH008” allows to switch the measurement units from

metric to non-metric.

Press ”MINUS” key to select the non-metric units, ”En”

(English) is displayed. The display will be in inches.

Press ”PLUS” key to select the metric units, ”SI”

(International System) is displayed. The display will be in
centimeters.

–UN–28JAN05
CC1026735

OUCC006,0000F23 –19–11JUL05–1/1

56-15 012808
PN=305
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 009: Net Tying Delay

The net tying delay is the time between the tying start
indication on the monitor and the activation of net
actuator.

The net tying delay provides time to stop tractor forward

travel and to avoid crop getting trapped between net
layers.

”CH009” allows to set the net tying delay from 0 to 15

seconds. The initial factory setting is 2 seconds.

Press ”PLUS” or ”MINUS” key to increase or decrease the

net tying delay.

–UN–22DEC00
CC1018868

OUCC006,00011B7 –19–05OCT06–1/1

56-16 012808
PN=306
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 010: Offset of Nearly Full Alarm

The offset of nearly full alarm represents the distance

below the preset bale size at which the nearly full
pictogram will display.

“CH010” allows to set distance from 1 to 27 cm (0.5 to 10

in.). The initial factory value is 11 cm (4.5 in.).

Press “PLUS” or “MINUS” key to increase or decrease the

offset of nearly full alarm.

–UN–22DEC00
CC1018869
OUCC006,00006AB –19–22MAY02–1/1

56-17 012808
PN=307
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 011: Bale Shape Sensitivity

“CH011” allows to set the bale shape sensitivity from 1

(slowest sensitivity) to 5 (fastest sensitivity). The initial
factory setting is 3.

Press “PLUS” or “MINUS” key to increase or decrease the

bale shape sensitivity.

–UN–22DEC00
CC1018870

OUCC006,00006AC –19–22MAY02–1/1

56-18 012808
PN=308
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 012: Test of Net Cut Switch

”CH012” allows to test the net cut switch.

The monitor displays ”0” when the switch is open (A) and
”12” with a continuous beep when the switch is closed (B).

If this test is not OK, see your John Deere dealer.

NOTE: See ”Checking Net Cut Switch Adjustment (Test

8)” in ”Service” section to check the net cut switch
adjustment.

A—Net cut switch open

B—Net cut switch closed

–UN–28JAN05
CC1026739

OUCC006,0001299 –19–13FEB07–1/1

56-19 012808
PN=309
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 013: Test of Oversize Bale Switch

“CH013” allows to test the oversize bale switch.

The monitor displays “12” when the switch is open (A) and
“0” with a continuous beep when the switch is closed (B).

If this test is not OK, see your John Deere dealer.

NOTE: See “Adjusting Oversize Bale Switch” in “Service”

section to check the switch adjustment.

A—Oversize bale switch opened

B—Oversize bale switch closed

–UN–22DEC00
CC1018872

OUCC006,00006AD –19–22MAY02–1/1

56-20 012808
PN=310
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 014: Test of Right Gate Switch

“CH014” allows to test the right gate switch.

Slightly open the gate of the baler then manually activate

the switch.

The monitor displays “0” when the switch is closed (A)

and “12” with a continuous beep when the switch is open
(B).

If this test is not OK, see your John Deere dealer.

NOTE: See “Adjusting Gate latch switch” in “Service”

section to check the switch adjustment.

A—Right gate switch closed

B—Right gate switch opened

–UN–22DEC00
CC1018873

OUCC006,00006AE –19–22MAY02–1/1

56-21 012808
PN=311
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 015: Test of Left Gate Switch (592

Baler Only)

”CH015” allows to test the left gate switch.

Slightly open the gate of the baler then manually activate

the switch.

The monitor displays ”0” when the switch is closed (A)

and ”12” with a continuous beep when the switch is open
(B).

If this test is not OK, see your John Deere dealer.

NOTE: See ”Adjusting Gate Latch Switch” in ”Service”

section to check the switch adjustment.

A—Left gate switch closed

B—Left gate switch opened

–UN–22DEC00
CC1018874

OUCC006,0000F24 –19–11JUL05–1/1

56-22 012808
PN=312
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 017: Speed of Lower Drive Roll

(NR 2)

”CH017” allows to check the speed of lower drive roll (NR

2). When the baler is running with a 540 rpm PTO speed,
the speed of lower drive roll will be 310 rpm.

NOTE: See ”Adjusting Baler Rotation Speed Sensor” in

”Service” section to check the gear case output
shaft sensor adjustment.

If this test is not OK, see your John Deere dealer.

–UN–11JUN01
CC1019800
OUCC006,00011F7 –19–03NOV06–1/1

56-23 012808
PN=313
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 018: Test of Actuator Current

Consumption

“CH018” allows to display the current consumption of

either the twine or net actuator.

Press “EXTEND” (A) or “RETRACT” (B) key to move the

actuator of the selected tying system. While the actuator
moves, the current consumption in ampere is displayed on
the LCD screen.

Display should show a current flow reading between 2

and 8 amperes while actuator motor is operating during
mid stroke (no load).

Continue to activate the actuator to full stroke position.

When twine actuator is fully extended or retracted, display
should show stall current between 18 and 27 amperes.
When net actuator is fully extended or retracted, display
should show stall current between 12 and 20 amperes.

• Readings below normal indicate low tractor voltage, or

poor or corroded harness connections.
• Readings above normal indicate tying mechanical
problem, faulty harness or faulty actuator.
• Current spike reading indicates tying mechanical
obstruction.

A—Extend key
B—Retract key

–UN–30JAN01
CC1018876

OUCC006,00009D3 –19–31JUL03–1/1

56-24 012808
PN=314
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 019: Voltmeter

“CH019” allows to display the voltage in the electrical

circuit.

When this channel is selected, the voltage during the

twine or net actuator motion can be checked to detect a
resistive line. Press “EXTEND” or “RETRACT” key to
move the actuator of the selected tying system. The
voltage during the actuator motion is displayed on the
LCD screen.

–UN–22DEC00
CC1018877
OUCC006,0000561 –19–13NOV01–1/1

56-25 012808
PN=315
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 020: Test of LCD Screen

“CH020” allows to test all the LCD screen pictograms.

–UN–22DEC00
CC1018878
OUCC006,0000467 –19–22AUG01–1/1

56-26 012808
PN=316
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 021: Maximum Actuator Current

Consumption

“CH021” allows to display the maximum value of actuator

current consumption in either twine or net actuator.

Press “EXTEND” (A) or “RETRACT” (B) key to move the

actuator of the selected tying system.

The maximum current consumption measured during the

actuator motion is displayed.

To reset the display, extend or retract actuator by

pressing on “EXTEND” (A) or “RETRACT” (B) key to full
stroke position then press again on the same key.

A—Extend key
B—Retract key

–UN–30JAN01
CC1018884

OUCC006,00006B1 –19–22MAY02–1/1

56-27 012808
PN=317
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 022: Test of Twine Pulley Sensor 1

”CH022” allows to test the twine pulley sensor 1.

The pulley sensor number 1 (A) informs the monitor about

–UN–19JUN01
pulley rotation which confirms that the twine has been
caught by the bale during the tying cycle.

Rotate pulley (B) by hand.

CC1019897
The monitor displays ”0” with a continuous beep when the
sensor (A) is aligned with the magnet (C).

The monitor displays ”12” when the sensor (A) is not

aligned with the magnet (C).

NOTE: When the channel 22 is selected, the speed of

pulley 1 is displayed as number of turns per
second.

If this test is not OK, see your John Deere dealer.

NOTE: See ”Adjusting Pulley Sensor” in ”Service” section

to check the pulley sensor adjustment.

A—Sensor
B—Pulley
C—Magnet

–UN–10FEB05
CC1027137

OUCC006,0000E9D –19–23MAY05–1/1

56-28 012808
PN=318
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 023: Test of Twine Pulley Sensor 2

”CH023” allows to test the twine pulley sensor 2.

The pulley sensor number 2 (A) informs the monitor about

–UN–19JUN01
pulley rotation which confirms that the twine has been
caught by the bale during the tying cycle.

Rotate pulley (B) by hand.

CC1019896
The monitor displays ”0” with a continuous beep when the
sensor (A) is aligned with the magnet (C).

The monitor displays ”12” when the sensor (A) is not

aligned with the magnet (C).

If this test is not OK, see your John Deere dealer.

NOTE: See ”Adjusting Pulley Sensor” in ”Service” section

to check the pulley sensor adjustment.

A—Sensor
B—Pulley
C—Magnet

–UN–10FEB05
CC1027138

OUCC006,0000E9E –19–23MAY05–1/1

56-29 012808
PN=319
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 024: Test of Rotary Feeder Reverse

Sensor

”CH024” allows to test the rotary feeder reverse sensor.

The monitor displays ”0” when the gear box is in normal

operating mode.

The monitor displays ”12” with a continuous beep when

the gear box is in reverse mode.

If this test is not OK, check the sensor adjustment. See

”Adjusting Rotary Feeder Reverse Sensor” in ”Service”
section or your John Deere dealer.

–UN–13FEB01
CC1018885

OUCC006,000127C –19–08FEB07–1/1

56-30 012808
PN=320
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 025: Test of Precutter Knife

Switches

“CH025” allows to test the knife switches.

The two knife switches are pressed when the knives are
engaged and released when the knives are retracted.

Engage precutter knives (see “Retracting/Engaging

Precutter Knives” in “Operating BaleTrak Control Monitor”
section).

I — The monitor displays “12” when both switches are

pressed.
II — Manually release one switch then the other: the
monitor displays “0” with a continuous beep when one
or two switches are released.
If this test is not OK, see your John Deere dealer.

NOTE: See “Adjusting Precutter knife switches” in

“Service” section to check the knife switches
adjustment.

I—Both switches pressed

II—One or both switches released

–UN–29MAY01
CC1019796

OUCC006,0000586 –19–15NOV01–1/1

56-31 012808
PN=321
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 026: Flax Twine Tying Program

In this program two twines are fed continuously in the

middle of the bale during bale formation to separate the
layers. When the desired bale diameter is reached, a
normal tying cycle is started to tie the bale.

In “CH026”, press “PLUS” key to activate the program.

The LCD screen displays “ON”.

Press “MINUS” key to switch off the program. The LCD

screen displays “OFF”.

NOTE: In the flax twine tying program, the distance of

tying ends can be adjusted from 8 to 50 cm (3 to
20 in.).

NOTE: The flax twine tying cycle begins when these

conditions are met:

• The gate is closed.

• The PTO is running.
• A bale is detected.
• The bale diameter is under 60 cm (23.5 in.).

–UN–07FEB01
CC1019121

OUCC006,00009BC –19–22JUL03–1/1

56-32 012808
PN=322
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 027: Recording Lowest Position of

Belt Tension Arm

”CH027” allows to record the lowest position of belt

tension arm.

Move belt tension arm to its lowest position with selective

control valve lever

Engage PTO a few seconds to remove belt slack. Shut off

tractor engine.

Select the channel 27.

In ”CH027”, press simultaneously ”PLUS” and ”MINUS”

keys to record the value of potentiometer corresponding to
the lowest position of belt tension arm.

IMPORTANT: Once belt tension arm lowest position

has been recorded, check that highest
position is still correct. Switch to
channel 5, set the belt tension arm to
the highest position and ensure that
monitor beeps continuously and LCD
screen displays the target value (± 5). If
not, readjust channel 5. If the target
value is correct, make adjustment
described in channel 28.

–UN–17JUL01
CC1019797
OUCC006,00011B8 –19–18JAN07–1/1

56-33 012808
PN=323
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 028: Fine Tuning Bale Size

Depending on the crop baled, it can occur that the

measured bale diameter does not correspond to the
desired diameter adjusted on monitor.

CAUTION: Before modifying this adjustment,

make sure that channel 5 and channel 27 are
correctly adjusted.

In ”CH028”, the monitor can be fine tuned to recover the

real desired bale diameter.

Make a bale with a diameter of:

• 110 cm (3 ft 7.3 in.) for 572 baler

• 130 cm (4 ft 3.2 in.) for 582 and 592 balers

Measure the current bale diameter.

Select the channel 28.

In ”CH028”, press ”PLUS” or ”MINUS” key to display the

current bale diameter measured.

The last bale diameter entered is stored.

NOTE: To check actual bale diameter, measure bale

horizontally and vertically on both ends. Add the
four measurements together and divide by four to

–UN–17JUL01
determine average bale diameter.

CC1019914

OUCC006,00011B9 –19–18JAN07–1/1

56-34 012808
PN=324
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 029: Calibration of Twine Actuator

”CH029” allows to calibrate the twine actuator.

1. Open the baler gate with tractor selective control valve

lever and secure its position.

2. Press ”EXTEND” key (B) until the twine actuator is fully

extended.

3. Adjust the twine arm travel. See ”Adjusting Twine Arm

Travel” in ”Service” section.

4. Select the channel 29.

5. Press ”RETRACT” key (A) until the actuator is fully

retracted and the monitor displays ”0”.

6. Press ”EXTEND” key (B) until the twine actuator is fully

extended. Press ”EXTEND” key a second time to make
sure the actuator is fully extended. The value
corresponding to the twine arm position is displayed.

7. Press simultaneously ”PLUS” and ”MINUS” keys to

record the value of twine arm position.

8. Switch off the monitor

A—Retract key
B—Extend key

–UN–10JUL01
CC1020069
Continued on next page OUCC006,0000EA0 –19–23MAY05–1/2

56-35 012808
PN=325
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

9. Switch on the monitor in normal operating mode.

10. Adjust the desired distance from tying end to the

edge of bale with the monitor.

11. Press ”MANUAL START OF TYING CYCLE” key. The

–UN–11JUL01
tying cycle starts. Switch off the monitor when the
actuator is fully extended.

CC1020070
12. Check that the actual distance (D) between the twine
arm (E) and the right-hand panel of bale chamber (C)
is the same as the distance adjusted with monitor.

If the twine arm (E) is too close to the right-hand C—Right-hand panel of bale chamber
D—Distance
panel (C), decrease the value stored in Channel 029
E—Twine arm
with two pulses on ”MINUS” key.

If the twine arm (E) is too far away from right-hand

panel (C), increase the value stored in Channel 029
with two pulses on ”PLUS” key.

Repeat adjustment if necessary, until the distance (D)

between the twine arm (E) and the right-hand panel
of bale chamber (C) is the same as the distance
adjusted with monitor (accuracy ± 1 cm (0.4 in.)).

OUCC006,0000EA0 –19–23MAY05–2/2

56-36 012808
PN=326
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 030: Twine Actuator Stroke

“CH030” displays the total stroke of the twine actuator. Do

not change the value. The default value is 20.6.

–UN–10JUL01
CC1020068
OUCC006,000046C –19–22AUG01–1/1

56-37 012808
PN=327
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 031: Adjusting Tying End Distance

“CH031” allows to adjust the tying end distance (B).

IMPORTANT: The twine actuator must be calibrated

before the left-hand distance between

–UN–30JUL03
tying end and edge of bale is adjusted.
See “Channel 029: Calibration of Twine
Actuator” in this Section.

CC1023327
1. Calibrate twine actuator.

2. Press “MANUAL START OF AN AUTOMATIC TYING

CYCLE” key to start a tying cycle.

3. Switch off the monitor when the twine arm is in tying

end position.

4. Check that the actual distance (B) between the twine

arm (A) and the left-hand panel (C) of bale chamber is
the same as the distance adjusted with monitor.

If the twine arm (A) is too close to the left-hand panel

(C), press “MINUS” key to decrease the value stored in
Channel 031.

If the twine arm (A) is too far away from the left-hand
panel (C), press “PLUS” key to increase the value
stored in Channel 031.

A—Twine arm
B—Tying end distance
C—Left-hand panel

–UN–30JUL03
CC1023312

OUCC006,00009CD –19–30JUL03–1/1

56-38 012808
PN=328
 BaleTrak Monitor Service

Channel 032: Automatic Start of Tying Cycle

”CH032” allows to enable or disable automatic start of

tying cycle.

In ”CH032” press ”PLUS” key to enable automatic start of

tying cycle. The LCD screen displays ”ON”.

Press ”MINUS” key to disable automatic start of tying

cycle. The LCD screen displays ”OFF”.

–UN–18SEP03
CC1023442
OUCC006,0000EA1 –19–23MAY05–1/2

NOTE: When the automatic start of tying cycle is

disabled, ”nA” code (A) flashes in normal mode.

A—”nA” code
–UN–18SEP03
CC1023443

OUCC006,0000EA1 –19–23MAY05–2/2

56-39 012808
PN=329
 Storage
Preparing the Baler for Storage

Remove net roll and store in a cool, dry place. Apply a thin layer of grease to threads of all adjusting
bolts.
Release belt tension.
All parts from which the paint has been worn should
Clean baler thoroughly inside and out. Trash and dirt be painted or coated with oil.
will draw moisture and cause rust.
Clean all chains by washing them with diesel fuel. Dry
NOTE: Should a high-pressure washer be used to thoroughly and coat with a heavy oil.
clean the baler, do not direct pressurized water
on the bearings or electrical components. Protect electrical connectors against corrosion with
adequate fluid.
Sharpen and grease net knife.
List the replacement parts that will be needed and
Coat exposed cylinder rods with grease to prevent order them.
rusting.
IMPORTANT: If the net tying device is going to be
Check that all rolls are working freely. If one of them is stored for a long period, avoid the
hard to rotate, remove it, clean bearing housing and rubber feed roll being deformed by
replace bearing, if necessary. releasing feed roll pressure and
placing feed roll brake into unlocked
Apply a few drops of oil to all pivot points and position.
linkages.

Thoroughly lubricate baler. See “Lubrication and

Maintenance” Section.

OUCC006,000098F –19–13JUN03–1/1

Storing Baler at the End of Season

Store baler in a dry sheltered place. If stored outside,

cover with waterproof material.

If baler must be stored outside, belt life can be prolonged

–UN–27JAN05

by releasing tension, covering or removing belts to protect

from sunlight etc. Check hooks and store belts in a cool
dry place.
CC1027011

Block up baler, taking load off tires. Do NOT deflate tires.

If exposed, cover tires to protect them from light, grease
and oil.

Grease guard tubes (A) at the beginning of the winter

season to prevent freezing.

OUCC006,00011BD –19–06OCT06–1/1

60-1 012808
PN=330
 Storage

Preparing for Beginning of Season

–UN–27OCT00
CC1018657
Check and fill gear case up to check plug level. See Check adjustments of baler as described in “Service”
“Lubrication and Maintenance” Section. Section.

Remove the oil from the chains. Review your operator’s manual.

Lubricate complete machine as this will force any On balers equipped with ELC or BaleTrak Monitor,
collected moisture out of the bearings. See check for correct functioning.
“Lubrication and Maintenance” Section.
Remove converging wheel break-away springs and trip
Check tires for correct air pressure. See “Preparing the wheel. If wheel does not pivot freely by hand, remove
Baler” Section. wheel bracket from tube. Apply grease to pivoting
surfaces and reassemble.
Tighten all bolts, nuts and set screws. See “Service”
Section. Check slip clutch adjustment. See “Checking Slip
Clutch” in “Service” Section.
Check all belt splice pins and hooks, then replace as
necessary.

Continued on next page OUCC006,0000991 –19–13JUN03–1/2

60-2 012808
PN=331
 Storage

Wipe off feed rolls (B) and check for any sticky material. If
necessary, roll may be washed with soap and water.
NEVER use solvents to clean rubber feed roll.

Apply talcum powder to rubber feed roll.

–UN–09FEB01
Check areas which will contact net roll. These areas must
be clean and smooth to help prevent net wrapping on
rubber coated roll. Remove excessive dust or crop

CC1019098
material from feed rolls (B) and stainless steel net roll
supports (A) with a dry cloth.

Check adjustments of net tying, mainly net feed roll

pressure. See “Service” Section. A—Steel net roll supports
B—Feed rolls

Check that net knife is sharp.

OUCC006,0000991 –19–13JUN03–2/2

60-3 012808
PN=332
 Specifications
Specifications for 572 Baler
Size of Bales
Diameter ................................................................................................ 0.60 to 1.30 m (2 ft to 4 ft 3 in.)
Width ..................................................................................................... 1.17 m (3 ft 10 in.)

Baler
Weighta .................................................................................................. 2100 to 2340 kg (4630 to 5159 lb)
Length, gate closed (without net wrapping) ......................................... 3.45 m (11 ft 3 in.)
Length, gate open ................................................................................. 4.42 m (14 ft 6 in.)
Height, gate closed ............................................................................... 2.30 m (7 ft 6 in.)
Height, gate open (without net wrapping) ............................................ 2.85 m (9 ft 4 in.)
Width ..................................................................................................... 2.28 m (7 ft 4 in.)
a
weight may vary depending on equipment

1.81 m 2.00 m
Pickup Types (5 ft 11 in.) (6 ft 7 in.)
HiFlow
1.54 m 1.70 m
Width (inside)
(5 ft 1 in.) (5 ft 7 in.)
1.81 m 2.00 m
Width (on flare)
(5 ft 11 in.) (6 ft 7 in.)
1.52 m 1.65 m
Width (between outer teeth)
(5 ft) (5 ft 5 in.)
Tooth bars 4 4
Number of teeth 96 104
66 mm 66 mm
Tooth spacing
(2.6 in.) (2.6 in.)
255 mm 255 mm
Stripper diameter
(10 in.) (10 in.)

Forming Belts
Number of belts .................................................................................... 6
Type ...................................................................................................... 3-ply fabric, diamond tread
Width ..................................................................................................... 178 mm (7 in.)
Length ................................................................................................... 10.23 m (33 ft 7 in.) (2 belts)
10.42 m (34 ft 2 in.) (4 belts)

Twine Tying
Control ................................................................................................... Manual or automatic
Type ...................................................................................................... Electrically driven
Spacing ................................................................................................. Manual or automatic control

Bale Formation Controls

Bale shape indicators ........................................................................... Mechanical or LCD display
Oversize bale indicator ......................................................................... Sound alarm or LCD display
Gate closed ........................................................................................... Sound alarm or LCD display
Near full bale indicator .......................................................................... LCD display
Auto-tie indicator ................................................................................... LCD display

Continued on next page OUCC006,000132D –19–03OCT07–1/2

65-1 012808
PN=333
 Specifications

Miscellaneous
PTO shaft speed ................................................................................... 540 or 1000 rpm
Drive protection ..................................................................................... Shear bolt and slip clutch
Powerline .............................................................................................. Constant velocity powerline
Minimum tractor horsepower ................................................................ 34 kW (45 hp) at PTO
Tire size ................................................................................................ 11.5/80 X 15.3 (10 PR)
15/55 - 17 (10 PR)
19/45 - 17 (10 PR)
Tongue .................................................................................................. Adjustable

Sound Level
Max. sound level in accordance with EN1553; measurement method
in accordance with ISO3744 (average value) ...................................... 85 dB(A)

OUCC006,000132D –19–03OCT07–2/2

65-2 012808
PN=334
 Specifications

Specifications for 582 Baler

Size of Bales
Diameter ................................................................................................ 0.60 to 1.55 m (2 ft to 5 ft 1 in.)
Width ..................................................................................................... 1.17 m (3 ft 10 in.)

Baler
Weighta .................................................................................................. 2350 to 3300 kg (5181 to 7275 lb)
Length, gate closed (without net wrapping) ......................................... 3.65 m (12 ft)
Length, gate open ................................................................................. 4.52 m (14 ft 8 in.)
Height, gate closed ............................................................................... 2.28 m (7 ft 6 in.)
Height, gate open (without net wrapping) ............................................ 3.25 m (10 ft 8 in.)
Width ..................................................................................................... 2.31 m (7 ft 7 in.)
a
weight may vary depending on equipment

1.81 m 2.00 m 2.20 m 2.00 m 2.00 m 2.20 m 2.20 m

Pickup Types (5 ft 11 in.) (6 ft 7 in.) (7 ft 3 in.) (6 ft 7 in.) (6 ft 7 in.) (7 ft 3 in.) (7 ft 3 in.)
HiFlow HiFlow RotoFlow Maxicut RotoFlow Maxicut
1.54 m 1.70 m 2.00 m 1.85 m 1.85 m 2.00 m 2.00 m
Width (inside)
(5 ft 1 in.) (5 ft 7 in.) (6 ft 7 in.) (6 ft 1 in.) (6 ft 1 in.) (6 ft 7 in.) (6 ft 7 in.)
1.81 m 2.00 m 2.20 m 2.00 m 2.00 m 2.20 m 2.20 m
Width (on flare)
(5 ft 11 in.) (6 ft 7 in.) (7 ft 3 in.) (6 ft 7 in.) (6 ft 7 in.) (7 ft 3 in.) (7 ft 3 in.)
Width (between outer 1.52 m 1.65 m 1.91 m 1.65 m 1.65 m 1.93 m 1.93 m
teeth) (5 ft) (5 ft 5 in.) (6 ft 3 in.) (5 ft 5 in.) (5 ft 5 in.) (6 ft 4 in.) (6 ft 4 in.)
Tooth bars 4 4 8 4 4 8 8
Number of teeth 96 104 120 104 104 120 120
66 mm 66 mm 66 mm 66 mm 66 mm 66 mm 66 mm
Tooth spacing
(2.6 in.) (2.6 in.) (2.6 in.) (2.6 in.) (2.6 in.) (2.6 in.) (2.6 in.)
255 mm 255 mm 255 mm 255 mm 255 mm 255 mm 255 mm
Stripper diameter
(10 in.) (10 in.) (10 in.) (10 in.) (10 in.) (10 in.) (10 in.)

Precutter device
Number of knives .................................................................................. 14
Knife spacing ........................................................................................ 70 mm (2.75 in.)

Forming Belts
Number of belts .................................................................................... 6
Type ...................................................................................................... 3-ply fabric, diamond tread
Width ..................................................................................................... 178 mm (7 in.)
Length ................................................................................................... 11.71 m (38 ft 5 in.) (2 belts)
11.85 m (38 ft 11 in.) (4 belts)

Twine Tying
Control ................................................................................................... Manual or automatic
Type ...................................................................................................... Electrically driven
Spacing ................................................................................................. Manual or automatic control

Continued on next page OUCC006,000127A –19–23OCT07–1/2

65-3 012808
PN=335
 Specifications

Bale Formation Controls

Bale shape indicators ........................................................................... Mechanical or LCD display
Oversize bale indicator ......................................................................... Sound alarm or LCD display
Gate closed ........................................................................................... Sound alarm or LCD display
Near full bale indicator .......................................................................... LCD display
Auto-tie indicator ................................................................................... LCD display

Braking System
Type ...................................................................................................... Hydraulic or pneumatic (only available with rotary feeder pickup)

Miscellaneous
PTO shaft speed ................................................................................... 540 or 1000 rpm
Drive protection ..................................................................................... Shear bolt, slip clutch or cam clutch
Powerline .............................................................................................. Constant velocity powerline
Minimum tractor horsepower ................................................................ 40 kW (55 hp) at PTO
Minimum tractor horsepower with precutter ......................................... 49 kW (66 hp) at PTO
Tire size ................................................................................................ 11.5/80 X 15.3 (10 PR) (not compatible with braking system)
15/55 - 17 (10 PR) (not compatible with braking system)
19/45 - 17 (10 PR)
500/50 - 17 (10 PR)
500/45 - 22.5 (12 PR)
Tongue .................................................................................................. Adjustable

Sound Level
Max. sound level in accordance with EN1553; measurement method
in accordance with ISO3744 (average value) ...................................... 85 dB(A)

OUCC006,000127A –19–23OCT07–2/2

65-4 012808
PN=336
 Specifications

Specifications for 592 Baler

Size of Bales
Diameter ................................................................................................ 0.60 to 1.80 m (2 ft to 6 ft)
Width ..................................................................................................... 1.17 m (3 ft 10 in.)

Baler
Weighta .................................................................................................. 2600 to 3600 kg (5732 to 7937 lb)
Length, gate closed (without net wrapping) ......................................... 3.71 m (12 ft 2 in.)
Length, gate open ................................................................................. 4.72 m (15 ft 6 in.)
Height, gate closed ............................................................................... 2.82 m (9 ft 3 in.)
Height, gate open (without net wrapping) ............................................ 3.64 m (11 ft 11 in.)
Width ..................................................................................................... 2.28 m (7 ft 6 in.)
a
weight may vary depending on equipment

1.81 m 2.00 m 2.20 m 2.00 m 2.00 m 2.20 m 2.20 m

Pickup Types (5 ft 11 in.) (6 ft 7 in.) (7 ft 3 in.) (6 ft 7 in.) (6 ft 7 in.) (7 ft 3 in.) (7 ft 3 in.)
HiFlow HiFlow RotoFlow Maxicut RotoFlow Maxicut
1.54 m 1.70 m 2.00 m 1.85 m 1.85 m 2.00 m 2.00 m
Width (inside)
(5 ft 1 in.) (5 ft 7 in.) (6 ft 7 in.) (6 ft 1 in.) (6 ft 1 in.) (6 ft 7 in.) (6 ft 7 in.)
1.81 m 2.00 m 2.20 m 2.00 m 2.00 m 2.20 m 2.20 m
Width (on flare)
(5 ft 11 in.) (6 ft 7 in.) (7 ft 3 in.) (6 ft 7 in.) (6 ft 7 in.) (7 ft 3 in.) (7 ft 3 in.)
Width (between outer 1.52 m 1.65 m 1.91 m 1.65 m 1.65 m 1.93 m 1.93 m
teeth) (5 ft) (5 ft 5 in.) (6 ft 3 in.) (5 ft 5 in.) (5 ft 5 in.) (6 ft 4 in.) (6 ft 4 in.)
Tooth bars 4 4 8 4 4 8 8
Number of teeth 96 104 120 104 104 120 120
66 mm 66 mm 66 mm 66 mm 66 mm 66 mm 66 mm
Tooth spacing
(2.6 in.) (2.6 in.) (2.6 in.) (2.6 in.) (2.6 in.) (2.6 in.) (2.6 in.)
255 mm 255 mm 255 mm 255 mm 255 mm 255 mm 255 mm
Stripper diameter
(10 in.) (10 in.) (10 in.) (10 in.) (10 in.) (10 in.) (10 in.)

Precutter device
Number of knives .................................................................................. 14
Knife spacing ........................................................................................ 70 mm (2.75 in.)

Forming Belts
Number of belts .................................................................................... 6
Type ...................................................................................................... 3-ply fabric, diamond tread
Width ..................................................................................................... 178 mm (7 in.)
Length ................................................................................................... 13.335 m (43 ft 9 in.) (2 belts)
13.475 m (44 ft 2 in.) (4 belts)

Twine Tying
Control ................................................................................................... Manual or automatic
Type ...................................................................................................... Electrically driven
Spacing ................................................................................................. Manual or automatic control

Continued on next page OUCC006,000127B –19–23OCT07–1/2

65-5 012808
PN=337
 Specifications

Bale Formation Controls

Bale shape indicators ........................................................................... Mechanical or LCD display
Oversize bale indicator ......................................................................... Sound alarm or LCD display
Gate closed ........................................................................................... Sound alarm or LCD display
Near full bale indicator .......................................................................... LCD display
Auto-tie indicator ................................................................................... LCD display

Braking System
Type ...................................................................................................... Hydraulic or pneumatic (only available with rotary feeder pickup)

Miscellaneous
PTO shaft speed ................................................................................... 540 or 1000 rpm
Drive protection ..................................................................................... Shear bolt, slip clutch or cam clutch
Powerline .............................................................................................. Constant velocity powerline
Minimum tractor horsepower ................................................................ 44 kW (60 hp) at PTO
Minimum tractor horsepower with precutter ......................................... 52 kW (70 hp) at PTO
Tire size ................................................................................................ 11.5/80 X 15.3 (10 PR) (not compatible with braking system)
15/55 - 17 (10 PR) (not compatible with braking system)
19/45 - 17 (10 PR)
500/50 - 17 (10 PR)
500/45 - 22.5 (12 PR)
Tongue .................................................................................................. Adjustable

Sound Level
Max. sound level in accordance with EN1553; measurement method
in accordance with ISO3744 (average value) ...................................... 85 dB(A)

OUCC006,000127B –19–23OCT07–2/2

Declaration of Conformity

John Deere Arc-Lès-Gray

2, Avenue Jean Jaurès
F-70100 Arc-Lès-Gray

–UN–22FEB01
The Round Balers

Models.................572, 582 and 592

comply with the EU provisions: CC1018830

98/37/EEC ..................... Machine Directive

89/336/EEC.................... EMC Directive Manager Product Engineering
and EN704..................... Pickup Balers

Arc-Lès-Gray, 01 October 2001

OUCC006,000038F –19–02APR01–1/1

65-6 012808
PN=338
 Serial Numbers
Serial Number Plates

Serial numbers identifying the baler and the To ensure that you have these numbers at hand, enter
attachments are stamped on factory serial number the appropriate serial numbers in the spaces provided
plates. in each illustration.

These numbers and letters are required when ordering

baler or attachment replacement parts.

OUCC006,00004B4 –19–06SEP01–1/1

Serial Number Plate Description

A—Model designation
B—Serial number
C—Maximum load at hitch
D—Model year

–UN–20SEP07
E—Year of production
F—Maximum load on axle
G—Maximum permissible total weight

CC1029241
OUCC006,000129A –19–13FEB07–1/1

Baler Serial Number Record

The product identification number plate is located on the

right-hand side of the front frame.

–UN–19JUN01
CC1019898
OUCC006,000041E –19–15JUN01–1/1

70-1 012808
PN=339
 Serial Numbers

Keep Proof of Ownership

1. Maintain in a secure location an up-to-date inventory of

all product and component serial numbers.
2. Regularly verify that identification plates have not been
removed. Report any evidence of tampering to law

–UN–09DEC03
enforcement agencies and order duplicate plates.
3. Other steps you can take:
• Mark your machine with your own numbering system
• Take color photographs from several angles of each

TS1680
machine

DX,SECURE1 –19–18NOV03–1/1

Keep Machines Secure

1. Install vandal-proof devices.

2. When machine is in storage:
• Lower equipment to the ground
• Set wheels to widest position to make loading more
difficult

–UN–24MAY89
• Remove any keys and batteries

3. When parking indoors, put large equipment in front of

exits and lock your storage buildings.

TS230
4. When parking outdoors, store in a well-lighted and
fenced area.
5. Make note of suspicious activity and report any thefts
immediately to law enforcement agencies.
6. Notify your John Deere dealer of any losses.

DX,SECURE2 –19–18NOV03–1/1

70-2 012808
PN=340
 Index
Page Page

A Baler with 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) rotary feeder

device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-23
Actuator current consumption 1.81 m pickup feeder fork position . . . . . . . . 35-17
Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-24 1.81 m pickup gauge wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-35
Adjusting 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) HiFlow pickup drive
Bale discharging ramp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-25 chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-12
2.20 m (7 ft 3 in.) HiFlow pickup drive
Bale shape senders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-31
chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-13
Bale size switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-36
Adjusting bale size
Baler rotation speed sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-33
ELC monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-7
Belt tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-24, 55-25
Adjusting soft core diameter
Bottom roll drive chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-5
ELC monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-8
Brake shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-19, 55-20
Adjusting tongue
Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-18
Tractor drawbar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-1
Chain oiling system flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-4
Tractor trailer hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-5
Cleaning auger sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-35
Adjusting twine actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-38
Drawbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1
Air brake tank
Gate locking hooks (572 only). . . . . . . . . . . . 55-22 Checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-24
Gear case hydraulic cylinder stroke . . . . . . . 55-38 Draining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-24
Lower gate roll scraper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-28 Air brakes
Lower rear gate roll scraper . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-28 Adjusting brake shoes. . . . . . . . . . . . .55-19, 55-20
Net guide position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-52 Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-15
Net wrap stretch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-11 As required. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-28
Oversize bale switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-30 Cleaning oil reservoir filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8
Pickup drive chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-11 Jackstand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8
Pickup float spring (l.h side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-31 Refilling multiluber chain oiling system
Pickup float spring (R.H side) . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-31 reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-7
Pickup height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-33 Attaching
Pickup height (with 2.00 m pickup) . . . . . . . . 35-33 Telescoping hook-up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1
Pickup height (with 2.20 m pickup) . . . . . . . . 35-34 Attaching and detaching
Precutter knife switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-34 Adjusting tongue to tractor drawbar. . . . . . . . . 25-1
Rotary feeder pickup caster gauge wheels . . 35-38 Adjusting tongue to tractor trailer hitch . . . . . . 25-5
Rotary feeder pickup drive chain. . . . . . . . . . 55-10 Connecting air brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-15
Rotary feeder pickup float spring. . . . . . . . . . 35-32 Connecting hydraulic brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-14
Rotary feeder pickup gauge wheels . . . . . . . 35-37 Connecting safety chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-10
Rotary feeder pickup height . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-34 Connecting telescoping hook-up . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1
Rotary feeder reverse sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-34 Connecting telescoping hook-up to tractor PTO
Starter roll (NR 1) scraper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-27 shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-9
Top idler roll drive chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-8 Connecting to tractor hydraulic system . . . . . 25-11
Tractor front tread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1 Detaching telescoping hook-up . . . . . . . . . . . 25-18
Tractor PTO speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2 Storing hydraulic hoses. . . . . . . . . . . .25-19, 25-20
Tractor rear tire spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1 Storing jackstand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-10
Twine arm travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-27, 55-28 Storing telescoping hook-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-18
Twine clamper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-16 Telescoping hook-up support . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-9
Twine guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35-14, 35-15 Using jackstand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-19
Twine spacing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-9 Attachments
Upper arm cylinder (572 and 582 baler) . . . . 55-17 Knife slot filler kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-2
Upper arm spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-15, 55-16 Low drive belt speed bundle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-2
Wheel spindles Rubber coated starter roll shells . . . . . . . . . . . 40-1
Baler with 1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.) pickup . . . . . 35-19 Scraper knives for wet sillage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-3
Baler with 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m Silage bundle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-1
(7 ft 3 in.) HiFlow pickup . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-21 Steel semi-shells with straight bars . . . . . . . . . 40-1

Index-1 012808
PN=1
 Index

Page Page

Tension arm fingers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-2 Clinching Mato hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-61

Top Idler roll drive kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-1 Driving Mato hook rivet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-62
Automatic start of tying cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-39 Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-63
BaleTrak monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-18 Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-67
Automatic tying cycle Installing Mato hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-61
Manual start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-17 Preparing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-59, 55-60
Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-58
Repairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-59, 55-60
Routing through the baler . . . . 55-64, 55-65, 55-66
B Bleeding
Chain oiling system pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-18
Bale counter Bottom roll drive chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-5
Without BaleTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-42 Brake shafts
Bale counters Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45-25, 45-26
Using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-29 Brake shoes
Bale density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10 Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-19, 55-20
Gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10 Brushes
Bale diameter Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-18
Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-8
Bale discharging ramp
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-25
Bale push bar C
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-43
Bale shape indicators
Calibration
Making a bale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-27
Bale shape potentiometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-13
Bale shape potentiometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-13
Bale shape senders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-31 Bale size potentiometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-12
Bale shape sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-18 Calibration of twine actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-35
Bale size Cam-type cut out clutch
ELC monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-7 Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-40
Bale size potentiometer Caster gauge wheels
Calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-12 Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-38
Baler hydraulic system Center tension arm roll (NR 12)
Connecting to tractor hydraulic system . . . . . 25-11 Setting position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-30
Baler rotation speed sensor Chain oiling system
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-33 Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-4
Baler wiring harness to control monitors Adjusting brushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-18
Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-17 Difficulties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-21
BaleTrak Chain oiling system pump
Installing support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4 Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-18
BaleTrak monitor Channel 001
Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-7 Reset to factory default settings . . . . . . . . . . . 56-8
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-7 Channel 002
Baling short, dry slick crops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-5 Dry straw twine tying program. . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-9
Baling silage and damp crops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-6 Channel 003
Ballast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2 Re-extension twine tying program . . . . . . . . . 56-10
Battery harness Channel 004
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-5 Cinch tying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-11
Belt wires Channel 005
Checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-9 Calibration of bale size potentiometer . . . . . . 56-12
Belts Channel 006 and 007
Checking Mato hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-63 Calibration of bale shape potentiometer . . . . 56-13

Index-2 012808
PN=2
 Index

Page Page

Channel 008 Belt wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-9

Measurement units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-15 Net cut switch adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-51
Channel 009 Net guide position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-52
Net tying delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-16 Slip clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-39
Channel 010 Tractor ballast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2
Offset of near full alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-17 Choosing
Channel 011 Tractor PTO speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2
Bale shape sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-18 Cinch tying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-11
Channel 012 Components locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-6
Test of net cut switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-19 Connecting
Channel 013 Air brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-15
Test of oversize bale switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-20 Baler wiring harness to control monitors . . . . 25-17
Channel 014 Hydraulic brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-14
Test of right gate switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-21 Safety chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-10
Channel 015 Telescoping hook-up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-9
Test of left gate switch (592 baler only) . . . . 56-22 To tractor hydraulic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-11
Channel 017 Connecting control monitor
Speed of lower drive roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-23 Installing battery wiring harness . . . . . . . . . . . 15-5
Channel 018 Counter of bale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-29
Test of actuator current consumption . . . . . . 56-24 Crop preparation
Channel 019 Silage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-2
Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-25 Windrow size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-2
Channel 020
Test of LCD screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-26
Channel 021 D
Maximum actuator current consumption . . . . 56-27
Channel 022 Daily
Test of twine pulley sensor 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-28 Checking belt wires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-9
Channel 023 Checking precutter knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-9
Test of twine pulley sensor 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-29 Clean twine clamper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8
Channel 024 Density of net tying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-12
Test of rotary feeder reverse sensor . . . . . . . 56-30 Description
Channel 025 Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-5
Detaching
Test of precutter knife switches. . . . . . . . . . . 56-31
Telescoping hook-up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-18
Channel 026
Diagnostic mode
Flax twine tying program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-32
User parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-7
Channel 027
Diagnostic trouble code list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-1
Recording lowest position of belt tension
Diameter of bale
arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-33
Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-8
Channel 028
Draining
Fine tuning bale size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-34
Air brake tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-24
Channel 029
Drawbar
Calibration of twine actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-35
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1
Channel 030
Drawbar shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-7
Twine actuator type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-37
Drive belt tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-47
Channel 031
Dry straw twine tying program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-9
Adjust twine actuator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-38
Channel 032
Automatic start of tying cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-39 E
Checking
Air brake tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-24 ELC monitor
Ballasting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2 Automatic start of tying cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-11

Index-3 012808
PN=3
 Index

Page Page

Discharging bale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-14 Gear case hydraulic cylinder stroke

Forming a bale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-9 Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-38
Installing support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4 Gear oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-2
Net tying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-6 Grease
Starting manually an automatic tying. . . . . . . 37-12 Extreme pressure and multipurpose . . . . . . . . 45-1
Twine tying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-2 Guideline to form a good bale . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-26
Tying a bale manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-13
ELC Plus monitor
Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-6
H
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-6
Engaging/retracting
HiFlow gauge wheels
Precutter knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-21
Transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-36
Every 10 hours . . . . . . . . .45-10, 45-11, 45-16, 45-17
Hydraulic brakes
Baler with rotary feeder device . . . . . . . . . . . 45-15
Adjusting brake shoes. . . . . . . . . . . . .55-19, 55-20
Baler without rotary device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-12
Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-14
Every 200 hours
Hydraulic connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-11
Brake shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45-25, 45-26
Hydraulic hoses
Every 250 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-27
Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-19, 25-20
Every 30 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45-21, 45-22
Hydraulic valve filter
Lubrication and maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-18
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-28
Every 4000 bales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-29
Every 50 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-23
Every 6 years
Hydraulic hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-32 I
Extend key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-20
Identification views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-1
Installing
BaleTrak monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-7
F Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-64, 55-65, 55-66
ELC Plus monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-6
Factory default settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-8 Mato belt hooks . . . . . . . . . . . 55-61, 55-62, 55-63
Fine tuning bale size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-34 Monitor console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4
Flax twine tying program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-32 Monitor support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4
Forming a good bale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-26 Net feed roll drive belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-54
Net knife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-55
Pickup gauge wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-2

G
J
Gate latch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-20
Gate latch stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-21
Jackstand
Gate switch
Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-10
Test of left-hand side (592 baler only). . . . . . 56-22
Using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-19
Test of right-hand side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-21
Gauge wheels
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-37
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-2 K
2.00 m pickup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-35
2.20 m pickup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-36 Knife and counterknife position
Gear case Checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-41
Draining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45-28, 45-29 Knife switches
Refilling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-28 Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-31

Index-4 012808
PN=4
 Index

Page Page

Knives Manual start of an automatic tying cycle

Retracting/engaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-21 BaleTrak monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-17
Knives - precutter Manual start of tying cycle
Sharpening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-15 BaleTrak monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-19
Mato belt lacing tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-59
Maximum actuator current consumption . . . . . . 56-27
Measurement units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-15
L Mixing lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-3
Modified square knot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-5
LCD screen
Monitor
Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-26
Installing console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4
LCD screen description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-5
Monitor on or off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-7
Left gate latch switch
592 only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-29
Left gate switch (592 baler only)
Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-22 N
Location of components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-6
Low drive belt speed bundle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-2 Near full alarm
Lower drive roll speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-23 Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-17
Lower gate roll (Nr 9) scraper Net around feed rolls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-56
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-28 Net cut switch
Lower rear gate roll scraper Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-51
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-28 Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-19
Lubricant Net feed roll
Mixing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-3 Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-54
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-3 Net feed roll brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-48
Lubrication and maintenance Net feed roll pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-45
Annually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-30 Net guide position
As required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45-7, 45-8 Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-52
Changing hydraulic valve filter . . . . . . . . . . . 45-28 Checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-52
Daily Net knife
Checking belt wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-9 Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-55
Checking precutter knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-9 Net roll
Clean twine clamper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8 Selecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-8
Every 10 hours . . . . . . 45-10, 45-11, 45-12, 45-15, Net tensions arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-50
45-16, 45-17 Net tying
Every 250 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-27 ELC monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-6
Every 30 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-18, 45-21, 45-22 Net tying delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-16
Every 4000 bales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-29 Net tying density
Every 50 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-23 Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-12
Every 6 years Net tying device
Hydraulic hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-32 Check procedure - General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-41
Observe service intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-1 Net wrap
Weekly Adjusting stretch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-11
Checking and draining air brake tank . . . . 45-24 Net wrap stretch
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-11

M
O
Main drive chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-5
Making a bale Offset of near full alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-17
Bale shape indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-27 Oil Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-2

Index-5 012808
PN=5
 Index

Page Page

Operating BaleTrak monitor Setting 1.81 m pickup feeder forks . . . . . . . . 35-17

Automatic start of tying cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-18 Unplugging baler with BaleTrak plus and rotary
Manual start of an automatic tying cycle . . . . 38-17 feeder pickup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-8
Manual start of tying cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-19 Unplugging baler without rotary feeder
Operating the baler pickup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35-8, 35-9
Adjusting bale density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10 Windrow size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-2
Adjusting bale discharging ramp . . . . . . . . . . 35-25 With bale push bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-43
Adjusting chain oiling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-4 Oversize bale switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-30
Adjusting lower gate roll scraper . . . . . . . . . . 35-28 Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-20
Adjusting lower rear gate roll scraper . . . . . . 35-28
Adjusting pickup auger scrapers . . . . . . . . . . 35-29
Adjusting pickup float springs . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-31
Adjusting pickup roll compressor height . . . . 35-42 P
Adjusting rotary feeder pickup caster gauge
wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-38 Parking the machine
Adjusting rotary feeder pickup float spring. . . 35-32 Hydraulic brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-2
Adjusting rotary feeder pickup height . . . . . . 35-34 With air brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-2
Adjusting starter roll (NR 1) scraper . . . . . . . 35-27 Pickup
Adjusting twine guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-14 Raising/lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-20
Adjusting twine spacing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-9 Pickup drive shear bolt
Adjusting wheel spindles—baler with 1.81 m (5 Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-57, 55-58
ft 11 in.) pickup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-19 Pickup float spring
Adjusting wheel spindles—baler with 2.00 m 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m (7 ft 3 in.) HiFlow
(6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m (7 ft 3 in.) HiFlow pickup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-32
pickup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-21 Pickup height
Adjusting wheel spindles—baler with 2.00 m Baler with 1.81 m pickup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-33
(6 ft 7 in.) rotary feeder device . . . . . . . . . 35-23 Pickup roll compressor
Adjusting 1.81 m pickup gauge wheels . . . . . 35-35 Adjusting height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-42
Adjusting 2.00 m pickup height . . . . . . . . . . . 35-33 Pictogram
Adjusting 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m (7 ft 3 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-31
in.) HiFlow pickup float spring . . . . . . . . . . 35-32 Positioning
Adjusting 2.20 m pickup height . . . . . . . . . . . 35-34 2.20 m pickup front sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-40
Bale density gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10 Powerline shear bolt
Break-in period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-1 Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-57
Compressor rack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-18 Precutter knives
Crop preparation (Hay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-2 Checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-9
Crop preparation (Silage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-2 Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-14
Disengaging bale push bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-45 Sharpening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-15
Engaging bale push bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-44 Preparing the baler
Feeding the material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35-3, 35-4 Care of net roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-9
Gate lock device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-7 Installing pickup gauge wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-2
Gate lock valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-7 Loading net boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-10
In cornstalks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-6 Loading Net Tying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-10
In short, dry slick crops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-5 Loading twine boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-4
In silage and damp crops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-6 Net tying device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-9
Position 2.20 m pickup front sheet . . . . . . . . 35-40 Opening net tying cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-10
Positioning rotary feeder pickup front Routing net through feed rolls . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-10
sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-41 Routing twine out of boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-6
Resetting bale counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-42 Routing twine through guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-7
Rotating baler by hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-1 Selecting net roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-8
Setting center tension arm roll position Selecting twine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-3
(NR 12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-30 Setting baler for 1000 rpm PTO . . . . . . . . . . 20-15

Index-6 012808
PN=6
 Index

Page Page

Tire inflation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-21 Retract key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-20

Tractors with low hydraulic flow. . . . . .20-19, 20-20 Retracting/engaging
Tying modified square knot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-5 Precutter knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-21
Tying sheet bend knot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-5 Reverse sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-30
Preparing the tractor Right gate latch switch
Adjusting drawbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1 572 and 582 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-29
Adjusting rear tire spacing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1 592 only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-29
Ballasting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2 Right gate switch
Checking ballast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2 Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-21
Connect BaleTrak monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-7 Roll NR 8 position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-46
Connect ELC Plus monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-6 Rotary feeder caster gauge wheels
Drawbar shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-7 Transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-39
Installing BaleTrak monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-7 Rotary feeder drive chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-9
Installing battery harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-5 Rotary feeder gauge wheels
Installing battery wiring harness for connecting Transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-37
control monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-5 Rotary feeder pickup front sheet
Installing ELC Plus monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-6 Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-41
Installing monitor console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4 Rotary feeder reverse sensor
Installing monitor support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4 Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-30
Selecting tractor PTO speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2
Setting selective control valves . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3
Program
Cinch tying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-11 S
Dry straw twine tying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-9
Flax twine tying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-32 Scraper
Re-extension twine tying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-10 Pickup auger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-29
Program of tying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-10 Screen
PTO Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-26
Connecting telescoping hook-up . . . . . . . . . . . 25-9 Screen description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-5
1000 rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-15 Selecting
PTO speed Net roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-8
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2 Net tying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-9
Choosing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2 Tractor PTO speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2
Selecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2 Twine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-3
Twine tying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-9
Selecting user channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-7
Sensor
R Cleaning auger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-35
Rotary feeder reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-34
Raising/lowering pickup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-20 Twine pulley 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-32
Re-extension twine tying program . . . . . . . . . . 56-10 Serial numbers
Rear tire spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1 Plate description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-1
Recording lowest position of belt tension Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-1
arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-33 Product identification number . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-1
Removing compressor rack assembly Service
2.00 m and 2.20 m pickup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-17 Adjusting belt tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-24, 55-25
Repairing belts Adjusting brushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-18
Goro belt lacing tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-59 Adjusting gate cylinder position . . . . . . . . . . . 55-23
Mato belt lacing tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-59 Adjusting gate latch stop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-21
Replacing Adjusting gate latch switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-29
Pickup drive shear bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-58 Adjusting gate latch (592 only) . . . . . . . . . . . 55-20
Reset to factory default settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-8 Adjusting gate locking hooks. . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-22

Index-7 012808
PN=7
 Index

Page Page

Adjusting main drive chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-5 Shear bolt

Adjusting net feed roll brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-48 Powerline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-57
Adjusting pickup drive chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-10 Sheet bend knot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-5
Adjusting pickup drive chains . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-11 Slip clutch
Adjusting pulley sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-32 Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-39
Adjusting rotary feeder drive chain . . . . . . . . . 55-9 Checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-39
Adjusting slip clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-39 Soft core diameter
Adjusting soft core switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-37 ELC monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-8
Adjusting twine cutter anvil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-26 Soft core system
Adjusting upper arm cylinder (572 and Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-25
582). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-17 Specifications
Adjusting upper arm spring . . . . . . . . .55-15, 55-16 572 baler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1
Adjusting upper drive roll chain . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6 582 baler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-3
Adjusting upper drive roll chain guide . . . . . . . 55-7 592 baler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-5
Adjusting 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) HiFlow pickup drive Speed of lower drive roll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-23
chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-12 Standard belt lacing tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-59
Adjusting 2.20 m (7 ft 3 in.) HiFlow pickup drive Starter roll (NR 1) scraper
chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-13 Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-27
Baler roll numbering . . . . . . . . . . . 55-2, 55-3, 55-4 Steel semi-shells with straight bars. . . . . . . . . . . 40-1
Bleeding Chain Oiling System Pump. . . . . . . 55-18 Storage
Checking drive belt tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-47 Preparing for beginning of season . . . . . . . . . 60-2
Checking free motion of swiging bar . . . . . . . 55-44 Preparing the Baler for Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1
Checking knife and counterknife position . . . 55-41 Storing baler at end of season . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1
Checking net feed roll brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-48 Storing lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-3
Checking net feed roll pressure. . . . . . . . . . . 55-45 Swinging bar motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-44
Checking roll NR 8 position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-46 Switch
Checking slip clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-39 Bale size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-36
Checking tension arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-50 Left gate latch (592 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-29
Cleaning auger sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-35 Precutter knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-34
Gear case hydraulic cylinder stroke . . . . . . . 55-38 Right gate latch (572 and 582) . . . . . . . . . . . 55-29
Hook belt ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-67 Soft core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-37
Installing belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-63 Switching the monitor on or off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-7
Installing Mato belt hooks . . . . 55-61, 55-62, 55-63
Lower net guide position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-52
Net cut switch adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-51
Net feed roll drive belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-54 T
Net tying device check procedure . . . . . . . . . 55-41
Precutter knife switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-34 Telescoping hook-up
Removing and installing net knife . . . . . . . . . 55-55 Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-1, 25-9
Removing net around feed rolls . . . . . . . . . . 55-56 Disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-18
Removing the belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-58 Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-18
Repairing belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-59, 55-60 Telescoping hook-up support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-9
Replacing pickup drive shear bolt . . . .55-57, 55-58 Tension cylinder position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-23
Replacing powerline shear bolt . . . . . . . . . . . 55-57 Tire
Replacing precutter knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-14 Inflation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-21
Rotary feeder reverse sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-34 Top idler roll drive chain
Service intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-1 Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-8
Setting Towing baler on public roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1
Center tension arm roll position (NR 12) . . . . 35-30 Tractor
Seven-terminal trailor socket connection . . . . . 25-16 Ballast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2
Sharpening Drawbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1
Precutter knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-15 Front tread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1

Index-8 012808
PN=8
 Index

Page Page

Monitor console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4 Tying cycle

Monitor support installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4 Automatic start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-18
Selective control valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3 Manual start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-19
Tractor drawbar Tying program
Adjusting tongue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-1 Selecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-10
Tractor PTO speed Tying system
Selecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2 Selecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-9
Tractor trailer hitch
Adjusting tongue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-5
Transport position
U
HiFlow gauge wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-36
Rotary feeder caster gauge wheels. . . . . . . . 35-39
Unit of measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-15
Rotary feeder gauge wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-37
Unplugging
Transporting
Baler with BaleTrak plus and rotary feeder
Parking the machine
pickup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-8
Baler with air brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-2
572, 582 Baler without rotary feeder pickup . . 35-8
Recommended warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-2 592 baler without rotary feeder pickup . . . . . . 35-9
Towing baler on public roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1 Unplugging pickup with rotary feeder . . . . . . . . 38-23
Troubleshooting Upper arm cylinder (572 and 582 baler)
Bale push bar difficulties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-19 Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-17
Bale quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-9 Upper arm spring
BaleTrak control monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-1 Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-15, 55-16
Chain oiling system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-21 Upper drive roll chain guide
Feeding difficulties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-5 582 and 592 only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-7
General baler difficulties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-11 Upper roll drive chain
Net tying difficulties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-15 572 only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6
Pickup difficulties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-7 582 and 592 only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6
Silage equipment difficulties . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-14 User channel
Twine tying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-2 Selecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-7
Twine User parameters
Loading boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-4 Diagnostic mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-7
Selecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-3
Twine actuator type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-37
Twine arm travel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-27, 55-28
Twine boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-4 V
Twine clamper
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-16 Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-25
Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8
Twine cutter anvil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-26
Twine guide W
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-15
Twine pulley sensor 1 Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-2
Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-28 Warning pictograms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-31
Twine pulley sensor 2 Weekly
Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-29 Checking and draining air brake tank . . . . . . 45-24
Twine spacing Wheel spindles
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-9 Baler with 1.81 m (5 ft 11 in.) pickup . . . . . . 35-19
Twine tying Baler with 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) and 2.20 m (7 ft 3 in.)
ELC monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-2 HiFlow pickup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-21
Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-13 Baler with 2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) rotary feeder
Tying a bale manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-20 device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-23

Index-9 012808
PN=9
 Index

Page

Windrow size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-2

2.00 m (6 ft 7 in.) HiFlow pickup drive chains
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-12
2.20 m (7 ft 3 in.) HiFlow pickup drive chains
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-13

Index-10 012808
PN=10
 John Deere Service Keeps You On The Job
John Deere Parts

We help minimize downtime by putting genuine John

Deere parts in your hands in a hurry.

That’s why we maintain a large and varied inventory—to

stay a jump ahead of your needs.

–UN–23AUG88
TS100
DX,IBC,A –19–04JUN90–1/1

The Right Tools

Precision tools and testing equipment enable our Service

Department to locate and correct troubles quickly . . . to
save you time and money.

–UN–23AUG88
TS101
DX,IBC,B –19–04JUN90–1/1

Well-Trained Technicians

School is never out for John Deere service technicians.

Training schools are held regularly to be sure our

personnel know your equipment and how to maintain it.

–UN–23AUG88
Result?

Experience you can count on!

TS102
DX,IBC,C –19–04JUN90–1/1

Prompt Service

Our goal is to provide prompt, efficient care when you

want it and where you want it.

We can make repairs at your place or at ours, depending

on the circumstances: see us, depend on us.
–UN–23AUG88

JOHN DEERE SERVICE SUPERIORITY: We’ll be around

when you need us.
TS103

DX,IBC,D –19–04JUN90–1/1

012808
PN=343
John Deere Service Keeps You On The Job

012808
PN=344